Safety Manual - DRAIPL-16!12!23.

DINESHCHANDRA R. AGRAWAL INFRACON PVT. LTD.
OFFICE ADDRESS
7TH FLOOR, TOWER-B
CYBER GREEN, DLF CYBER CITY,
GURUGRAM-122008
WEBSITE: - WWW.DRAIPL.COM
Environment, Health & Safety (EHS)

Management System Manual
Conforming to
ISO 14001:2015 & ISO 45001:2018
Revision No: Date:
Prepared By: Signature:
Reviewed By: Signature:
Approved & Issued By: Signature:
1|Page
Conforming to ISO 14001:2015 & ISO 45001:2018
Doc. No: Manual Page No: Page 1 of 1
1. Recipient details
Recipient : ______________________________________________________
Serial Number of the manual issued under controlled / uncontrolled condition
Approved & Issued by-
(Management Representative)
Mr. ……………………………
This document is the property of DRAIPL. No part of this manual shall be copied, reproduced, disclosed,
transferred or reduced to any form, including machine readable form (or) otherwise without the consent in
writing of the Management.
2|Page
Doc. No: Manual Index Page No: Page 1 of 3
2. Index page for Manual
Sl No Subject Page No
1 Recipient page 2
2 Index page for manual 3-5
3 Abbreviations 6
4 Foreword & Scope 7
5 Terms and Definitions 8-11
6 Environment, Health & Safety Policy 12
7 Structure of the manual 13
8
Correspondence between ISO 14001:2004, ISO 14001:2015 14-17
and ISO 45001:2018
9 Process Flow Chart 18
10 Organization Chart 19
11 List of System Procedures (SP) 20
12 System procedure (SP) 4.1 to 4.3 Context of the organization 21-22
13 System procedure – (SP) 5.1 – Leadership & commitment 23-26
14
System procedure (SP) 5.3 Role, responsibility, accountability 27-41
& authority
15
System procedure (SP) 5.4 Participation, consultation and 42-44
representation
16
System procedure (SP) 6.1.2 e – Environment aspect & 45-52
impact assessment
17
System procedure (SP) 6.1.2 - Hazard identification & risk 53-69
assessment
18
System procedure (SP) 6.1.3 & 9.1.2 – Compliance 70-73
obligations and evaluation of their compliance
System procedure (SP) 6.2.1 & 6.2.2 EHS objectives & action
19 74-76
plans
20 System procedure (SP) 7.1 Resources 77-79
21 System procedure (SP) 7.2 & 7.3 - Competency and awareness 80-89
22 System procedure (SP) 7.4 Communication 90-91
23 System procedure (SP) 7.5 - Documented information 92-96
3|Page
24 System procedure (SP) 8.1.3 – Change of management 97-99

25 System procedure (SP) 8.1.6- sub - Contractor management 100-102
System procedure (SP) 8.2 - emergency preparedness &
26 103-117
response
System procedure (SP) 9.1.1 - Monitoring, measurement,
27 118-126
analysis & performance evaluation
28 System procedure (SP) 9.2 - Internal audit 127-130
29 System procedure (SP) 9.3 - Management review 131-134
System procedure (SP) 10.2 - Incident reporting, investigation
30 135-139
and analysis
31 System procedure (SP) 10.2a -Nonconformity and corrective 140-149
32 List of Inspection Checklist (IC) 11.0 150
33 Inspection checklist of Ambulance 11.1 151
34 Inspection checklist of Bar bending machine 11.2 152
35 Inspection checklist of Bar cutting machine 11.3 153
36 Inspection checklist of Batching plant 11.4 154
37 Inspection checklist of Concrete pump 11.5 155
38 Inspection checklist of Concreting work 11.6 156
39 Inspection checklist of Diesel generator (DG) 11.7 157
40 Inspection checklist of Electrical installation 11.8 158
41 Inspection checklist of Full body harness 11.9 159
42 Inspection checklist of Gas cutting 12.10 160
43 Inspection checklist of Heavy vehicle 11.11 161
44 Inspection checklist of Light vehicle (Electric bike, Car) 11.12 162
45 Inspection checklist of Housekeeping 11.13 163
46 Inspection checklist of Hydra-(F-15)/Crane 11.14 164
47 Inspection checklist of Lifting/Erection 112.15 165
48 Inspection checklist of Portable power tools 11.16 166
49 Inspection checklist of Rig machine 11.17 167
50 Inspection checklist of Scaffolding 11.18 168
51 Inspection checklist of Transit mixture 11.19 169
4|Page
52 Inspection checklist of Earth pit 11.20 170

53 Inspection checklist of Tools & tackles 11.21 171
54 Inspection checklist of RCCB 11.22 172
55 Inspection checklist of Store 11.23 173
56 Inspection checklist of Welding machine 11.24 174
57 Inspection checklist of Working at height 11.25 175
58 Inspection checklist of Tower crane 176
59 Inspection checklist of Dumper/Tipper 177
60 Inspection checklist of Earth compactor (Roller) 178
61 Inspection checklist of Fire extinguisher 179
62 Inspection checklist of Workmen camp 180
63 List of General Procedures (GP) 13.0 181
64 GP-01 PPE & Safety devices 182-184
65 GP-02 EHS Campaign & Competitions 185
66 GP-03 EHS rewards and reprimands 186-187
67 GP-04 Management of first aid 188
68 GP-05 Risk Index 189
69 GP-06 Project Suraksha Meet 190
70 GP-07 Project Mobilization Kit 191-192
71 GP-08 Housekeeping & 5S implementation 193-199
72 Annexure -1- CP - (Control Procedures) 200-396
73 Annexure -2- CSA - (Contractors Safety Agreement) 397-413
5|Page
Doc. No: Abbreviations Page No: Page 1 of 1
3. Abbreviations
CAPA Corrective Action & Preventive Action
CM Construction Manager
CPM Chief Project Manager
EHS Environment, Health & Safety
EHSD Environment, Health & Safety Department
EHSM Environment, Health & Safety Management
EHSMS Environment, Health & Safety Management System
EHSO EHS Manager / EHS Engineer / EHS Officer
EMS Environmental Management System
HOD Head of Department
HR Human Resource
ISO International Organization for Standardization
KPI Key Performance Indicator on EHS
LTI Lost Time Injury
OHSAS Occupational Health & Safety Assessment Series
P&M Plant & Machinery
PD Project Director
PM Project Manager (Head of the Project)
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
RI Risk Index
WPS Work Permit System
ACE Accepted cost estimate
CMPC Construction Method and Planning Cell
SAP Safety Aware Performer
6|Page
Doc. No: Foreword & Scope Page No: Page 1 of 1
4. Foreword
DRAIPL firmly believe that EHS at work is the responsibility of every employee and promotion of EHS
culture (Environment, Health & Safety) is an integral part of our business and responsibility of all managerial
functions and we shall be committed to the following:
❖ Provide safe & healthy working conditions to prevent harm, ill-health or injury to our employees and
for those who are affected by our business operations.
❖ Prevention of pollution, optimization of resource use and protection of the environment.
❖ Compliance with all applicable legal and other requirements.
❖ EHS risk management of work and changes during its execution to eliminate hazard or reduce risks
to a level that is as low as reasonably practicable.
❖ Provision of competent manpower and adequate resources.
❖ Worker participation and consultation on all issues affecting their health & safety in the workplace.
❖ Empowerment of our employees to positively intervene and to stop unsafe acts/conditions or non-
compliance to standards.
❖ Continual improvement in managing EHS and EHS performance.
To fulfill these commitments, we have established a comprehensive EHS Management System in which EHS
performance is everybody’s responsibility and line management accountability.
Scope
The scope of the Environmental, Health & Safety Management System of “Dineshchandra R. Agrawal
Infracon Pvt. Ltd.” is
“Management of Environment, Health & Safety Requirements at Project Sites and Offices”
7|Page
Doc. No: Terms and Definitions Page No: Page 1of 4
5. Terms and Definitions

Acceptable Risk
Risk that has been reduced to a level that can be tolerated by the organization having regard to its legal
obligations and its EHS policy
Audit
Systematic, independent and documented process for obtaining “audit evidence” and evaluating it objectively
to determine the extent to which “audit criteria” are fulfilled
Continual Improvement
Recurring process of enhancing the EHS management system in order to achieve improvements inoverall EHS
performance consistent with the organization’s EHS policy
Corrective action
Action to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity (3.11) or another undesirable situation
• NOTE 1 there can be more than one cause for nonconformity.
• NOTE 2 Corrective action is taken to prevent recurrence whereas preventive action (3.18) istaken to
prevent occurrence
Document
Information and its supporting medium
• NOTE: The medium can be paper, magnetic, electronic or optical computer disc,photograph or
master sample, or a combination thereof.
Hazard
Source, situation, or act with a potential for harm in terms of human injury or ill health or a
combination of these.
Hazard identification
Process of recognizing that a hazard (3.6) exists and defining its characteristics
Ill health
Identifiable, adverse physical or mental condition arising from and/or made worse by a work activityand/or
work-related situation
Correction & Corrective action

• Action taken to eliminate a detected nonconformity
Action to eliminate the cause of a detected nonconformity
8|Page
Doc. No: Terms and Definitions Page No: Page 2 of 4
Incident:
Work-related event(s) in which an injury or ill health or fatality occurred, or could have occurred.
• Note 1: An accident is an incident which has given rise to injury, ill health or fatality.
• Note 2: An incident where no injury, ill health, or fatality occurs may also be referred to as a“near
miss”, “near-hit”, “close call” or “dangerous occurrence”.
• Note 3: An emergency situation is a particular type of incident.
Interested party
Person or group, inside or outside the workplace, concerned with or affected by the EHS performance of an
organization
Nonconformity
Non-fulfillment of a requirement
NOTE: nonconformity can be any deviation from:
• Relevant work standards, practices, procedures, legal requirements, etc.
• EHS management system requirements.
Occupational health and safety (OH&S)

Conditions and factors that affect, or could affect the health and safety of employees or other workers
(including temporary workers and contractor personnel), visitors, or any other person in theworkplace
EHS management system

Part of an organization’s management system used to develop and implement its EHS policy and manage its
EHS risks
EHS objective
EHS goal, in terms of EHS performance, that an organization sets itself to achieve
• NOTE 1 Objectives should be quantified wherever practicable.
• NOTE 2 Clause 4.3.3 requires that OH&S objectives are consistent with the OH&S policy
Near Miss Case (NMC)
An event that could have resulted in a loss, but did not have consequences is a near miss case.
First Aid Case (FAC)

A minor injury that calls for only simple treatment and does not call for follow-up treatment by a health-care
professional is an FAC.
Restricted Work Case (RWC):

A Restricted Work Case is a work-related injury in which the
employee resumes his/her duties from the next shift but is unable to perform his/her assigned activities/ routine job (the
person is given light duty).
Medical Treatment Case (MTC)

An MTC is a work-related case for which medical treatment given by a doctor /nurse OR referred to hospital OR
investigate the health disorder/injury through ECG, X-Ray, etc. but that does not result in lost work or work restrictions.
9|Page
Lost Time Injury (LTI)
LTI is occupational injury in the workplace (Injury on Works) which prevents an employee from joining duty
within 48 Hrs.
Objective and Action Plan
An action plan to achieve the objective
EHS performance
Measurable results of an organization’s management of its EHS risks
• NOTE 1 OH&S performance measurement includes measuring the effectiveness of the

organization’s controls.
• NOTE 2 in the context of EHS management systems, results can also be measured against the
organization’s EHS policy, EHS objectives and other EHS performance requirements.
EHS policy
Overall intentions and direction of an organization (3.17) related to its OH&S performance (3.15) asformally
expressed by top management
• NOTE 1 The OH&S policy provides a framework for action and for the setting of OH&S
objectives
Procedure
Specified way to carry out an activity or a process
• NOTE Procedures can be documented or not.
Record
Document stating results achieved or providing evidence of activities performed
Risk
Combination of the likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or exposure(s) and theseverity of

injury or ill health that can be caused by the event or exposure(s)
Risk assessment
Process of evaluating the risk(s) arising from a hazard(s), taking into account the adequacy of anyexisting
controls, and deciding whether or not the risk(s) is acceptable
Workplace
Any physical location in which work related activities are performed under the control of theorganization
10 | P a g e
• NOTE When giving consideration to what constitutes a workplace, the organization should take into
account the OH&S effects on personnel who are, for example, travelling or in transit (e.g. driving,
flying, on boats or trains), working at the premises of a client or customer, or working at home.
Environment
Surroundings in which operations carried out, including air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna,
humans, and their interrelation.
• NOTE: Surroundings in this context extend from within an organization to the global system.
Environmental aspect
Element of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment
• NOTE: A significant environmental aspect has or can have a significant environmental impact
Environmental impact
Any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an
organization's environmental aspects.
Prevention of pollution
Use of processes, practices, techniques, materials, products, services or energy to avoid, reduce or control
(separately or in combination) the creation, emission, or discharge of any type of pollutant orwaste, in order to
reduce adverse environmental impacts
Audit Criteria
Set of policies, procedures or requirements
Audit Evidence
Record, statements of fact or other information which are relevant to the audit criteria and verifiable
Audit Findings
Results of the evaluation of the collected audit evidence against audit criteria
11 | P a g e
Doc. No: IMS Policy Page No: Page 1 of 1
6. Quality, Environment, Health & Safety Policy
12 | P a g e
Doc. No: Structure and issue control of the manual Page No: Page 1 of 1
7. Structure and issue control of the manual

The EHSMS manual is structured as given below.
• Manual
o General information about the organization and other details
• System Procedure
o These are requirements as per the clause / sub-clause numbers of ISO14001:2015 & ISO
45001:2018 certification standards.
• Control Procedure
o Operational control clause 8.1.1 requirements are made as control procedures withrespect to
operations.
• General Procedure
o Other Organizational specific and other related requirements are detailed as GeneralProcedure
• Formats
o With reference to System procedures, Control Procedures and General proceduresforms are
made.
The page numbers are given serially starting from 1 in each section of the EHSMS manual.
The current revision number and issue date are indicated on each page. Whenever any section is revised, the
revision number of all the pages of the corresponding sectionis incremented by 1. After at least 10 revisions
are made, or at the time of recertification, whicheveris earlier, the whole manual is re-issued by indicating a
new issue number and keeping revision number as 0 in all the sections.
While issuing this manual, a unique serial number shall be given with name of the recipient details. Details of
the EHSMS manual holder shall be maintained as per the format SP 7.5-1.
13 | P a g e
Doc. No: ISO Correspondence Page No: Page 1 of 4
8. Correspondence between ISO 14001:2004, ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018
ISO 14001:2004 ISO 14001:2015 ISO 45001:2018
Understanding the
4.1 organization and its
context
Understanding the
Understanding the need
need and expectations
4.2 and expectations of 4.2
of workers & other
interested parties
interested parties
General Determining the scope of Determining the scope

4.1 4.3 4.3
requirements the EMS of the OHMS
OHS management
4.4 EMS 4.4
system
Leadership and Leadership and

5.1 5.1
commitment commitment
4.2 Environmental policy 5.2 Environmental policy 5.2 OHS Policy
Resources, role, Organizational roles,

4.4.1 responsibility and 5.3 responsibilities and
authority authorities
14 | P a g e
ISO 14001:2004 ISO 14001:2015 ISO 45001:2018
Consultation &
5.4
participation ofworkers
Actions to address risks

6.1.1 &opportunities 6.1.1
(General)
Hazard identification
Environmental
4.3.1 6.1.2 Environmental aspects 6.1.2 and assessment of
aspect
risks and opportunities
Legal and other Determination ofLegal

4.3.2 6.1.3 Compliance obligations 6.1.3
requirements and other requirements
6.1.4 Planning action 6.1.4 Planning action
Objective, targets and

4.3.3 6.2.1 Environmental objectives 6.2.1 OHS objectives
program
Planning actions to Planning actions to

6.2.2 achieveenvironmental 6.2.2 achieve H&S
objectives objectives
7.1 Resources 7.1 Resources
Competence,training
4.4.1 7.2 Competence 7.2 Competence
and awareness
15 | P a g e
ISO 14001:2004 ISO 14001:2015 ISO 45001:2018
7.3 Awareness 7.3 Awareness
4.4.3 Communication 7.4 Communication 7.4 Communication
Documented
4.4.4 Documentation 7.5 Documented information 7.5
information
Control of
4.4.5
Documentation
8.1.1 General; 8.1.2

Eliminating hazards &
reducing risks; 8.1.3
Operational planning and
4.4.6 Operational control 8.1 8.1 Management of change;
Control
8.1.4 Outsourcing;
8.1.5 Procurement;
8.1.6 Contractors
Emergency Emergency
Emergency preparedness
4.4.7 preparedness and 8.2 8.2 preparedness and
and response
response response
Monitoring, measurement, Monitoring,

Monitoring and
4.5.1 9.1.1 analysis and evaluation 9.1 measurement, analysis
measurement
(general) and evaluation (general)
Evaluation of Evaluation of
4.5.2 9.1.2 Evaluation of compliance 9.2
compliance compliance
16 | P a g e
ISO 14001:2004 ISO 14001:2015 ISO 45001:2018
4.5.4 Control ofrecords
4.5.5 Internal audit 9.2 Internal audit 9.2 Internal audit
4.6 Managementreview 9.3 Management review 9.3 Management review
10.1 Improvement (General) 10.1
Non- conformity,
Incident, non-
corrective action Non-conformity &
4.5.3 10.2 10.2 conformity &
and preventive corrective action
corrective action
action
10.3 Continual improvement 10.3
17 | P a g e
Doc. No: Process Flow Chart Page No: Page 1 of 1
9. Process Flow Chart
18 | P a g e
Doc. No: Organization Chart Page No: Page 1 of 1
10. Organization Chart (EHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MODEL)
19 | P a g e
Doc. No: Status of revision of System Page No: Page 1 of 1
Procedures (SP)
11. Status of revision of System Procedures (SP)
S.N Subject Changes in Revision
1 System procedure (SP) 4.1 to 4.4: Context of the organization
2 System procedure – (SP) 5.1 – Leadership & commitment
3 System procedure (SP) 5.3 Role, responsibility, accountability & authority
4 System procedure (SP) 5.4 Participation, consultation and representation
5 System procedure (SP) 6.1.2 e – Environment aspect & impact assessment
6 System procedure (SP) 6.1.2 - Hazard identification & risk assessment

System procedure (SP) 6.1.3 & 9.1.2 – Compliance obligations and evaluation of
7 their compliance
8 System procedure (SP) 6.2.1 & 6.2.2 EHS objectives & action plans
9 System procedure (SP) 7.2 & 7.3 - Competence and awareness
10 System procedure (SP) 7.4 Communication
11 System procedure (SP) 7.5 – Documented information
12 System procedure (SP) 8.1.3 - Change management
13 System procedure (SP) 8.1.6- Sub - contractor management
14 System procedure (SP) 8.2 - Emergency preparedness & response
15 system procedure (SP) 9.2 - Internal audit
16 System procedure (SP) 9.3 - Management review
17 System procedure (SP) 10.2 - Incident reporting, investigation and analysis
18 System procedure (SP) 10.2a - Non-conformity and corrective
20 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 4.1 to 4.4 Page 1 of 2
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 4.1 TO 4.4: CONTEXT OFTHE ORGANIZATION
PURPOSE
• To determine the external and internal issues that affect the EHS performance of the organization; theissues could
include the environmental conditions that may be affected by the organization or it may have the capability to
affect the organization;
• To provide a mechanism to understand the needs and expectations of the workers and other interestedparties and
to decide which of those needs & expectations could be considered as “compliance obligations”;
• To provide a framework by which the scope and boundaries of the EHSMS is defined, basically arisingfrom the
identified “issues” the “needs & expectations of the interested parties” and the activities, services, products & its
risk;
SCOPE
• All the functions at HO and projects
RESPONSIBILITY
• Individual responsibilities are defined in the procedure.
PROCEDURE
4.1 UNDERSTANDING THE CONTEXT OF THE ORGANIZATION
• The organization shall conduct a safety climate survey among employees once in six months as per the format
(SP 4.1-1: safety Culture Survey). This format shall be reviewed once in a year to decide whether any changes
are required.
• Survey findings shall be used in various aspects of this EHSMS, depending on the criticality of the findings.
• External context of the organization shall be captured in the MRM/ CRM at least once a year considering the
business strategies, economy indicators, challenges in the industry, political and socialparameters etc.
• Environmental conditions that have the ability to affect the organization (site-specific, region-specific orcompany
as a whole) may draw special attention and shall be discussed at highest level to decide thestrategies to be adopted
in mitigating the effect on the organization.
21 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 4.1 to 4.4 Page 2 of 2
4.2 UNDERSTANDING THE NEEDS AND EXPECTATIONS OF THE INTERESTED

PARTIES
• Organization shall identify the internal and external interested parties based on the format SP 4.1-2. This shall be
updated at an interval of every six months (if necessary). This shall be carried out at site level and summarized at
HO level.
• Identified external interested parties shall be contacted either on a personal basis or through any othermedium to
understand their needs and expectations related to EHS performance of the organization. Site EHSM, EHSM or
EHS department at HO will be responsible for doing this depending on whetherthe external interested party has a
single project, multiple projects in a single or multiple projects.
• Regarding health and safety matters cross section of staff members and workmen representatives shallbe consulted
to understand their needs and expectations.
• Needs and expectations collected from various external and internal interested parties shall be summarized in the
format SP 4.1-2.
• MRM/ CRM are the authorized body to decide whether any of the expressed needs/ expectations will become a
compliance obligation.
• Once MRM/CRM approves any compliance obligation, it shall be captured in the Legal Register 6.1.3-1(format).
4.3 SCOPE OF THE EHSMS
• All the project sites of DRAIPL within the territory of India will be covered under the scopeof this EHSMS.
• Lay-down areas, batching plants, crusher plants (if any), pre-cast yards, temporary/ permanent stores,workmen
habitat (whether it is located within or outside the site premises) are covered within the scopeof this EHSMS.
• Staff or workmen transportation from (and to) their regular place of residence to the workplace (either in their
own vehicle or company provided vehicle), any other movement of staff or workmen outside theworkplace (arising
out of employment and/or during the course of employment) will also be governed by this EHSMS.
• Starting from the mobilization stage of the project, till the defect liability period is completed, all activities related
to each of the project will be brought under the scope of this EHSMS
ACCOUNTABILITIES
ACCOUNTABILITIES
• MR/ EHS Head at HO
Records Retention
22 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 5.1 Page 1 of 4
SYSTEM PROCEDURE - SP 5.1 – LEADERSHIP &COMMITMENT

PURPOSE
To establish & maintain procedure to facilitate all our senior employees to demonstrate their leadership and
commitment to EHS in a visible manner to all others, particularly their sub-ordinates and workmen
To help them with some examples (practical steps), which when demonstrated, will make the employees of the
organization and others to believe that their leadership and commitment is real and is not a lip- service.
SCOPE
This procedure covers Functional heads/ Department heads/ Section heads project sites; it also covers the tower in-
charge/ building in-charge/ project heads/ construction headsat project sites.
RESPONSIBILITY
HO/ CPM/ Site Heads are responsible to ensure the implementation of this procedure.
All levels of employees have to demonstrate commitment to EHS in their respective area of work, whereas
demonstration of EHS leadership is limited to senior positions at HO. EHS responsibilities of senior staff members
can be delegated to their sub-ordinates; however, the accountability for the same will continue to be vested with them.
PROCEDURE
• HO/ CPM/ Site Heads shall take accountability for the implementation of EHSmanagement system;
• HO/ CPM/ Site Heads shall ensure that following EHSMS requirements are fulfilled:
1. EHS objectives are established and compatible with strategic direction and context of theorganization;
2. EHS procedures are integrated into organization’s business processes;
3. EHS procedures achieve its intended outcomes;
4. Resources for the establishment and implementation of EHS procedures are made available;
5. Shall direct and support all PMs, Project Directors and Project Managers to demonstrate visible leadership
and commitment towards EHS.
23 | P a g e
• HO/ CPM/ Site Heads may delegate responsibility to ensure that the following actions are taken by respective
persons specified below to ensure effective implementation of EHS management system; however the
accountability still lies with them:
• CPM/ PM shall ensure that all the managers working under them are communicated about the importance
of demonstrating visible leadership to their sub- ordinates.
• All the senior executives from HO shall fill the executive audit form, without fail,during every
visit.
• All the review meetings conducted in site/ HO shall begin with ‘safety moment’ for 5to 10 minutes;
chair-person of the meeting is responsible to ensure this.
• All PM to embed the EHS performance measures in the existing MIS reports received by them in
consultation with concerned EHS Heads, if necessary.
• All the Functional Heads (at HO/ Sites) shall develop and implement at least one ongoing improvement
programme which is aligned to one or more of the overall EHS Objectives of DRAIPL.
• CPM/PM to ensure that both proactive and reactive EHS performance measures are incorporated in all
the MIS reports, generated and received by them, as a part of the EHS integration into the business
process.
• All the HR representatives shall ensure that EHS competence (of Engineer and above) is verified at thetime
of recruitment, as an important selection criterion by involving the concerned EHS Heads,wherever
necessary. They shall also embed the EHS requirements in all the training programs organized by them,
irrespective of whether it is a technical, functional or behavioral training program, taking expert assistance from
the concerned EHS Head, wherever necessary. Most importantly, they shall demonstrate how the EHS
performances of individuals are taken consideration on the rewards and reprimands, as part of accountability
procedures.
• Project Directors/ PMs shall ensure that job descriptions (JD) of all the positions in their project site includes
appropriate EHS component; this may be done in consultation with the HR department and communicated to
respective staff member for his action.
• Whenever a new employee (staff member) arrives at the workplace, PM to discuss with him/her the EHS role
and responsibilities (specific to the project) and identify the EHS training requirements forthe said employee
considering his actual level of EHS competence and the required level, considering any specific EHS
responsibility he is expected to fulfill (such as permit approver/ scaffold inspector/ ERP coordinator/ committee
member etc. Identified training needs shall be recorded and communicated to HR and EHS Manager for imparting
required training.
24 | P a g e
• PD/ PMs/ Planning Managers shall make appropriate resource provisions in the DRAIPL, towards EHS
requirements and shall review the same (once in three months) to ensure adequacy, whenever there is any
significant change in the project, requiring additional resources; this shall be done in consultation with EHSM or
site EHSM, if applicable.
• PD/ PMs shall prepare and submit site specific EHS policy (as per the requirement of BOCW Act/ Rules) to the
local inspectorate nominated for the implementation of BOCW Rules.
• PMs shall ensure that every frontline engineer/ manager prepare DPR indicating the initiatives taken by them
towards accident prevention; if DPR system is not in place, they shall be asked to give daily safety report (DSR),
as per the format SP 5.1-1.
RECORDS
Records Ref no. Retention
• DPR/ DSR of sub-ordinates SP 5.1-1 2 years or till completion of

the project
• Attendance records of safety walks/ safety

committee meetings
• Proactive performance scores – above

benchmark? / Monthly trends
• Golden rule implementation score cards
• Provision for EHS requirements in the DRAIPL

(wherever applicable)
25 | P a g e
PROPOSED ACTIVITIES TO DEMONSTRATE VISIBLE EHS COMMITMENT
• Practice what you preach – for ex: Use appropriate PPE whenever going to workplace;
• Communicate the EHS role/ responsibilities of your sub-ordinates, when you meet them for the first time in
your project site;
• Embed the EHS performance requirements in all your sub-ordinates’ day-to-day business performance
targets;
• Participate in weekly EHS walks; fortnightly safety meetings, if you are a member of the committee;
• Provide adequate resources to your sub-ordinates so that they can perform their activities without any
compromise to EHS requirements;
• As part of the DPR/ DSR, ask for EHS inputs from your sub-ordinates, regarding what they did for the day
towards accident prevention;
• Issue safety improvement slip(s) consistently to the workmen who are found to behave unsafely during your
workplace rounds and to your sub-ordinates (or to any other engineers), if they have left any unsafe condition
unattended in their respective area of work;
• Appreciate safe behavior of the employees under your direct control at least once every day during your site
visits;
• Encourage your sub-ordinates and employees to report near miss/ unsafe conditions; whenever they report
any, investigate, take corrective actions and give feedback to them who contributed;
• Investigate All the incidents that occurs in your workplace personally to learn lessons and arrive at the
corrective/ preventive actions to prevent the recurrence of those incidents in the future;
• Ensure that unsafe conditions pointed out by others are rectified within mutually agreed period or as per the
requirements indicated in “Workplace Inspection”;
• Review the proactive EHS performance monitoring scores of your own and that of your sub- ordinates every
month and identify scope for improving the same;
• Ensure that workmen representatives are identified for conducting daily inspections to verify the compliance
to the golden rule and ensure that the results are displayed in conspicuous locations.
26 | P a g e
System procedure (SP) 5.3 Role, responsibility, accountability & authority

PURPOSE
• To define Health, Safety & Environment roles, responsibility, accountability and authority of the personnel who
manage, perform and verify activities having an effect on the EHS performance of the organization.
• To provide adequate resources to enable EHS Objectives to be implemented, maintained and improved.
• To provide a consistent framework to facilitate effective management including documented and communicated
definition of overall roles; responsibilities, accountabilities and authorities.
• To ensure that every person who is appointed to perform any duty is formally notified, understands thenature and
scope of that duty and knows their responsibility in the principal EHS aspects related with their duty.
DEFINITIONS
Roles
The function assumed or part played by a person in an organization.
Responsibilities
A duty or obligation to satisfactorily perform or complete a task that one must fulfill
Accountability
The obligation of an individual to account for his activities, accept responsibility for them, and to disclose the results in a
transparent manner. Accountability means ultimate “responsibility”, and relates to the person who is held to account if
something is not done, does not work, or fails to achieve its objective.
Authority
Power that is delegated formally. It includes a right to command a situation, commit resources, give orders andexpect them
to be obeyed.
SCOPE
• All Employees, Subcontractors
RESPONSIBILITY
Individual responsibilities are defined in the procedure
27 | P a g e
PROCEDURE
MANAGING DIRECTOR/ HEAD OF OPERATION
Functions / Activities Responsibilities
• Ultimately responsible & accountable for Health, Safety & Environment

management of the organization
EHS Policy & Objectives • Responsible to define, document and endorse the EHS policy
• Responsible for defining roles, allocating responsibilities and accountabilities,
delegating authorities to facilitate effective EHS management.
Providing Resources • Responsible for ensuring the availability of resources essential to establish,
implement, maintain and improve the EHS Management System
Legal • Responsible for the compliance of all applicable legal requirements relatedto EHS
at organizational level.
Performance Objectives • Responsible to review the EHS management system to ensure itsadequacy and
effectiveness
EHSMS • Facilitate to implement the EHS Management System and norms as perthe EHS
manual
MANAGEMENT REPRESENTATIVE (MR)
Top Management of DRAIPL appoints Mr. __________________________ as the

Management Representative (MR), in addition to his other responsibilities within the
organization.
• Establishing EHS Policy and objectives or modifications to existing policies for

making them operating company specific.
• Ultimate responsibility for the quality of service rendered by the EHSD.
EHS Policy & Objectives • Liaise with external agencies/ government bodies/clients /customers.
• Updating the EHS Manua l and procedures at par with the legal & other
requirements and National / International standards
• Responsible for creating a data bank of EHS legal requirement s, so that

applicable EHS legal requirements are assessable to employees.
Legal • Updating the national level changes in legal requirements, facilitating the
compliance.
28 | P a g e
• Conduct review meetings and apprise the management on EHS status & help
Management Review formulate appropriate policies for continual improvement.
• Assess the EHS staff requirements

Staff deployment • Recruitment & Selection of EHS Staff
• Monitor the performance of Head EHS.
• Co-ordinate and monito r the development and implementation process ofthe EHS
Management System of EHS function
• Reporting to the Top Management on the performance of the EHSMS and any
EHS Management need for improvement.
System • Monitor maintenance and effectiveness of the System in EHSD
• Assess the effectiveness of EHSM S and Propose suitable measures for
improvement.
• Identify the training needs for all sections of staff & develop modules
• Imparting training for staff
Training • Identify the training needs for subcontractor, workmen & develop modules,e-
learning etc.
• Propagation and promotion of awareness on Health, Safety & Environment.
• Planning EHS audits

• Develop Internal Auditors
• Monitoring & reporting EHS performance of sites
• Organizing & conducting EHS audits
Health, Safety & • Initiate system reviews and ensure responsible person act upon non- conformities
Environment Performance arising from internal or external audit s, from reviews, or from deficiencies in normal
Monitoring working situations
• Site EHS Inspections
• Analyze and monitor the evaluation of legal compliance at organization level.
• Standardize PPE & Safety devices conforming to legal & other requirement,
Personal Protective • Identify and develop approved vendors
Equipment • Co-ordinate on purchase and quality control of PPEs / safety gadget s /modern
systems and authorize.
Incident Investigation & • Analyze incident trends & initiate necessary corrective & preventive actions atsites
initiating corrective & • Initiate improvement in work procedures
preventive action
• Collate the EHS statistics
EHS Statistics • Circulating all required EHS reports for knowledge sharing
HEAD EHS (HO)

Assisting MR in fulfilling all the responsibilities indicated above
29 | P a g e
BU HEAD /PRESIDENT & ABOVE
• Responsible for establishing EHS Programme (s), in line with the overall
EHS objectives of B&F IC within their respective BU and for monitoring the
EHS Policy & Objectives implementation of the same in all their project sites.
• Responsible for defining roles, allocating responsibilities and
accountabilities, delegating authorities to facilitate effective EHS
management in all their project sites.
• Responsible for ensuring the availability of resource s essential to
Providing Resources establish, implement, maintain and improve the EHS Management
System in all their project sites.
Legal • Responsible for the compliance of all applicable legal requirements related
to EHS in all their project sites.
• Responsible to review the EHS management system during their site visits
Performance Objectives to ensure its effective implementation by appropriate interaction with the
PDs/ PMs/ EHSMs in all their project sites.
EHSMS • Attend MR meetings to understand the EHS performance of their

respective BU and to take appropriate action based on the findings.
PROJECT COORDINATOR
• Responsible & accountable for the implementation of EHS policy at his

projects.
• Delegate responsibilities and authorities to implement EHS at workplaces.
EHS Policy & Objectives • Ensure that EHS Programme(s) are established by all the applicable
functions at the HO level to achieve the overall EHS objectives issued by
IC Head.
• Responsible to review the EHS management system to ensure its
adequacy and effectiveness within his projects.
EHSMS • Facilitate to implement the EHS Management System and norms as p er

the EHS manual
• Ensure that adequate prov ision of safety appliances/ material s/ PPEs are
ACE made in ACE and shall ensure availability of the same at projects.
• Ensure right people are deployed for right job.

• Ensure that EHS competence of subcontractors is verified and adequate
Competence & Training resources are allotted by them before engaging them.
• Ensure adequate resources are provided to impart training for the
employees, workmen, sub-contractors & Visitors
30 | P a g e
• Review and monitor EHS performance of project sites and employees

(proactive & reactive) including the compliance to legal requirements by
Performance Monitoring conducting EHS performance review meetings.
• Conduct Executive safety audit (Ref er Format SP 4.4.1-1 – Executive
Safety Audit) during the site visits.
Incident Investigation & • Participate in investigating serious incidents (to find out the root causes)
initiating Corrective Action with a no-blame app roach & initiate necessary corrective & preventive
and Preventive Action actions at sites
• Appraise the EHS performance and implementation status to the

EHS Statistics management.
PROJECT DIRECTOR ( P D )
• Responsible & accountable for the implementation of EHS policy at his projects.
• Delegate responsibilities and authorities to implement EHS at workplaces.
• Ensure that EHS tactical/ operational Objectives are established by all the applicable
EHS Policy & Objectives functions at the HO level to achieve the overall EHS objectives issued by DRAIPL
Head.
• Responsible to review the EHS management system to ensure its adequacy and
effectiveness within his HO.
EHSMS • Facilitate to implement the EHS Management System and norms as perthe EHS
manual

• Ensure that EHS competence of subcontractors is verified and adequateresources
Competence & Training are allotted by them before engaging them.
• Ensure adequate resources are provided to impart training for the employees,
workmen, sub-contractors & Visitors
• Review and monitor EHS performance of project sites and employees (proactive &
reactive) including the compliance to legal requirements by conducting EHS
Performance Monitoring performance review meetings.
• Conduct Executive safety audit (Executive SafetyAudit/Site safety status feedback)
during the site visits.
Incident Investigation &
initiating Corrective Action • Participate in investigating serious incidents (to find out the root causes) with a no-
and Preventive Action blame approach & initiate necessary corrective & preventive actions at sites
• Appraise the EHS performance and implementation status to the

EHS Statistics management.
31 | P a g e
P& M HEAD (AT HO)

• Establishing EHS tactical/ operational Objectives in line with the current EHS objectives of the company.
• Understanding the applicable legal & other requirements (related to P&M) and ensuring compliance in all the
project sites, by interacting with the respective P&M in charges at site.
• Ensuring that EHS requirements are accurately communicated to the Purchase department/ Admindepartment,
while ordering new equipment or hiring the same.
• Ensuring that operation manuals/ manufacturers’ recommendations are sent to the project sites along with the
equipment without fail.
• Ensuring that risk assessment for all the P&M equipment is carried out (before deployment) inconsultation with
EHS Department (for erection, operation, maintenance, refueling, repair, dismantling etc.)
• Arranging to provide scheme drawings wherever applicable (for ex: foundation drawings, support drawings, lift
plans for critical mechanical handling operations, load calculations for spreader bar/ strong backs that are used for
handling complicated and heavy P&Mequipment.
• Ensuring that equipment fitness certification is carried out without fail for all the P&M equipment (irrespective
of whether it is our own/ hired/ brought by subcontractors) on arrival at site, before allowingit for deployment.
• Ensuring that all the P&M equipment are inspected at scheduled intervals, as per the given checklists.
• Ensuring that all the P&M equipment are maintained at intervals prescribed by the manufacturer to ensure that it
continues to function effectively, efficiently and safely.
• Conducting executive safety audit (Refer Format SP 5.3-1 Executive Safety Audit) during site visits.
• Verifying the competence of operators/ drivers/ Banks men before deployment and keeping standby operators/
drivers, as per the requirement of the site.
FORMWORK HEAD (AT HO)
• Developing EHS tactical/ operational Objectives in line with the current EHS objectives of the DRAIPL and
monitoring the implementation of the same and converting it into a regular operational issue after the
implementation.
• Supporting the project with all the scheme drawings that are needed to facilitate safe working; the scheme
drawings may be related to any formwork and associated platforms.
• Contributing to the “project excellence” by helping the sites to standardize the competence of scaffolders, scaffold
inspectors, planning & implementing fall protection devices, as part of the formwork schemes (both during
shuttering/ de shuttering)
• Conducting executive safety audit (Refer Format SP 5.3-1 – Executive Safety Audit) during site visits
TENDERING/ CONTRACTS
• Developing EHS tactical/ operational Objectives in line with the current EHS objectives of the DRAIPL and
monitoring the implementation of the same and converting it into a regular operational issue after the
implementation.
• Making appropriate provisions (resources) during tendering to ensure safe execution of activities atsites.
• Collecting the EHS performance of the subcontract-tors (including nominated subcontractors) on amonthly
basis from all the projects and using the data for the award of jobs to subcontractors.
32 | P a g e
• Communicating the EHS requirements to the potential subcontractors and ensuring that pre-job safetymeetings
are held with the senior representatives of subcontractors after the award of contracts.
• Collecting the details of resources that will be provided by the subcontractors towards EHSimplementation,
while finalizing the contracts to them.
• While conducting kick-off meetings of new projects, EHS requirements shall be identified thoroughly, in
consultation with EHS department.
PROCUREMENT (AT HO)
• Developing EHS tactical/ operational Objectives in line with the current EHS objectives of the HO and monitoring
the implementation of the same and converting it into a regular operational issue after the implementation.
• Collecting the EHS performance of the subcontractors (including nominated subcontractors) on a monthly basis
from all the projects and using the data for the award of jobs to subcontractors.
• Ensure procurement of Hazardous materials with adequate safety measures and arrange for suitable disposal of
the same.
• Identifying govt. approved vendors/ agents for disposal of Hazardous waste, Biomedical waste, etc.
• Communicating the EHS requirements accurately to the vendors, while placing orders withoutcompromising
the EHS requirements of the equipment/ service/ substances.
• Collecting MSDS while taking delivery of every substance and forwarding the same to EHS departmentand to the
concerned users of the substance.
• Arranging to collect the operation/ maintenance manual from the equipment suppliers
• Collecting the EHS performance of the subcontractors/ vendors/ supplier (including nominated subcontractors)
on a monthly basis from all the projects and using the data for the award of jobs to subcontractors in future.
• Purchase PPE & safety materials as per EHS approved standard vendor list.
• Ensure timely delivery and quality of PPE & Safety materials.
• Conducting executive safety audit (Refer Format SP 5.3-1– Executive Safety Audit) during site visits
HUMAN RESOURCE (AT HO)
• Organize the training related to EHS and evaluate the effectiveness.
• Maintain the training records of all employees.
• Ensuring that EHS requirements (of the respective functions/ activities) are communicated through anyfunctional/
technical training programs are organized, either through the concerned faculty or through EHS faculty.
• Ensuring that EHS knowledge/ attitude is evaluated & considered as a criterion for selection, while recruiting
33 | P a g e
new employees.
• Reviewing & validating the scores EHS proactive performance monitoring and facilitate for SAP (Safety Aware
Performer of the month) reward scheme.
• Ensuring that the individual EHS performance of employees (both proactive as well as reactive) is considered
during the fair process, as one of the important aspects of accountability.
• Facilitate pre-employment medical check-up & periodic medical check-up of all staff members.
• Conducting executive safety audit (Refer Format SP 5.3-1– Executive Safety Audit) during site visits
HO ACCOUNTS AND ADMIN IN CHARGE (AT HO)
• Ensuring that MSDS is collected (and sent to EHSO) while receiving any substances at site, which maycause harm
to the employees.
• Ensuring that operation manual for all the equipment is collected (from the manufacturers/ suppliers)while
receiving any equipment/ vehicle/ machinery at site.
• Ensure the compliance to statutory requirements in the storage and handling of hazardous wastes &materials.
• While placing orders (for procurement/ hire) for any equipment/ machinery/ material/ vehicle/ tools, ensuring that
EHS requirements are accurately communicated to the supplier/ hiring agency (in consultation with
CPM/PM/EHSM, if necessary)
• Conducting periodical inspection within the stores to ensure that all the materials stored inside are safeand secure.
• Ensuring that unsafe tools/ materials/ machinery are not issued to workmen.
• Ensuring that workmen habitats are inspected periodically (and records maintained) by competentpersons to
ensure safe and healthy living environment is provided to workers.
• Ensure the availability and proper functioning of medical facilities such as first aid center, tie up with nearby
hospitals, ambulance and other emergency services
• Identification and deployment of registered medical practitioner and other supporting staff.
• Ensure that vehicles deployed for conveyance of staff & workmen, ambulance meet the statutory
requirements.
• Co-ordinate the pre-employment & periodic medical examination of all employees.

• Ensure that working hours of employees does not exceed the relevant statutory requirements.
• Ensure that health & welfare related statuary & contractual requirements are complied with.
• HO Accounts/ Admin In charge shall keep track of the changes in the region-specific applicable legalrequirements
in consultation with HO EHS Manager.
34 | P a g e
• Co-ordinate and take a major role in evacuation and communication during emergency situations.
• Ensure availability of wholesome drinking water at site as well as at workmen habitat.
• Facilitate and render supporting services for EHS campaigns and programs.
PACKAGE IN-CHARGE / CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
• Responsible & accountable for the implementation of EHS policy at hisworkplace.

• Delegate responsibilities and authorities to implement EHS at workplace.
EHS Policy & Objectives • Device methodology to achieve the EHS Operational objectives set to meetthe EHS
Policy objectives.
Legal • Responsible & accountable for the compliance of all applicable legalrequirements
related to EHS at project site.

• Ensure that the EHS competence of subcontractors is verified before deployment.
Competence, Training & • Accountable to ensure that adequate resources are provided to impart trainingfor the
employees, workmen, sub-contractor & Visitors
Awareness
• Establish adequate control measures for the employee’s fitness in order toavoid
fatigue, stress, extended working etc.
EHSMS • Responsible to implement the EHS Management System and norms as per the EHS
Manual
• Chair the Project EHS Committee and ensure its effective functioning.
• Conduct EHS Inspections & ensuring on prompt actions.
Performance Monitoring • Review and monitoring EHS performance of the project and proactive EHS
performance of employees at all levels.
• Demand EHS reporting from all employees on daily basis.
Awareness • Establishing Campaigns, Motivational Programs & punitive measures toensure that
all employees perform their EHS responsibilities without fail.
• Ensure that Safe to start work card system is followed by all employees in allactivities
on a daily basis.
Incident Investigation & • Participate in investigating incidents (to find out the root causes) with a no-blame
initiating CAPA approach & initiate necessary corrective & preventive actions.
EHS Statistics • Appraise the EHS performance and implementation status to the
management.
35 | P a g e
EHS MANAGER
Assist DPM/PM/CPM & All staffs in fulfilling all their EHS roles and responsibilities.
• Facilitate in establishing EHS requirements at workplace

EHSMS • Ensure the implementation of the EHS Management System and norms asper the
EHS manual
• Identify the training needs, designing and imparting training for staff, visitor,
Training subcontractor and workmen.
• Monitor the evaluation of compliance to legal requirements as identified by theHO EHS

Manager at the prescribed frequency.
Legal
• Appraise the project manager & EHSM on matters of non-compliance andfacilitate
compliance.
• Conducting periodical Site EHS Inspections & report the finding for correctiveaction.
• Act as catalyst for the Project EHS Committee activities.
• Review & appraise the site EHS performance and facilitate for improvement.
Performance Monitoring
• Ensure the proactive performance monitoring through systems such as Key
Performance Indicator on EHS.
• Preparing and updating Project EHS Plan.

• Preparing EHS Risk Assessment & Safe Work Method.
Planning • Timely reporting of EHS shortcoming to project manager for continual
improvement.
Campaigns & • Organize campaigns, competitions & other special emphasis programs topromote
Competitions EHS at workplace
• Conducting investigation of all incidents & initiate necessary corrective &

Incident Investigation & preventive actions at sites.
initiating CAPA • Analyze incident trends & initiate necessary corrective & preventive actions atsites
Emergency Response • Act as a catalyst for establishing, implementing & maintaining emergency
preparedness and response procedure at project sites.
EHS Statistics • Reporting the site EHS statistics
36 | P a g e
EHS ENGINEER / EHS OFFICER / EHS SUPERVISOR

• To monitor the compliance of TBT & PTW.
• To cross check the Gate pass & Height pass of workmen.
• To inspects the condition of Personal Protective Equipment prior to issue and after usage at regular intervals.
• To conduct EHS Induction for new employees at site.
• To conduct EHS Training for all site employees/ Workforce as per requirement.
• Training Matrix related job activities to motivate them for safe work culture at site.
• To visit at all work location of site to identify the hazard for control measures. By competent persons on the spot
or as per time bound.
• To suspend immediately any work in progress which he considers being proceeding in a dangerous or unsafe
manner up to corrective action by Job performer as per unsafe act / Unsafe Condition report to provide safe work
culture at site.
• To participate/ conduct regular/periodic inspection, emergency response drills, provide scenarios for the
emergency drills, exercises.
• To inspect regularly all areas under his responsibility including camp facilities.
• To prepare daily inspection/ Observation reports.
• To maintain and keep all records relevant to EHS dept.
• To maintain monthly EHS performance report.
• To make accident/incident investigation report & record.
• To ensures that sufficient awareness is created by display of safety posters, slogans etc.
• To monitor the status area housekeeping & barricading.
• To implementing the applicable legal & other requirements in his project site.
PROJECT EHS COMMITTEE MEMBER
In addition to their normal EHS Responsibilities, they are also responsible
• To participate in meetings regularly as per schedule to discuss and decide the ways and means toachieve the
EHS objectives and targets.
• To take active participation in the KPI on EHS walk down
• To suggest suitable measures to improve the EHS performance and meet the EHS objectives and targets.
• To facilitate the implementation of EHSMS by providing the necessary resources required.
• To set a role model to adopt and follow the EHSMS in the project / HO.
• Active participation and motivation for the EHS campaigns, Celebrations, Competitions and otherpropaganda.
PLANNING MANAGER
• Collecting Daily Progress report (DPR) incorporating the safety activities from site engineers
• Appraise Project Manager to create provision for safety appliances/ materials/ PPEs are made in DRAIPL and
shall ensure availability of the same at projects.
• Modification to schedule (SO) implications should be studied in consultation with EHSM/ EHSO andprocess
changes shall be updated accordingly in EHS plan & others
37 | P a g e
• Sub-contractor pre-qualification on EHS shall be obtained before engaging sub-contractors

• Facilitate pre-order sub-contractor meeting to communicate DRAIPL EHS requirements
• Participate in project EHS committee meetings & weekly walk downs.
• Minimum order quantity / Inventory of Safety materials/ PPE & re-order based on the manpower (staff/workmen)
and future works shall be done in consultation with Project manager/ Stores
SECTION / AREA IN-CHARGES
• Ensure EHS Risk Assessment, safe work method is prepared and implemented. for all activities under his control
• Facilitating the development of applicable Operational level objectives in line with the HO level EHS tactical/
operational objectives and implementing the same in his/ her work area.
• Responsible to implement the EHS Management System and norms as per the EHS Manualrespectively
• Ensure that all incidents are reported promptly.
• Participate regularly in EHS meetings/ EHS inspections.
• Reporting EHS activities to CPM/ PACM on a daily basis, as part of DPR (Daily Progress Reporting).
• Ensure that all the unsafe conditions pointed out by others are rectified as soon as possible.
• Ensure that proactive EHS performance monitoring system is implemented in your area of work, in letter and
spirit.
• Ensure that Safe to start work card system is followed by all the subordinates (including thesupervisors
of sub-contractors, if any.
SITE ENGINEERS
• Understanding the EHS requirements of the Project & following the same in execution of the work.
• Understanding the requirements of the ongoing EHS Operational objectives and implementing thesame in
his/ her work area, if applicable.
• Responsible in selecting & engaging the workmen and ensuring that they are engaged only aftercompletion
of screening system & EHS Induction.
• Participate in the preparation of EHS Risk Assessment, safe work method and implement the safe work method.
• Responsible to implement the EHS Management System and norms as per EHS Manual
• Ensuring the workmen under him wear necessary personal protective equipment’s applicable to the job.
• Eliminating all unsafe conditions in their work area.
• Participating in the Project EHS Inspection along with the EHS Engineer / Officer or the committeeMembers.
• Preparing Safe to start work card for all activities and giving Pep talk based on the safe to start work card as part
of the work instruction to the workmen working under him highlighting the risk involved in the task.
• Obtain work permit as per client requirements or company EHS Management System before starting work
requiring a work permit.
38 | P a g e
• Report all incidents to EHS Officer immediately verbally & submitting the preliminary incident report within 12
hours.
• Issue safety improvement slips (consistently) to any worker/ employee who is found to be violating EHS
requirement; encourage all workmen working under him/ her to report at-risk behaviors (of fellow employees),
unsafe conditions, near-misses.
• Informing the concerned authority as per the emergency response plan.
ALL EMPLOYEES
• Report all unsafe acts and condition to the immediate supervisor.

• Start work only when conditions are safe and stop work when it is unsafe.
• Operate equipment only when authorized and in prescribed manner.(If applicable)
• Report any injury or incident immediately.
• Ensure the EHS requirements of co-employees and notify for corrections.
• Ensure visitors are allowed to the workplace only after visitor’s induction and they are always accompanied by the
responsible person throughout his stay at workplace.
WORKMEN REPRESENTATIVE
• Investigate situations that could give, and have given, rise to incident in the workplace
• Look into complaints raised by any employee in the group represented

• Bring to the attention of and discuss with the employer any issues that arise out of the investigations
• Accompany/ carry out general inspections of the workplace,
• Attend meetings of the safety committee as a safety/ worker/ workplace representative
• Take part in Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment
• Communicate and convince workmen regarding all the important EHS procedures
• Facilitate upward communication from workmen regarding near miss/ hazards etc.
SUB-CONTRACTORS
• All Subcontractors/Vendor/Supplier/Third Party performing services at the Project shall follow the project EHS
rules & requirement.
• Ensure right workmen for the right job.

• Ensure workers are screened and imparted EHS Induction before they are deployed at workplace.
• Ensure adequate supervision at workplace, and promptly report the EHS deviations to the Engineer concerned
and rectify the same.
• Report any injury or incident immediately.

• Shall understand the EHS code of conduct for subcontractors and sign the same as a token of their acceptance
39 | P a g e
before starting the activity.
• Subcontractor, his Supervisor and his workmen shall adhere all the laid down EHS rules & Regulationswhile
working at site, follow the instruction / advice of Site engineer & EHS Engineer / Officer from time to time.
COMMUNICATION OF ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES

Roles & responsibilities of individuals shall be communicated through Induction & training programs. Apart
from the above, the following process shall be followed to communicate to all the concerned.
COMMUNICATION AT HO LEVEL
• HO Project Manager shall handover the hard copy of the roles & responsibilities to the project managers and
functional/ section heads at HO office preferably during HO EHS review meeting
• All functional heads shall handover the roles & responsibilities of their sub-ordinates
• This process shall be completed for a new staff also, whenever a staff newly joining at HO (includingtransfer from
other HO) or as a site as project manager/ construction manager, he may be called for the next HO review meeting
for handing over his roles & responsibilities.
• EHSM shall facilitate the above process
COMMUNICATION AT SITE LEVEL

• Project Manager shall communicate the roles & responsibilities to the section-incharges & section heads by
explaining and handing over the hard copy of their roles and responsibilities in person.
• In turn, section in charges shall handover the responsibilities of site engineers/ sub-ordinates.
• This process shall be carried out for all the staff members in the project based on their hierarchy andshall take
place during a common meeting forum preferably project EHS committee meeting
• This process shall be completed for a new staff also, whenever a staff newly joining at project (includingtransfer
from other project also), he may be called for the next project EHS committee meeting for handing over his roles
& responsibilities.
• EHSM/ EHSO shall facilitate the above process
ACCOUNTABILITIES
Employees wouldn’t fulfill the responsibilities placed on them, unless they are being held accountable for their
performance or the lack of it. Hence this portion is being added specifically into this procedure.
In order to have effective accountability, the procedure should refer to a transparent performance measurement guidelines
and state how accountability will be decided based on the performance indicators.
EHS performance can be measured proactively as well as reactively and hence the following leading indicators and lagging
indicators [refer SP 9.1 – EHS performance Measurement] will be used, while defining the accountability of employees.
• Proactive EHS performance monitoring system - to measure the individual contribution to EHS and safe
behavior
40 | P a g e
• Key Performance Indicator - to measure and benchmark the EHS performance of work place withstandards
• FR/ SR/ AR/ Accident-free man-hours/ Audit NCRs/ complaints from stakeholders/ Notices receivedetc.
REWARDS
• Details (name/photo) of the SAP Award winner (section-in-charge) shall be published prominently in ALL the
project sites at prominent locations in multi-colour format at least to the size of A3; details ofthe SAP Award
winner (site engineer/supervisor/ workmen) shall be published within the site in ALL the prominent locations..
• Every project which is completed without any fatal accident will be given a special cash incentive to the tune of
0.1%/Management decision of the project value, which can be distributed to all the staff, based on their total
number of days worked in the project (irrespective of their grade); this cash incentive will be increased to 0.2%, if
the site is completed without any reportable accident (any incident in which the injured person was unable to
attend duty more than 2 working days – excluding the date of accident)
• Proactive performance monitoring scores will be converted to cash incentives (based on a conversion ratio, which
will be decided by the BU/Operation heads, on a quarterly basis; however, if there is any reportable accident
during this period, cash incentive will not be paid.
• One site engineer, who gets the maximum score (in each HO) in the proactive performance monitoring system,
will get a day off within the next one month.
REPRIMANDS
• Whenever there is a fatal accident in any workplace, concerned section-in-charge will be placed under suspension,
till the investigation committee presents their findings. The employee shall not be allowed to come to the site. If
the committee feels that there was dereliction of duty on the part of any specific person, which has led to the
incident directly, serious action may be taken on him/ her, including separation from the organization.
• Whenever there is a reportable accident/ dangerous occurrence (which call for a HIGH level of investigation –
as per SP 10.2), after the investigation are completed, if any dereliction of duty is foundout (by the committee) on
the part of any specific employee, he shall be issued with a warning letter bythe concerned Head and a copy shall
be placed in the concerned employee’s personal folder.
• All employees who are unable to get the benchmark score in the proactive performance monitoring system will
be penalized and this fine will be deducted from their site allowance Out of Pocket Expenses(OPE), proportionate
to the shortfall from the benchmark score; this will be done on a monthly basis.
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Executive Audit Summary SP 5.3.1-1 1 year or till the completion of the project
• Proactive performance monitoringscore SP 9.1-1&2 1 year or till the completion of the project
41 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 5.4 PARTICIPATION,CONSULTATION AND REPRESENTATION
PURPOSE
To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for participation, consultation and representation ofworkmen &
their representatives in various aspects of OH&SMS.
SCOPE
All Workplaces
RESPONSIBILITY
Head – EHS, EHSM / EHSO
PROCEDURE
COMMUNICATION & CONSULTATION WITH CONTRACTORS
• Subcontractors are communicated of the EHS requirements through Work orders, EHS Code ofpractices,
and briefing during the award of contract. (Refer SP 8.1.6)
• They are also consulted when there is significant change in the work which affects EHS.
COMMUNICATION WITH RELEVANT INTERESTED PARTIES
• Communication with relevant interested parties is achieved through
▪ Our website www.draipl.com –EHS Policy and the contact details of persons at HO is available
in the portal for the benefit of all external parties
▪ Participation in seminars/ conferences and meetings of industrial bodies such as CII, Chamber
of Commerce, Regional Labour Institute, National Safety Council etc.
• Communication from external interested parties, received from the above & other sources shall be received
and documented in the external/ internal communication register.Suitable action shall be taken against their
communication and they would be kept informed of the action taken.
42 | P a g e
PARTICIPATION & CONSULTATION OF STAFF/ WORKERS
• Staff/ Worker participation & consultation is ensured by/ through
▪ Involving them in EHS Risk Assessments and Incident Investigation
▪ Discussion during EHS Induction, PEP Talks & Training Programs
▪ Participation in EHS Inspection and EHS campaign
▪ Hazard and near miss/ suggestions reporting scheme
▪ EHS surveys (conducted among staff & workmen (including supervisors) at least once in six months
as per tailor-made formats given on each occasion). A sample format for workmen is given in SP
5.4-2 workmen survey, this may be modified depending upon the site requirements and translated
wherever needed.
• Above process of participating & consulting with workmen will be facilitated by identifying adequatenumber
of workmen representative in each project, depending on the total number of workmen (preferably one
representative for every 250 workmen). They shall be identified with helmet sticker or band.
COMMUNICATION WITH VISITORS
• Visitors are not directly allowed to enter into project sites, where significant hazards to health & safety exist
• On arrival of visitor in the project, the staff concerned shall inform the Site EHSM / EHSO
• The EHSM / EHSO or the nominated Project EHS Committee member imparts basic EHS induction &
communicates Site EHS rules & regulations and emergency response procedure to the visitors, as indicated
in the visitors’ guidelines.
• The staff concerned with site administration shall arrange for the necessary safety gadgets for the visitors if
required
• The visitor shall be accompanied by the staff concerned or his nominee throughout the site visit
43 | P a g e
PROJECT EHS COMMITTEE

PURPOSE
To discuss and decide on matters related to promoting EHS in the sites including review of implementation of the
Project EHS plan, Project EHS inspection & Incident Investigation reports
SCOPE
All Projects
RESPONSIBILITY
EHSM /EHSO, as a secretary to the Project EHS Committee, facilitates convening of the meeting andprepares minutes
for circulation, compliance & follows up its implementation
PROCEDURE
• A Project EHS Committee is constituted comprising Project Manager (or designated nominee) as the
Chairman, all Functional Heads as members & EHSM /EHSO as secretary. The formation is duly announced
through a circular signed by Project Manager.
• The committee invites any other person including subcontractor, workmen to the meeting if that person’s
presence is required to promote EHS
• Date and time are fixed for the meeting. The meeting shall be conducted at least once in a month.
• Agenda for the meeting is finalized well before the meeting and the same is circulated among the members
with the schedule of the meeting by the EHSM / EHSO
• The attendance of the participants at the meeting is recorded in minutes of meeting
• Gist of discussions held during the meeting is minuted on the standard format
• Copy of the minutes, duly signed by the PM, is circulated to all the committee members and EHSMfor
appropriate action within 72 hours of the meeting
• Inputs from subcontractor and workmen shall form a part of the agenda for the project EHS Committee
meeting. Participation and consultation of the subcontractor, workmen may be obtained by forming a
subcommittee involving the subcontractor & workmen, interaction during PEP talks, site visits & training
sessions or any other suitable means visitor shall
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Formation of Project EHS committee circular SP 5.4-1 Till completion of the project
• Workmen survey template SP 5.4-2 Till completion of the project
44 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.1.2 E Page 1 of 8
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 6.1.2E – ENVIRONMENT ASPECT & IMPACT ASSESSMENT
PURPOSE
To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for identification of environmental aspects, assessment of
environmental impacts and the determination of those which are significant.
SCOPE
Environment Aspect & Impact Assessment shall be done for all the activities, products and services, as identified in
the “master aspect & impact register”.
RESPONSIBILITY
Project Manager, Construction Manager, Section In charges, Site Engineers, EHSO
PROCEDURE
6.1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
6.1.2.1 OVERVIEW
Environment Aspect
The elements of an organization’s activities, products and services that can interact with the environment are called
environmental aspects. Examples include a discharge, an emission, consumption or reuse of a material, or generation
of noise.
Environment Impact
Changes to the environment, either adverse or beneficial, that results wholly or partially from environmental aspects
are called environmental impacts. Examples of adverse impacts include pollutionof air/ water/ land, and depletion
of natural resources. Examples of beneficial impacts include improved water or soil quality.
The objective of this procedure is to

• Identify the environmental aspects the organization can control and those that it can influence,and their
associated environmental impacts, considering a life-cycle perspective.
• Establish criteria and a method to determine those that it will consider significant
45 | P a g e
• Determine the risks & opportunities related to its environmental aspects, compliance obligations,
external/internal issues that have the ability to affect the environmental performance and the needs &
expectations of the internal/ external stake holders.
TEAM FOR ASPECT/ IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Aspect & impact assessment shall be conducted by a team of persons who have a thorough knowledge of the work
to be assessed. Team members may include CPM, Project Manager, Area / Section In charges & Execution Engineer,
Subcontractors, Workmen.
The methodology for Aspect & Impact Assessment is explained below under the respective clauses.
6.1.2.2 UNDERSTANDING ACTIVITIES
The activities/ products/ services shall be well understood so as to clearly identify the environment aspects &
their respective impacts. The following shall be considered in understanding the activities
• The list of the activities shall be prepared as a part of the preparation of master aspect & impact assessment
register.
• They shall be analyzed, understood & grouped / categorized suitably for identification andevaluation of
environment aspects.
• The grouping or category shall be based on common characteristics such as operations work flow,materials
or energy use in activities, or environmental media affected (e.g. air, water, and land)
6.1.2. 3 IDENTIFIYING ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
While identifying the aspects, the following shall be considered:

• Normal operations
• Abnormal operating conditions (maintenance and emergency situations and accidents)
• Aspects that can be controlled directly,
• Aspects that can be influenced
• Legal or contractual authority
• Local or regional issues
• Obligations and responsibilities to interested parties.
The approach to identifying environmental aspects shall be as given below:
• emissions to air,
• releases to water,
• releases to land,
• use of raw materials and natural resources (e.g. land use, water use),
• local/community environmental issues,
• use of energy,
46 | P a g e
• energy emitted (e.g. heat, radiation, vibration),

• waste and by-products
6.1.2. 4 UNDERSTANDING ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
The environmental impacts shall be well understood so as to determine their significance. In general, the following
shall be considered:
• Positive (beneficial) as well as negative (adverse) environmental impacts,

• Actual and potential environmental impacts,
• The part(s) of the environment that might be affected, such as air, water, soil, flora, fauna,
• The characteristics of the location that might affect the impact such as local weather conditions, height of
water table, soil types, etc., and
• The nature of the changes to the environment (such as global vs. local issues).
6.1.2. 5 DETERMINING SIGNIFICANT ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS
6.1.2.5.1 ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
• Aspect & Impact assessment methodology adopted shall be of quantitative type given by a four-
dimensional matrix. The steps in the evaluation of environmental impact are given below.
• Environmental impact for all the aspects shall be calculated based on the following formulae:
• Impact value = Area of impact (A) X Severity of the impact (S) X Likelihood of the impact (L) XDuration
of the impact (D)
6.1.2.5.2 DETERMINING SIGNIFICANT ASPECTS
• Legal Requirement (LR): if the identified impact is covered by existing environmental regulations (central/
state/ local), it shall be considered significant.
• Interested party concern (IPC): if the identified impact has been raised by any of the interested parties, the
assessment committee will decide whether it is significant or not, based on the assessment guidelines given
in this procedure.
• Resource conservation potential: if the identified aspect has the ability to conserve the natural resources to
the tune of more than 50K INR (Rs. 50000) during the project duration, it shall be considered as significant.
• If any of the aspects is a legal requirement and/ or IPC and/ or RCP shall be considered as
significant only, then needless to calculate the impact value
• Any other aspect which has a calculated impact value of more than 81 (3X3X3X3), will be considered as
significant.
47 | P a g e
Area of Impact (A) will be calculated based on the following criteria:
Area of impact (A) Impact value
At the place of leak/ spill/ release only 1
Within the room of leak/ spill/ release only 2
Within the floor of leak/ spill/ release only 3
In the entire premises of the project 4
Beyond the premises of the project 5
Severity of the impact (S) will be calculated based on the following criteria:
Severity of the impact (S) Impact value
Insignificant release/ spill/ leak of non-toxic material 1
Significant release/ spill/ leak of non-toxic material or Insignificant release/spill/ leak 2

of toxic material
Moderate release/ spill/ leak of toxic material or noise level of 80 to 90 dBA 3
Significant release/ spill/ leak of toxic material or noise level of more than90 dBA 4
Significant release/ spill/ leak of environmentally hazardous material 5
Likelihood of the impact (L) will be calculated based on the following criteria:
Likelihood of the impact (L) Impact value
Monthly once or more frequently 1
Fortnightly once 2
Weekly 3
Daily once 4
Continuous 5
48 | P a g e
Duration of the impact (D) (how long the environmental effect will remain/ how long the environment takes to absorb/
neutralize the spill/ leak/ discharge/ dumping) will be calculated based on the following criteria:
Duration of the impact (L) Impact value
Lasts for a day 1
Lasts for 2 to 5 days 2
Lasts for 1 to 3 weeks 3
Lasts for 1 to 3 months 4
Lasts for more than 3 months 5
49 | P a g e
6.1.2.5.3 ASPECT IMPACT ASSESSMENT MATRIX
Area of impact (A) Severity of impact (S) Likelihood of the Duration of Weightage
impact (L) theimpact (D)
At the place of leak/ Insignificant release/ spill/ leak of Monthly once or Lasts for a day 1
spill/ release only non-toxic material more frequently
Within the room of Significant release/ spill/ leak of Fortnightly once Lasts for 2 to 2
leak/ spill/ release non-toxic material or Insignificant 5days
only release/ spill/leakof toxic material
Within the floor of Moderate release/ spill/ leak of Weekly Lasts for 1 to 3
leak/ spill/ release toxic material or noise level of 75 3weeks
only dBA (at boundary)
In the entire Significant release/ spill/ leak of Daily once Lasts for 1 to 4
premises of the toxic material or noise level of 3months
project more than 75 dBA (at boundary)
Beyond the Significant release/ spill/ leak of Continuous Lasts for 5

premises of the environmentally hazardous more than 3
project material months
IDENTIFYING CONTROLS
For all the aspects and impacts (irrespective significant or not), control measures shall be identified. While selection
of control measures, selection shall be determined by the principle of hierarchy of controls as indicated below:
• Elimination
• Substitution
• Engineering Control
• Administrative Control
• Personal Protective Equipment
In applying the hierarchy, consideration shall be given to the relative costs, risk reduction benefits and reliability of
the available options.
50 | P a g e
6.1.2.6 GENERIC ASPECT IMPACT REGISTER
• Generic aspect impact assessments shall be developed for regular ASPECTS related to our operations.
• This generic aspect impact register shall be prepared by a task force group formed at HO level to create
a master for all identified environmental aspects.
• This master aspect impact register shall be used as a starting point for preparing site specific register. This
shall be done by customizing the controls to be appropriate to the particular situation.
• This approach is aimed to improve the speed and efficiency of the assessment process and improve the
consistency across locations.
6.1.2. 7 IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURE FOR ASPECT & IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Compliance Verification
No. Task Action by
target document
Preparation of master aspect impact register Task force team at Master of Aspect
1. for all identified aspects shall bedone by the HO - & Impact
nominated task force. Register
Aspect Impact Register customized for the EHSM/ EHSO
Before Aspect/ Impact
project based on the applicable aspects from in coordination
2. starting the Assessment
the master aspect impactassessment register. with Project
Project SP6.1.2-E
Manager
Site Engineer /
Review the control measures identified inthe Before Aspect/ Impact
Section In chargein
3. aspect impact register and change as starting the Assessment SP
coordination
appropriate. with EHSO activity 6.1.2-E
Communicating the outcome: Before
Controls identified shall be communicated to Section In charge starting the Aspect/ Impact
the respective frontline team by the site / Site Engineer activity Assessment SP
4.
engineers/section in charges. 6.1.2 – E-1
6.1.2. 8 RECORDING AND DOCUMENTING THE RESULTS
The results & summary of the aspect & impact assessment shall be recorded in the following formats.
• Environmental Aspect & Impact Assessment Register - SP 6.1.2 E-1.

• Log sheet for HIRA & EAIA – SP 6.1.2 & SP 6.1.2 E-A
51 | P a g e
6.1.2.9 ONGOING REVIEW
Aspect & Impact assessment register shall be reviewed

• Once in six months
• After an environmental incident
• When changes proposed by the corrective & preventive action
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Format - Environmental Aspect & SP 6.1.2 E-1 Till completion of the project
Impact Assessment Register
• Log sheet for HIRA & EAIA SP 6.1.2 & SP 6.1.2 E-A Till completion of the project
52 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.1.2 Page 1 of 16
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 6.1.2 - HAZARD IDENTIFICATION & RISK ASSESSMENT
PURPOSE
To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for the ongoing hazard identification, risk assessment and
determination of necessary controls
SCOPE
Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA) shall be done for:
• Routine & non routine activities.
• Activities of all personnel having access to the workplace (including contractors & visitors)
• Facilities at the workplace.
• Equipment/ substances
RESPONSIBILITY
Project Manager, Construction Manager, Section In charges, Site Engineers, EHSO
PROCEDURE
4.3.1.1 GENERAL
The overall purpose of the hazard identification & risk assessment process is to recognize and understand the hazards
that might arise in the course of the organization’s activities and ensure that the risks to people arising from these
hazards are assessed, prioritized and controlled to a level that is acceptable.
Figure 1: Framework for Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment Process
53 | P a g e
This shall be achieved by the following steps,
• Developing a methodology for hazard identification and risk assessment,
• Identifying hazards,
• Checking the adequacy of any existing controls,
• Determining whether these risks are acceptable, and
• Determining the appropriate additional risk controls, where these are found to be necessary
4.3.1.2 METHODOLOGY
TEAM FOR H&S RISK ASSESSMENT

H&S Risk assessment shall be conducted by a team of persons who have a thorough knowledge of thework to be
assessed. Team members may include Functional Head at the HO, Project Manager, Area / Section In charge &
Execution Engineer, EHSO, Subcontractor representative, and Workmen.
The methodology for hazard identification & risk assessment including the matrix is explained below;.
4.3.1. 3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION

Hazard identification shall aim to determine proactively all sources, situations or acts (or a combination ofthese),
arising from activities, with a potential for harm in terms of human injury or ill health such as:
• Sources (e.g. moving machinery, radiation or energy sources),
• Situations (e.g. working at heights), or
• Acts (e.g. manual lifting)
Hazard identification shall consider the different types of hazards in the workplace, including physical,chemical,
biological and psychosocial
INPUTS FOR HAZARD IDENTIFICATION
The following inputs or sources of information shall be considered during the hazard identification process
• EHS legal and other requirements
• EHS policy
54 | P a g e
• EHS performance monitoring data such as
❖ occupational exposure and health assessments,
❖ records of incidents
❖ reports from previous audits, assessments or reviews,
❖ reports of incidents that have occurred in similar organizations,
• input from employees and other interested parties
• information from other management systems (e.g. for quality management or environmental
management),
• information from employee OH&S consultations,
• methodology review and improvement activities in the workplace,
• information on best practice and/or typical hazards in similar organizations,
• information on the facilities, processes and activities of the organization, including the following:
❖ Workplace design, traffic plans (e.g. pedestrian walkways, vehicle routing), site plan(s),
❖ Process flowcharts and operations manuals,
❖ Inventories of hazardous materials (raw materials, chemicals, wastes, products)
❖ Equipment specifications,
❖ Product specifications, material safety data sheets, toxicology and other OH&S data.
TYPES OF RISK ASSESSMENTS
Various types of risk assessments to be done are explained with a flow diagram below:
• Routine activities risk assessments
• Non-routine activities risk assessments (Break down maintenance, site visit by visitors/ suppliers, extreme
weather conditions, dismantling of tower crane, etc., )
• Facility based risk assessments (office premises, carpentry yard, store, etc.,) (Fire detection & fighting
requirements, space requirements, exit requirements, location etc. shall be considered in this)
55 | P a g e
• Equipment based risk assessments (only installation parameters shall be considered, operational parameters
shall be considered in activity based risk assessments. However, few envisaged hazards during operation
shall be included, for e.g. Tower crane rotation limitation (due to other structure existence during operation)
shall be considered).
Risk
Assessment
Routine Non-routine
Substance Equipment Facility
Activities Activity
Routine
Substructure Superstructure Finishing MEP General
• COSHH (Control of Substances Hazardous to health) assessment shall be conducted for all the substances
used in the project. Findings shall be recorded in COSHH Assessment form SP 6.1.2-5 COSHH Assessment
form.
• Display Screen Equipment (DSE) risk assessment shall be conducted for all office based employees as per
the format SP 6.1.2-6.
PERSONS TO BE CONSIDERED
Hazard identification shall consider all people having access to work place such as customers, visitors,service
contractors, delivery personnel and employees and:
• the hazards and risks arising from their activities,
• the hazards arising from the use of products or services supplied to the organization by them,
• their degree of familiarity with the workplace, and
• their behavior
56 | P a g e
HUMAN FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
Human factors, such as capabilities, behaviors and limitations, shall be taken into account when evaluating the hazards
and risks of processes, equipment and work environments.
Human factors shall be considered whenever there is a human interface and take into account issuessuch as ease
of use, potential for operational errors, operator stress and user fatigue.
In considering human factors, the hazard identification process shall consider the following and theirinteractions:
• The nature of the job (workplace layout, operator information, work load, physical work, work patterns),
• The environment (heat, lighting, noise, air quality),
• Human behavior (temperament, habits, attitude),
• Psychological capabilities (cognition, attention),
• Physiological capabilities (biomechanical, anthropometrics/Physical variation of people).
IDENTIFYING HAZARDS WHICH OCCUR OR ORIGINATE OUTSIDE THE WORKPLACE
In some instances, there can be hazards which occur or originate outside the workplace that can have an impact on
individuals within the workplace (e.g. releases of toxic materials from neighbouring operations).Where such hazards
are foreseeable, these shall be addressed.
EXAMPLE OF TYPICAL HAZARDS
Unsafe conditions shall not be identified as hazards.
Refer the annexure A, given below in this procedure for list of hazards and hazardous events.
HAZARDOUS EVENT
For a hazard to cause harm a hazardous event must happen;
The likelihood is the chance that the hazardous event will occur;
Consequence is the outcome of the hazardous event.
4.3.1.4 RISK ASSESSMENT
57 | P a g e
4.3.1.4.1 GENERAL
Risk is the combination of the likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or exposure(s) and theseverity of
injury or ill health that can be caused by the event or exposure(s)
Risk assessment is the process of evaluating the risk arising from a hazard, taking into account theadequacy of
any existing controls, and deciding whether the risk(s) is acceptable
4.3.1.4.2 INPUTS FOR RISK ASSESSMENT
Inputs to the risk assessment processes can include, but are not limited to, information or data on thefollowing:
• Details of location(s) where work is carried out,
• The proximity and scope for hazardous interaction between activities in the workplace,
• The human capabilities, behavior, competence, training and experience of those who normally and/or
occasionally carry out hazardous tasks,
• The proximity of other personnel (e.g. cleaners, visitors, contractors, the public) who might be affected
by hazardous work,
• Details of any work instructions, systems of work and/or permit to-work procedures, prepared for
hazardous tasks,
• Manufacturers’ or suppliers’ instructions for operation and maintenance of equipment andfacilities,
• The availability and use of control measures [e.g. for ventilation, guarding, personal protective equipment
(PPE), etc.],
• Abnormal conditions (e.g. the potential interruption of utility services such as electricity and water,
or other process failures),
• Environmental conditions affecting the workplace,
• The potential for failure of plant and machinery components and safety devices
• Details of access to, and adequacy/condition of emergency procedures, emergency escapeplans,

emergency equipment,
• Emergency escape routes (including signage), emergency communication facilities, and external
emergency support, etc.,
• Monitoring data related to incidents associated — with specific work activities,
58 | P a g e
• The findings of any existing assessments relating to hazardous work activity,
• Details of previous unsafe acts either by the individuals performing the activity or by others (e.g.adjacent
personnel, visitors, contractors, etc.),
• the duration and frequency at which tasks are carried out,
• Risk to vulnerable groups such as new & in experienced workers shall be considered during therisk
assessment.
4.3.1.4.3 RISK ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY
• Risk Assessment methodology using a two dimensional risk matrix is explained here below:
POPULATION AT RISK
• This defines, who are exposed to this hazards, it could be staff members, workmen, visitors,client
personnel, suppliers, etc.,
POSSIBLE OUTCOME
• This is the outcome of hazardous event i.e. Ill health, Injury/ serious injury, burn and death.
IDENTIFYING EXISTING RISK CONTROL
• Existing control measures shall be first identified for each of the identified H&S hazard. While selection
of existing control measures, only those measures, which have been well established shall be considered.
For example, if equipment fitness verification before deployment is considered as an existing control
measure, it should have been fully established and functional; otherwise, it need not be considered as an
existing control while determining likelihood of occurrence. This is to ensure that whatever controls that
are listed as “existing” will definitely be implemented when the referred activity is taken up.
• While determining the existing controls, other parameters also shall be verified such as past record of
Project Manager (past proactive EHS performance scores), resource availability, Provisions in DRAIPL,
etc.,
DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD OF OCCURRENCE
• When seeking to establish the likelihood of hazardous event occurring, the adequacy of existing control
measures shall not be taken into account. It shall be done based on the past incident data as per the
descriptions given in the five-point risk matrix.
59 | P a g e
ASSESSING THE POTENTIAL SEVERITY
• Severity is the degree or extent of harm that can be caused by the hazards as a result of the hazardous
event. Severity is classified in five-point scale in the risk matrix given below.
RISK ASSESSMENT MATRIX
Severity
No medical Illness Illness
Illness in
treatment requiring requiring Fatality
permanent
or Medical hospital
impairment
measurable Treatment admission
physical
effects
Injury
First aid Lost Time Serious Single or
requiring
treatment Accident Injury multiple
Medical
only requiring Fatality
Treatment but
hospitalization
not Lost Time
Likelihood 1 2 3 4 5
Most Never heard of in 1

Unlikely construction industry. Low
Known to occur in the other 2
Unlikely
ICs & construction industry
Likely Incident occurred in our IC. 3 Medium
Most Happens several times per 4

Likely year in our IC High
Happens several times per 5
Inevitable
year in a site.
• The risk assessment matrix is based on the concept of applying experience of events or incidents in the
past to predict risk in the future.
• The vertical axis represents increasing likelihood (levels 1 to 5) of the occurrence. The horizontal axis
represents increasing consequences (severity levels 1 to 5) in terms of harm to people.
• Boxes in the matrix represent levels of risk, increasing from top left to bottom right corners ofthe matrix.
• The matrix is divided into blue, yellow and red areas to illustrate the increasing level of risk.
60 | P a g e
• Once the likelihood and severity have been established, the risk level can be determined fromthe risk
matrix.
• To determine the risk level, select the appropriate row for severity and the appropriate column for
likelihood; the cell where they intersect indicates the risk level.
4.3.1.4.4 OTHER CONSIDERATIONS FOR RISK ASSESSMENT
GENERIC RISK ASSESSMENT

• Generic risk assessments shall be developed for typical activities that are regularly carried out in the project
sites of various business units.
• This generic risk assessment shall be prepared by a task force group formed at HOlevel to create a
master of risk assessment for all regular activities.
• Such generic assessments shall be used as a starting point for preparing site specific assessments. This shall
be done by customizing the generic risk assessment to be appropriate to the particular situation.
• This approach is aimed to improve the speed and efficiency of the risk assessment process and improve the
consistency of risk assessments for similar tasks across locations.
IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURE FOR H&S RISK ASSESSMENT

Compliance Verification
No. Task Action by
target Document
Preparation of generic risk assessment master for Task force team at Master of
1. all regular activities shall be done by the HO - Generic Risk
nominated task force. Assessment
H&S Risk Assessment is prepared for all known
HSM / EHSO
activities before starting of the project by Before H&S Risk
in coordination
2. compiling the relevant risk assessment from starting Assessment
with Project
generic risk assessment master theProject SP 6.1.2-1
Manager
3. Customizing the H&S Risk Assessment to be
appropriate to the particular situation, shall be
carried out before starting the particular activity. Site Engineer / Before H&S Risk
Preparation of the H&S Risk assessment for Section In chargein starting the AssessmentSP
additional activities not covered in the generic risk coordination with activity 6.1.2-1
assessment master shall be carried out before EHSO
starting the particular activity.
Communicating the outcome:
4. Risk assessment shall be communicated to the Section In charge Before H&S Risk
respective frontline team/ workmen by the site / Site Engineer starting the Assessment
engineers/section in charges (by preparing safe-to- activity SP 6.1.2-1
start-work card and this shall be communicated to
the workmen as part of the work instruction).
61 | P a g e
4.3.1.5 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE
Risk assessment shall be checked for the following changes before it is put in use:
• New or modified technology, equipment, facilities, or work environment

• New or revised procedures, work practices, designs, specifications or standards,
• Significant changes to the site’s organizational structure and staffing, including the use of contractors,
The site engineer shall complete a check of the following points before using the risk assessment to ensure that
changes are managed effectively.
• Have new hazards been created?

• What are the risks associated with the new hazards?
• Have the risks from other hazards changed?
• Could the changes adversely affect existing risk controls?
• Have the most appropriate controls been chosen, bearing in mind usability, acceptability and both the
immediate and long-term costs?
4.3.1.6 DETERMINING THE NEED FOR CONTROLS
CONTROL OF RISK
• Based on the estimated risk level, additional controls shall be identified (if required) to reduce the risk level
to an acceptable level.
• Whenever additional control measures are indicated, ‘action by’ need not be a site engineer: it could be the
Project Manager/ Construction manager/ Section in-charge/ planning in-charge (since it may involve
resource allocation). Since the risk ratings are based on the incidents that have occurred and has no direct
relation to the existing or additional controls, risk level of some of the activities could continue to remain as
high or medium – which only indicate a high level of caution to be maintained while execution to ensure
that ALL controls are implemented without fail.
• A master risk register shall be made available in the project as per the format SP 6.1.2-3, by compiling all
the hazards and hazardous event in all risk assessments.
62 | P a g e
• For each risk assessment, at least One or Two Critical Control Points (CCP) shall be identifiedand
mentioned in SP 6.1.2-1. Without applying CCP controls, the activity/ process shall NOT be performed.
ACCEPTABLE RISK
• An acceptable risk is a risk that has been reduced to a level that the organization is willing toassume
with respect to its legal obligation, its OH&S policy and its OH&S objectives.
RESIDUAL RISKS
• Risk that remains after controls have been implemented.
HIERARCHY OF CONTROLS
Whenever controls are identified, their selection shall be determined by the principle of hierarchy of controls as
indicated below:
• Elimination
• Substitution
• Engineering Control
• Administrative Control
• Personal Protective Equipment
In applying the hierarchy, consideration shall be given to the relative costs, risk reduction benefits and reliability of the
available options.
VERIFICATION OF EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROLS

• In order to ensure that risk assessment is used as a proactive exercise, EHS Manager/ Officer shall verify the
effective implementation of ALL the controls in one risk assessment in all locations of the site/ habitat. This
shall be done as per the format SP 6.1.2-4 at least for one RA per week.
• If any of the control measures is not being implemented effectively, it shall be withdrawn from the existing
or additional control measure; it shall be made more practicable by suitable modification or shall be worked
out as an operational objective and implemented.
4.3.1. 7 RECORDING AND DOCUMENTING THE RESULTS
The results and summary of the hazard identification & risk assessment shall be recorded in the following
formats
• H&S Risk Assessment - SP 6.1.2-1

• Log sheet for HIRA - SP 6.1.2-2
63 | P a g e
4.3.1.8 ONGOING REVIEW
H&S Risk Assessment shall be reviewed,

• Once in six months
• Whenever any deviation is noticed during the verification of control measures.

• After an accident as a result of exposure to a hazard.
• When changes proposed by the corrective & preventive action.
64 | P a g e
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS / JOB HAZARD ANALYSI (JSA)

Title of Job or Task: JSA or JHA Number:
Date: Revision:
Person Completing the JSA: Person(s) assisting with this JSA:
Location:
Recommended Personal Protective Equipment (PPEs)

Safety Hemet Reflective Jacket
Safety Shoes Eye Protection
Hearing Protection Hand and Body Protection
Respiratory Protection Other PPEs
Things to Consider
What are the hazards? Include
Do employees know how to do the job?
people and equipment.
How can injuries or accidents be
How can injuries or accidents occurred?
prevented?
Are there obvious unsafe conditions? Are special tools needed?
How would we rescue people if
Do people need personal protective equipment?
something went wrong?
Do we have the equipment’s to rescue?
Hazards Present in Each Job Correct and Safe
Sl.No Basic Job Steps
Step Procedure
65 | P a g e
FLOW CHART
Flow chart for this procedure is given below for easy understanding;
Gathering information for HIRA
List of activities, substances and equipment
Forming the team for risk assessment
Identifying hazards
Deriving hazard, Hazardous events and possible outcome
Assessing the risk level with FIVE point matrix
Adopting existing controls
Analyzing scope for additional control measures
Communicating to the concerned for implementation
Implementing control measures and monitoring the effectiveness
Developing operational objective based on compliance level of

control measures and master risk register
Review & revise RA
66 | P a g e
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Format - H&S Risk Assessment SP 6.1.2-1 Till completion of the project

• Log sheet for HIRA SP 6.1.2-2 Till completion of the project
• Master risk register SP 6.1.2-3 Till completion of the project
• Verification of controls SP 6.1.2-4 Till completion of the project
ANNEXURE A – HAZARDS & HAZARDOUS EVENT
Hazard No. Hazards Hazardous event

I. Physical hazards
PH 1. Slippery or uneven ground Trip, slip & fall on level
PH 2. Working at height Fall from height, fall of materials
PH 3. Poor ergonomics (e.g., Adapting poor posture, having inadequate

workplace design that doesnot space for work, working in an awkward
take account of human position
factors)
PH 4. Manual handling Adapting poor posture or handling of
excessive loads repeatedly,
PH 5. Rotating Parts Caught in between / Entrapment/ Entanglement /
Drawing in
PH 6. Sharp Edge – Moving orstationary Contact with sharp edges
Pressurized lines Bursting/ whipping of high-pressure lines
PH 7.
High Intensity Light Exposure to high intensity lights
PH 8.
Steam or hot parts Contact with hot parts in equipment/ vehicle
PH 9.
Transport hazards (either on the road
PH 10. Run-over - Hitting of pedestrians and/ or
or on premises/sites, while travelling
commuters,
or as a pedestrian - linked to the
speed and external features of
Fatigue due to prolonged sitting/ long driving
vehicles and the road
67 | P a g e
Slip, movement of vehicle, hit/ puncture of skin

while cleaning with high pressurized water jet
Environment)
Fire while fueling/ re-fueling
Exposure to heat
PH 11. Fire and explosion (linked to the Fire due to open flame
amount and nature of flammable
material) Fire due to combustible materials
Fire due to explosives
PH 12. Electricity Contact with electricity,
Fire due to short-circuit/ overloading of circuit
Electric Shock due to leakage current
PH 13. Noise Exposure to excessive noise
PH 14. Vibration Exposure to excessive vibration either to hand or

to whole body
PH 15. Stored energy, which can be Contact with the energy sources Bursting/
released quickly and cause
whipping of high-pressure lines
physical harm to the body
(linked to the amount of energy)
PH 16. Unsuitable thermal Exposure to thermal extremes
environment, which can lead to
hypothermia or heat stress
PH 17. Violence to employees, Exposure to violence
leading to physical harm
(linked to the nature of the
perpetrators)
PH 18. Ionizing radiation (from x- or Exposure to ionizing radiation
gamma-ray machines or
radioactive substances)
PH 19. Non-ionizing radiation (e.g. Exposure to non-ionizing radiation

light, magnetic, radio-waves)
68 | P a g e
PH 20. Suspended Load Fall of object, Hit by object
II. Biological hazards

Biological agents, allergens, or pathogens (such as bacteria or viruses), that might be:
BH 1. Inhaled Inhaled
BH 2. Transmitted via contact, Transmitted via contact, including by bodily fluids

including by bodily fluids (e.g., needle‑stick injuries), insect bites,etc.,
(e.g., needle‑stick injuries),
insect bites, etc.,
BH 3. Ingested (e.g. via contaminated Ingested (e.g., via contaminated food

food products) products)
III. Psychosocial hazards

Situations that can lead to negative psychosocial (including psychological) conditions, such as stress
(Including post-traumatic stress), anxiety, fatigue, depression, from e.g.:
PSH 1. Excessive workload Excessive workload
PSH 2. Lack of communication or Lack of communication or management

management control control
PSH 3. Workplace physical Workplace physical environment

environment
PSH 4. Physical violence Physical violence
PSH 5. Bullying or intimidation Bullying or intimidation
69 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.1.3 & 9.1.2 Page 1 of 4
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 6.1.3 & 9.1.2 – COMPLIANCEOBLIGATIONS AND EVALUATION OF THEIR COMPLIANCE
PURPOSE
• To identify and provide access to the applicable compliance obligations;
• To periodically evaluate compliance with applicable compliance obligations.
SCOPE
It shall include:
• Occupational Health & Safety legislations;
• Environment related legislations;
• EHS contractual conditions;
• Customer specific requirements;
• Any other EHS requirements of internal or external stakeholders, to which the organization voluntarily
subscribe to.
Refer the definitions given at the end of the procedure.
RESPONSIBILITY
HOD – EHS, CPM, PM & EHSO
PROCEDURE
4.3.2.1 IDENTIFYING & ACCESSING LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
• HOD – EHS shall create and maintain the data bank in knowledge management file, containing all
applicable Occupational Health & Safety, Environmental legal requirements.
4.3.2.1.1 UPDATING THE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS

• HOD – EHS shall regularly update the relevant legal requirements at national level and
communicate to the concerned.
• Regulatory updates related to EHS shall be obtained through:
70 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.1.3 & 9.1.2 Page 2 of 4
o Click “Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) Legal Updates”

o Regulatory update service providers.
o Professional Organizations.
o Central government gazette notifications in their website http://egazette.nic.in/
o Legal and/or Industrial relations department
• EHSM shall keep track of the changes in the region-specific applicable legal requirementsthrough:
o Liaison with the regional enforcement authorities and professional safety organization.
o Industrial relations officer of the HO.
o Regularly checking the state government gazette notifications.
• In case of updates or new legislation, he shall communicate the same down the level to theproject
team. The updated legal requirement shall be sent to HOD-EHS for inclusion in the data base.
4.3.2.2 IDENTIFYING OTHER COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS
The input for identifying the above requirement shall include, but not limited to:
• Tender documents issued by customers

• EHS plan of customers
• Other EHS documents or communications from customers
Head EHS shall maintain a master database in which contractual EHS requirements of all the ongoing projects are
kept for ready reference. They shall also prepare an extract of any additional/ special requirements that are not
normally covered in our EHSMS for all the ongoing projects.
EHSM/ EHSO shall identify all contractual & customer specific EHS requirements before the start of the project and
include the same suitably in the EHS plan, risk assessment and legal register.
4.3.2. 3 SITE SPECIFIC REGISTER OF COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS
INTEGRATING COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS IN EHSMS
• While preparing the Project EHS Plan, EHSM/EHSO shall identify all the compliance obligations pertaining
to Health, Safety & Environment and it shall be captured in various components of the project EHS Plan
appropriately.
• While preparing the EHS Risk assessment, applicable compliance obligations are used as an input document.
71 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.1.3 & 9.1.2 Page 3 of 4
PREPARING MASTER REGISTER OF COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS
• EHSM/ EHSO shall prepare the master register of compliance obligations (as per SP 6.1.3-1) during the
preparation of EHS Plan.
• The master register shall identify all applicable compliance obligations specific to that project;
• For each and every clause of compliance obligations,
o Applicable areas within the project site shall be identified.
o Internal procedure for method of compliance shall be identified.
o Person responsible within the organization for complying with the requirement shall be
identified.
UPDATING MASTER REGISTER OF COMPLIANCE OBLIGATIONS
• EHSO shall update the register of “Compliance Obligations” whenever there is

o a change / amendment in the legal requirements or;
o change in scope of operations (of any particular) necessitating changes in the applicablecompliance
obligations.
• Details of the changes made are duly recorded under the revision status of the Master Register ofcompliance
obligations (6.1.3-1)
4.3.2.4 COMMUNICATION
Applicable compliance obligations are communicated to the employees, subcontractors and other relevant interested
parties through,
• EHS Code of practice for procurement, hiring & subcontractor works

• Safe Work Method & EHS Risk Assessments
• EHS Induction and other training
• Tool box talk
• Notice Boards, Signs & Symbols
• Other Internal communications
4.5.2. 1 EVALUATING THE COMPLIANCE TO LEGAL & OTHER REQUIREMENTS
• Compliance verification register (SP 9.1.2-1) is prepared from master register of complianceobligations
(SP 6.1.3-1) including its latest amendments.
DAILY VERIFICATION
72 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.1.3 & 9.1.2 Page 4 of 4
• Compliance obligations shall be verified by the site EHSOs on a daily basis by verifying two or three specific
legal (or contractual) requirements in a comprehensive manner (throughout thesite), as part of the daily
inspection.
• Legal compliance verification shall be quantified, against compliance status in the format SP 6.1.3-1,
percentage of compliance must be provided. For example; Third Party Inspection of lifting tools & Tackles;
Total no. of tools & tackles available at project Vs total no. of tools & tackles tested should be verified and
percentage of compliance to be provided.
• Findings shall be updated in the register of compliance obligations. These findings shall be specially
highlighted to the PM to draw his attention.
• Date of evaluation shall be the exact date on which compliance of the particular clause
requirements was verified.
• In order to ensure that all the applicable compliance obligations are verified once in a quarter, siteEHSMs
shall prepare a quarterly plan indicating the clauses that will be verified with dates.
REVIEW OF FINDINGS DURING THE VERIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

OBLIGATIONS
• Summary of legal compliance verification findings shall be discussed and minuted in the MOM ofthe
monthly safety review meetings at sites.
• During the quarterly EHS review meetings at HO office, this data from all the sites shall beappropriately
analyzed and presented.
• Status of compliance against each clause is duly recorded along with the corrective action proposed, in case
of a noncompliance.
• Such corrective action identified shall be captured in SP 10.2a - 1 - External & Internal Communication
register for monitoring till it is closed.
RECORDS
Records Retention
Master Register of compliance obligations SP 6.1.3-1 Till completion of theproject
Evaluation of compliance obligations SP 9.1.2-1 2 years or till completion of the project
DEFINITIONS
Compliance obligations:
Legal requirements that an organization has to comply with and other requirements that an organization has to or
chooses to comply with
Note 1: Compliance obligations are related to the EHS management
Note 2: Compliance obligations can arise from mandatory requirements, such as applicable laws and regulations, or voluntary
commitments, such as organizational and industry standards, contractual relationships, codes of practice and agreements with community
groups or non-governmental organization.
73 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.2.1 & 6.2.2 Page 1 of 3
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 6.2.1 & 6.2.2 EHSOBJECTIVES & ACTION PLANS
PURPOSE
• To establish, implement & maintain a procedure for:

o Identifying EHS objectives at relevant functions and levels within the organization.
o Developing EHS action plans for achieving the set EHS objectives.
SCOPE
• All functions, departments & locations of the organization.
RESPONSIBILITY
• Head of department of various functions / locations
DEFINITIONS
EHS objective
• Over all EHS goal, consistent with the EHS policy, that an organization sets itself to achieve. EHS
Action plan
• An action plan for achieving the EHS objectives. It addresses the roles, responsibilities, processes,resources,
timeframes, priorities and the actions necessary for achieving the EHS objectives.
PROCEDURE
4.3.3.1 ESTABLISHING EHS OBJECTIVES & ACTION PLANS
• Establishing EHS objectives, reviewing them and implementing the Action plans to achieve theobjectives
is considered an integral part of the EHS management system.
4.3.3.1.1 FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED
While establishing EHS objectives & action plans, following shall be taken in to account:
• Legal & other requirements.
• Technological options, financial, operational and business requirements.
74 | P a g e
conforming to ISO 14001:2015 & ISO 45001:2018
Doc. No: SP 6.2.1 & 6.2.2 Page 2 of 3
• Policy & objectives relevant to the organization’s business as a whole.

• Results of hazard identification & risk assessment, environmental aspect & impact assessment.
• Evaluation of effectiveness of the EHS management system (e.g. from internal audits).
• Views of employees and information from employee consultations related to EHS.
• Analysis of performance against previously established EHS objectives.
• Past records of EHS nonconformities and incidents.

• Results of the management review.
• Need for and availability of the resources.
• Results of Staff/ workmen EHS survey
• External & internal issues of the organization/ industry and the needs & expectations of theinterested
parties
4.3.3.1.1 GUIDELINE FOR SETTING OBJECTIVE & ACTION PLANS

• EHS Objectives shall be aligned to the overall business objectives and can be at strategic, tactical and
operational level. Objectives shall meet the SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant and
Timely) criteria, wherever practicable
• EHS strategic objectives shall be finalized at IC level during the MRM on an annual basis; based on this,
each BU Head/ Functional Head at HO shall announce their EHS objectives for the year formally to all
concerned;
• Based on the above strategic objectives, CPMs shall announce their tactical/ operational objectives,
considering the local issues/ local needs;
• Based on the HO level objectives, all the project sites shall formally announce their Operational level
objectives and develop action plans to achieve the objectives.
• At least three objectives shall be established in the area of safety and at least one objective in Health &
Environment separately.
• Tactical/ Operational objectives and action plans shall be prepared as per format SP 6.2.1-1 &6.2.2-1 and
formally released by the CPM in the HO and PD/PM at site and shall include:
o roles & responsibilities
o processes
o resources
o timeframe
• The EHS objectives & action plans shall be documented in the format “EHS objectives summary” (Ref No.
SP 6.2.1-1) and EHS action plan (SP 6.2.2-1)
75 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 6.2.1 & 6.2.2 Page 3 of 3
When changes in processes & activities occur, the objectives & associated action plans shall be reviewed and revised,
as necessary.
4.3.3.1.2 ESTABLISHING OBJECTIVES & ACTION PLANS AT BU LEVEL

• The EHS objectives for the BU shall be set by the management representative during themanagement review
meeting, in consultation with Head.
• Objectives & corresponding action plans shall be reviewed during the management review meetings.
4.3.3.1.3 ESTABLISHING ACTION PLANS AT BU, SEGMENT, HO & DEPARTMENTAL

LEVEL
• BU level strategic EHS objectives shall be used as a broad guideline for establishing operationalEHS
objectives and action plans at individual functions & locations.
• The strategic EHS objectives shall be established & reviewed by head of each function or location (at BU/
Segment/ Department level).
• Tactical/ operational objectives shall be reviewed during the HO management review meeting.
4.3.3.1.4 ESTABLISHING ACTION PLANS AT PROJECT SITES

• Operational EHS objectives and action plans shall be established during the mobilization stage of the project
by the project manager considering the HO level objectives and based on the applicability to the project.
EHSM/ EHSO of the site shall assist him in setting the same. New operational objectives and action plans
shall be established, when objectives get completed. At any point in time, all the projects should have at least
5 ongoing operational objectives (Three in EHS, One in Health & One in Environment).
• The action plans shall be documented in the format “EHS objectives & action plans”.
• While establishing the EHS operational objectives, following shall be taken into consideration:
o HO level EHS objectives.
o Legal & other requirements specific to the project.
o Customer specific requirements.
o Findings from the compliance verification of controls of risk assessments (refer SP 6.1.2 for more
details) Results of Staff/ workmen satisfaction survey.
• Implementation status of the objectives shall be reviewed at least once in a month during the site management
review meetings.
Records Retention
• EHS Objectives summary SP 6.1.2 -1 2 years or till completion of the project
• EHS objectives and action plan SP 6.2.2-1 2 years or till completion of the project
76 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 7.1 RESOURCES
PURPOSE
• To define the responsibility of various levels of personnel in the organization in allocating resources and ensuring
the effective utilization of the same with an objective of improving the EHS performance.
• To provide adequate resources to enable implementation of action plans that are developed toachieve the
EHS objectives of the organization.
• To provide a frame work in establishing whether the risk levels have been reduced to reasonably practical level,
considering the additional cost of further reduction in the risk and the benefits of that risk reduction.
• To ensure that appropriate provisions are considered at the tendering stage towards EHS and irrespective of the
provisions, necessary provisions are made for EHS during the preparation of DRAIPL.
SCOPE
• All applicable functions at HO office responsible for tendering, approval of D R A I P L and costmonitoring.
• All the projects
RESPONSIBILITY
• Individual responsibilities are defined in the procedure.
PROCEDURE
TENDERING STAGE
• Tendering department in HO office shall be in possession of the latest guidelines issued by EHS department. This
will guide them to consider EHS provisions during tendering process. In case of any doubt, they shall contact
EHS department, well before the target submission date of the tenders, so that EHS department can give necessary
clarification.
• Both tendering department and EHS department should exercise extreme level of due diligence in making
provisions for EHS (although limited level of information about the project is likely to be available at that stage),
so that the chances of winning the contract is not affected by over-provisions and the project shall not suffer
during the execution due to under-provisions.
• Any specific contractual conditions requiring special EHS provisions shall be flagged separately and alist of such
provisions, shall be passed on to the person involved in the preparation and approval of DRAIPL, after the project
is awarded.
77 | P a g e
• EHS requirements given in the tender and the cost provisions given during the tender calculations shall be
handed over to EHSM and/ or EHSM of the project, once the job is awarded.
AFTER THE AWARD OF CONTRACT
• Irrespective of whether provisions for EHS have been made at the time of tendering or not, the project team
involved in the preparation of DRAIPLs hall mandatorily make appropriate provisions, based on legal, contractual
and our EHSMS requirements. Required resources may include (in addition to financial), technological, human
or equipment etc.
• EHSM and/ or the site EHSM shall be fully involved in the preparation of DRAIPL (with reference to provisions
for EHS) and shall be involved in the finalization process, if the provisions asked by the site is being modified
while freezing the same either at HO or BU level. This will help the site to have a clear understanding of the final
provisions available and plan their activities accordingly.
• Project team is encouraged to keep looking for creative, innovative and practical solutions of complying with the
EHS requirements (arising from legal, contractual and our EHSMS), rather than compromising (cutting corners).
During the preparation and approval stages, concerned managers shall ensure that the project team is not given
an opportunity to quote the “non-availability of provisions in DRAIPL” as an excuse for non-compliance of safety
requirements.
• Whenever S0 or any other MPCS document is revised due to any reason, its implication on EHS provisions in
DRAIPL shall be reviewed and if necessary, appropriate revisions shall be allowed.
• EHSMshall review the usage of EHS expenses with reference to DRAIPL, once in a quarter with theprojects
In charge/ PM/ Planning Managers.
BU HEAD
• If any modification in the EHS provisions is made while approving DRAIPL, concerned PD/ PM shall be
explained how they can manage the expenses towards the resources, even when the provisions are disallowed, so
that they do not quote this as a standard excuse later for any EHS non-compliances.
• They may take the help of EHS Head at the HO for any help in this regard.
Head EHS
• Provide assistance to PD/ PM/ Planning Managers while preparing document for new projects.
• Facilitate the site to come up with cost effective solutions to optimize the resources provided in the DRAIPL;
• Keep in touch with them till the final approval is obtained for DRAIPL from HO;
• Review the usage of the provisions during site visits by periodic discussions with the Planning managers.
PROJECT INCHARGE/ PROJECT MANAGER
78 | P a g e
• At no point in time, non-availability of provisions in D R A I P L will be acceptable as an excuse for non-

compliance with EHS requirements;
• Using the technical expertise of the site team (including EHS staff), it is the responsibility of the Project
In charge/PM to find out alternative solutions, if provisions are not adequate.
SITE EHS MANAGER
• While preparing risk assessments, facilitate the site team to identify ONLY practicable and cost effective
solutions;
• While identifying existing controls, it shall be ensured that suitable provisions are available in theDRAIPL;
if not, consider those controls as “additional controls’ and help the site to establish EHS objectives/ action plans
for arranging the referred controls.
ACCOUNT ABILITIES
• Approving authority for DRAIPL for all the projects
RECORDS
Records Retention
EHS Costing template SP 7.1-1
Emails sent regarding clarification/approval/ One year or till the end of the project
modification etc. towards finalizing DRAIPL
MOM regarding DRAIPL preparation / review/ One year or till the end of the project
approval/ revision
79 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 1 of 10
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 7.2 & 7.3 -COMPETENCY AND AWARENESS
PURPOSE
• To ensure that any individual working under the control of the organization are competent enoughto perform
the assigned task on the basis of education, training or experience and their ability to apply the knowledge/
skill in getting desired result.
• To identify the training needs on managing risks, aspects and impacts of EHS management system of the
organization.
• To provide training / awareness / other actions to meet the above training needs and evaluate the effectiveness.
• To establish, implement and maintain a procedure to make the employees / workmen / stake holders of the
organization aware of;
o The EHS consequences (actual or potential) of their work activities, their behavior and EHS benefits
of improved personal performance.
o Their roles & responsibility (as stated in S.P 5.3 Resources, Role, Responsibility, Accountability &
Authority) and importance of conformity to EHS policy and to the requirements of EHS
management system including emergency preparedness and response requirements.
• To device methodology to create awareness among all personnel the implications of not conforming to EHS
Management System requirements, with special emphasis on compliance obligations.
SCOPE
All employees, including workmen and stake holders working under the control of the organization
RESPONSIBILITY
HR, P&M (P&M aspects and competence of P&M personnel), Accounts & Admin, Head – EHS,EHSM/ EHSO
PROCEDURE
7. 2 COM PETENCE
While determining the competence required for a task, the following shall be considered:
• The risks, aspects and impacts associated with the activity
80 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 2 of 10
• Complexity and requirements of operating procedures and instructions
• Result from incident investigations
• Legal & other requirements
• Individual capability (e.g. literacy, language skills, etc.)
Specific consideration shall be provided to the key employees who will be performing EHS duties such as:
• Top management appointee
• Member(s) of risk assessment team
• Exposure assessors
• Auditor
• Behavioral observers
• Member(s) of Incident investigation team
• Performing tasks identified by risk assessment that can introduce hazards
Competence requirements of certain level and categories of employees are identified in the competence matrix (SP
7.2-1), considering the criteria given above; these categories of employees can be deployed only after ascertaining the
level of competence available with them.
SELECTION & INDUCTION FOR EMPLOYEES (STAFF)

• DRAIPL has a stringent recruitment process. The competency of people are evaluated by a panel of
technical experts and based on their recommendations, employees are selected. EHS competency and
EHS attitude of potential employees (particularly at the level of Engineer & above) shall be evaluated
by the panel and commented separately in the assessment form.
• All employees are also subjected to medical examination before confirming their employment in the
workplace.
• EHSM shall impart EHS Induction to all new employees through a special training module while joining
at the HO/ site.
• HR department arranges the above induction and evaluates the effectiveness through a questionnaire so
that modifications can be done to the induction process / module.
81 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 3 of 10
• Head-EHS, EHSM shall provide induction to trainees (PGET/GET /DET) who will be joining in
execution (other than EHS Department). This shall be part of the structured orientation program
organized by HR.
• Trainees (PGET/GET/DET) of EHS department shall be subjected to at least 2 days induction on EHS
during joining or within 3 months of their joining.
• EHSM / EHSO shall provide induction to the new trainees on arrival at project on EHS risks specific to
the operations, roles & responsibilities, etc., and take feedback.
• During the induction sessions, role/ responsibilities of the employees, advantages of compliance and the
consequences of non-compliance with EHSMS and its procedures shall be communicated
• Details of proactive performance monitoring system / reward scheme, upward communication

mechanism, etc. shall form a part of the induction module.
• Competence of P&M staff and workmen is verified through a skill evaluation report as describedin the
quality management system procedure of P&M department. Their competence shall be verified at least
once six months and whenever the work activity of the individual changes. On satisfying the above needs,
P&M personnel shall be engaged at their respective works.
SELECTION & INDUCTION FOR SUB-CONTRACTOR AND THEIR WORKMEN
Time office personnel in co-ordination with EHSO shall carry out screening to assess the suitability of workmen
for the specified job for which he is due to be engaged.
• The sub-contractor brings the concerned new workmen to time office with relevant details (suchas name,
age, sex, address, father’s name, skill category etc.) in the standard format.
• Section In-charge / Site Engineer checks competence of workmen through experience certificate or by
practical test and signs the ‘Performa for Screening of Workmen' to signify verification by him.
• Workmen involved in critical activities (such as Drivers & Operators, Height Workers, Food Handlers
at canteen& pantries, Welders) shall be subjected to pre-employment medical check- up); those who do
not clear the medical examination shall not be employed. Apart from the above category of workmen,
all other workmen also shall be subjected to a pre-medical checkas given in CP 04 - Occupational Health
& Hygiene.
• EHSM/ EHSO gives EHS Induction to the workman (after ascertaining medical certification by doctor
and completion of screening form) and signs in the trial report portion of ‘Proforma for Screening of
Workmen’ to testify that the required EHS Induction has been given.
82 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 4 of 10
• During induction for workmen, their role/ responsibilities, advantages of compliance and the
consequences of non-compliance should be communicated
83 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 5 of 10
84 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 6 of 10
85 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 7 of 10
86 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 8 of 10
TRAINING
• EHSM prepares a safety training program schedule for staff members, based on the need and integrates
it into the quarterly training calendar released by HO HR Head.
• Head–EHS facilitates organizing leadership workshop to cover all functional heads/ HO Projects
Managers / Project Directors / project leaders of cadre engineer and above as and when required.
• Head–EHS, EHSM impart training to EHSOs to improve their skills, technical expertise on EHS through
a 1 day competence building workshop/ EHSO Meet at least once in every 3 months.
• HR arranges to notify the participants, monitor their participation and take pre & post evaluation and
feedback.
• Head–EHS, EHSM review the feedback, to effect improvement in the training methodology / module /
competency of faculty etc.
• HR department maintains all training records.
• Whenever a subordinate reports to a Manager (HO/ Sites) he/ she shall identify the EHS training
/competence needs considering the EHS role and responsibilities of the concerned employee and arrange
to impart training or take other actions to make those personnel competent enough to handle their
activities / tasks safely through Head-EHS, EHSM, EHSO.
• During Management Review meetings, the recommendations and needs of employee training are
identified, and targets are set to each EHSM to impart training within the stipulated time.
• EHSO in consultation with PM shall develop a training matrix during initial stage of the project for staff
& workmen. The trade specific training needs of workmen are identified and documented in the Project
EHS Plan along with the training matrix. (Ref No. SP 7.2-2)
• The site EHSO in co-ordination with respective Section In-charge prepares monthly training plan (Ref
No. SP 7.2-3) and imparts training. EHSO shall conduct pre and post training tests / obtain feedback
from participants after every training program and based on which the training methodology / module
can be modified.
• While designing & imparting training for workmen, differing levels of responsibility, ability, language
skills and literacy shall be taken in to account.
87 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 9 of 10
AWARENESS
It shall be ensured that the employees, including workmen, perform their duties safely by giving awareness on the
following:
• Emergency Procedures
• Consequences of their actions and behavioral in relation to EHS risks / aspect.
• Benefits of improved EHS performance
• Potential consequences of departing from procedures
• Need to confirm to EHS policy & procedures
• Any other aspects that might impact EHS
To achieve the above, following systems shall be followed.
SAFE TO START WORK CARD SYSTEM
• Site engineers fill the “Safe to start work” card (Ref No. SP 7.3-1) before starting any activity to verify
whether the hazards at the workplace have been adequately controlled or not. Based on this card, they
provide pre-briefing to the workmen and start the activity.
• They shall submit all the filled-up “safe to start work” cards to EHSO during the course of the day.
• EHSO shall give positive score in proactive EHS performance monitoring system (Ref No. SP 9.1.1)
against the site engineer who has submitted the “safe to start work” cards.
PEP TALK
• All the Site Engineers provide Pep Talk on EHS along with the work instructions every day to all their
workmen without fail.
• Following points are highlighted:
o Correct method of carrying out the activity
o Location/ activity/ equipment/ substance specific hazards
88 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 7.2 & 7.3 Page 10 of 10
o Existing and implemented controls
o Additional controls that are needed to be implemented by the crew before taking up theactivities
for the day
o Emergency response Procedures, applicable for that activity/ location (if any)
o Benefits of compliance with the approved and correct methods, which will improve the
productivity and EHS Performance
o Level of Residual Risk involved.
o Case Study on previous incidents relevant to the job.
o Usage of specialized PPE (if any) in the right manner. Findings of
Pep talk shall be documented in the pep talk format (Ref No. 7.3-2)
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Proforma for screening of

workmen engaged by
contractors / Sub-contractors
• Competence Matrix SP 7.2-1 Till completion of the project
• Training Matrix SP 7.2-2 Till completion of the project
• Monthly training plan SP 7.2-3
• Training Attendance Sheet SP 7.2-4
• Safe to Start Work Card SP 7.3-1 1 year or till completion of the

project
• Pep Talk Report SP 7.3.-2 1 year or till completion of the

project
89 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 7.4 COMMUNICATION

PURPOSE
To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for communication with internal & external customers, external
interested parties, contractors, workmen & visitors
SCOPE
All Workplaces
RESPONSIBILITY
All employees who receive external and internal communication in any form related to EHS issues
PROCEDURE
COMMUNICATION WITH CUSTOMERS
• EHSD has determined and implemented effective arrangements for communicating with customers
• Service capability of EHSD is communicated to customers in respective pre-qualification and tender bids
• Customer feedback, including customer complaints regarding EHS performance is obtainedthrough a survey
and is recorded at various functional levels
• EHS performance details are submitted to the customer, as per the requirements of the contract
INTERNAL COMMUNICATION
• EHSD has established various processes for communication like accident findings, good practices,transfer of
staff, request for material, action plans, legal and other requirements, emergency response procedures, audit
& training schedule, workmen representatives (supervisor) on EHS matters, etc. through established
communication channels like circulars, case studies, minutes of meeting, internal magazines, online material
request, audit schedule, training plans, pep talks, notice boards, signs, symbols, etc.
• The communication sent / received shall be recorded in the internal communication register.
COMMUNICATION & CONSULTATION WITH CONTRACTORS
90 | P a g e
• Subcontractors are communicated of the EHS requirements through Work orders, EHS Code ofPractices,
and briefing during the award of contract. (Refer CP 06 for more details)
• They are also consulted when there is significant change in the work which affects EHS.
COMMUNICATION WITH RELEVANT INTERESTED PARTIES
• Communication with relevant interested parties is achieved through
▪ Our website www.draipl.com –EHS Policy and the contact details of persons at HO is available
in the portal for the benefit of all external parties
▪ Participation in seminars/ conferences and meetings of industrial bodies such as CII, Chamber
of Commerce, Regional Labour Institute, National Safety Council etc.
• Communication from external interested parties, received from the above & other sources shall be received
and documented in the external/ internal communication register (ref SP 4.5.3.a-1). Suitable action shall be
taken against their communication and they would be kept informed of the action taken.
COMMUNICATION WITH VISITORS
• Visitors are not directly allowed to enter into project sites, where significant hazards to health & safety exist
• On arrival of visitor in the project, the staff concerned shall inform the Site EHSM / EHSO
• The EHSM / EHSO or the nominated Project EHS Committee member imparts basic EHS induction &
communicates Site EHS rules & regulations and emergency response procedure to the visitors, as indicated
in the visitors’ guidelines.
• The staff concerned with site administration shall arrange for the necessary safety gadgets for the visitors if
required
• The visitor shall be accompanied by the staff concerned or his nominee throughout the site visit
RECORDS
Records Retention
External/ Internal communication register (ref SP 10.2.a-1) Till completion of the project
91 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 7.5 - DOCUMENTEDINFORMATION

PURPOSE
To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for control of documents
• Approve documents for adequacy prior to issue;
• Review and update as necessary and re-approve documents;
• Ensure that changes and the current revision status of documents are identified;
• Ensure that relevant versions of applicable documents are available at points of use;
• Ensure that documents remain legible and readily identifiable;
• Ensure that documents of external origin determined by the organization to be necessary for the planning and
operation of the EHS management system are identified and their distribution controlled; and
• Prevent the unintended use of obsolete documents and apply suitable identification to them if they areretained for
any purpose
SCOPE
All documents related to EHS Management System
RESPONSIBILITY
Head EHS, EHSM, EHSM/ EHSO has the responsibility to ensure implementation of this procedure intheir respective
office / site
PROCEDURE
4.4.5.1 DOCUMENTATION
The EHS management system documentation consists of:
• EHS Policy & Objectives
• Description of the scope and main elements of the EHS management system and their interaction,
and reference to related documents
• EHS Management System Manual
92 | P a g e
• EHS Manual
• Documents & Records which have been identified to be maintained in the EHSMS manual.
• Legal requirements, other reference standards & codes
4.4.5. 2 EHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MANUAL
The EHSMS Manual is approved & issued by the Management Representative. The purpose
of the EHS Management System Manual is to
• Act as the apex manual as well as operating manual.
• Define & describe the EHS Management system.
• Define the authorities, responsibilities & accountabilities of personnel having effect on the
Environment, Health & Safety risks.
• Provide procedures for activities comprising EHS Management system with operatingprocedures.
• To assign specific authority and responsibility for managing, performing & verifying the activities of
various functions.
DISTRIBUTION OF EHSMS MANUAL
• Management Representative is responsible for distribution and control of EHSMS Manual to the HO
EHS Manager.
• HO EHS Managers are responsible for distribution and control of EHSMS Manual to theEHSM/ EHSO
• MR/ EHSM shall maintain & update the list of controlled copy.
REVISION
▪ The issue number is indicated on the recipient page. The manual is re-issued whensizeable number of
revisions has taken place to its documents.
▪ The revision level and date of last revision is indicated on each document page of the EHSMS.
▪ On revision of any page, the whole document gets revised.
93 | P a g e
• The amendment record sheet identifies the change, while the Index gives the revision status of each document.
4.4.5. 2 CHECKLIST & REFERENCE EHS MANUAL
• The purpose of checklists is to guide the EHSM/ EHSO to comprehensively check safe work practices
at site. They are different from operating procedure, which regulates the whole activity, which is the
element of the integrated systems.
• The EHS Manual guides the EHS department in facilitating the operating teams adopt safe working
practices at identified construction activities.
4.4.5.3 LEGAL REQUIREMENTS & OTHER REFERENCE & STANDARDS AND

CODES
The functional heads have in their control or within their accessibility, statutory regulations & other reference material
required to appraise the sites for their implementation & compliance.
DOCUMENT & DATA CHANGES
• Proposed changes and revisions to documents are reviewed, approved and released by the same
authorities that originally issued the document.
• Anyone in the Department can request for a change in procedure through a document change request
form indicating change requested for and reasons for the same. The reviewing & approving authorities
will consider the request & if approved shall arrange for the change document, incorporation &
distribution.
• Obsolete documents are destroyed promptly by the user functions & if retained are identified as such.
DOCUMENTS & DATA IN ELECTRONIC MEDIUM
• Documents & Data in electronic medium are maintained by the respective heads of each function.
• Security & Access to data is controlled by system of passwords assigned for use by respectivefunction
units.
• A UPS System ensures uninterrupted power supply and back up facilities exists in thecentralized system.
• Protection against virus is ensured by scanning any new discs to be used prior to its use.
94 | P a g e
STANDARDS, REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Relevant National & International standards, codes, statutory rules, regulations or regulatory requirementsare either
available with the functions concerned or can be accessed through library in-house & external, knowledge
management portal, trade & industry association offices. A list of such relevant documents of external origin is
maintained in each function concerned.
• A Master list of standards and their revision status are held at HO.
• These are updated to ensure that the latest revisions are maintained.
CONTROL OF RECORDS
Records that are produced in evidence of compliance with various requirements of this EHSMS shall bemanaged as
per the procedure given below:
• Records are maintained to demonstrate conformance to specified requirements
• Requirement of records are identified in each procedures.
• These records are assigned unique identification numbers to facilitate control.
• Manually updated records are legible and are readily retrievable.
• Retention time of various records is provided at the end of each procedure.
• The records are shredded and disposed of along with other bio degradable wastes after the expiry of
retention periods.
• A master list of records is available with each function.
• It is ensured that security, back up and access control of electronic data is carried out in accordance with
documented procedures & virus prevention of software are ensured for preventing corruption of
electronic data
Records are identified, Stored, protected & retrieved in the following ways
• Formats & Checklists are identified as alpha - numeric codes. Example: SP 6.1.2-1 means format no. 1,
SP means System Procedure
• The revision status is indicated on each form.
• The Master list of various forms / formats in use & their current revision status are kept within functional
head.
• Records in electronic medium are coordinated by the respective functional heads.
95 | P a g e
• Security & Access to records is controlled by system of passwords assigned for use byrespective
functional heads.
• An UPS System ensures uninterrupted power supply and back up facilities exists in the centralized
system.
• Protection against virus is ensured by scanning any new discs to be used prior to its use.
RECORDS
Records Retention
• List of Controlled copy holders SP 7.5-1 -----
• Document Change Request SP 7.5-2 -------
• Master list of records
96 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 8.1.3 - CHANGE MANAGEMENT

PURPOSE
• To capture the hazards and the associated risks, whenever there is a change in the material/machinery/
process/ organizational structure.
• To modify existing controls or add new controls based on the changes
SCOPE
• All operations/ activities/ procedures of the organizations, which may have an implication to EHS
performance
RESPONSIBILITY
PM, Planning Manager, P&M In charge, Stores In charge, EHSM/ EHSO
PROCEDURE
MATERIALS
• Whenever any chemical substance is received at site, the store keeper shall verify the availability of MSDS
and pass it on to EHSM/ EHSO.
• MSDS register to be made available in the project, EHSO shall update the name of the substance in the MSDS
register.
• If the name of the substance is already available in the MSDS register, he shall verify the revision number
given by the manufacturer and update the same in the MSDS register, if there is a revision.EHSM/ EHSO shall
modify/ revise the risk assessment for the activity in which the referred material/substance is used (if found
appropriate).
• Changes in the properties of the substance, if any, shall be communicated to the concerned engineers
immediately in a formal manner and the same shall be communicated to all the workmenwho are involved in
handling the substance.
97 | P a g e
MACHINERY/ VEHICLE/ EQUIPMENT:
• Whenever any new machinery/ vehicle/ equipment entering at site, the store keeper shall inform theP&M in-
charge and EHSM/EHSO to decide whether any new inspection checklist needs to be created.
• The operation & maintenance manual indicating the safety features/ safety precautions to be taken shall be
referred while drawing the inspection checklist.
• Necessary competence needed for the operators/ mechanics/ inspectors for such new equipment/ vehicle/
machinery shall be finalized based on the original equipment manufacturers’ (OEM)recommendations and
suitable technicians shall be arranged accordingly.
LIFTING TACKLES:
• Whenever a new lifting tackle is received at site, the test certificate and its validity shall be verified and a
unique id shall be provided to it and it shall be added to the master inventory, being maintainedat site.
• The master inventory shall be maintained in such a way that the expiry date of all the test certificates
automatically generate an alert.
SUB-CONTRACTORS:
• Whenever a new sub-contractor arrives at site, they shall be invited for a pre-construction safety meeting and
it shall be attended by the concerned DRAIPL Manager/ site EHSM/senior representative from the sub-
contractor’s company.
• During this meeting, relevant provisions of EHSMS shall be explained to the sub-contractor and anaction plan
shall be arrived at indicating how the EHS performance of the sub-contractor will be measured and monitored.
CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE:
• Whenever there is a change in the construction schedule, S0 and JCR are updated. Every time, these two
documents are updated, its implication of EHS requirements shall be studied by the Planning manager and
EHSM together and appropriate decisions shall be taken to take care of theadditional resourced needed, if any,
which may have an impact on the EHS performance of the site.
• Appropriate action shall be taken to arrange the resources shall be taken based on the decisions taken.
98 | P a g e
METHODOLOGY:
• Whenever there is any change in the construction method of any specific activity is proposed, the Planning
Manager shall discuss the EHS implications of the same with the EHSM and suitable changes shall be
reflected in the risk assessment/ safe work method statement.
EMPLOYEES:
• Whenever any new staff member arrives at site, his/her EHS competence shall be mutually assessed (by the
employee in consultation with the EHSM in the presence of the employee’s immediate superior) based on the
competence matrix (ref no: SP 7.2-1) and a mutual decision is taken to arrive at the EHS training requirements
of the employee. This is in addition to the employee induction.
• If any employee leaves the site, if he holds any specific EHS responsibilities (such as scaffold inspector/ EHS
committee member etc.), suitable replacement shall be identified before the said employee’s departure.
PROCEDURE:
• PD/ PM/ Planning Manager/ CMs/ Functional Heads/ Section-in-charges are the authorized peopleto bring
changes; whenever they authorize a change, they will inform to site EHSM, who will work out the risk arising
out of the change and will communicate the action to be taken to all concerned,including the person who
authorized the change and recorded in ‘Change management monitoring register’; after completing the
action, it shall be returned back to EHSM for verifying the effectiveness. Details of the change will be
reflective in respective formats, for example, HIRA log sheet, revision of traffic management plan, etc.,
• At the HO level, CPM/ Functional Heads are authorized to trigger any change and they will go through the
above procedure and EHSMwill be responsible to ensure that risk arising out of the change is captured and
communicated to all concerned
RECORDS
Records Retention
Change management monitoring register 8.1.3-1 till completion of the project
99 | P a g e
Doc. No: CP 8.1.6 Page 1 of 3
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 8.1.6- SUB -CONTRACTOR MANAGEMENT
PURPOSE
• To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for creating awareness to the contractors on their roles &
responsibility, importance in achieving conformity to the EHS policy & procedures and to the requirements of
the EHS Management system
• To consult with contractors where there are changes that affect EHS performance of subcontractors.
• To evaluate and monitor EHS performance of sub-contractors
SCOPE
All the sub-contractors
RESPONSIBILITY
Procurement department, EHSM/ EHSM / EHSO
PROCEDURE
NEW SUB - CONTRACTOR
• The HO Project Manager / Project coordinator who propose to engage new Sub-contractor in the project,
directs them to the EHSM/ EHSO
• Project Manager / Planning Engineer, who propose to engage new Sub-contractor in theproject,
directs them to the EHSM / EHSO
• EHSM/ EHSO briefs the “EHS Code of Practices” and make them aware of the following
▪ Their roles & responsibility
▪ Importance in achieving conformity to the EHS policy & procedures and to therequirements of the EHS
Management system
▪ The site safety regulations
• EHSM/EHSO gets the acceptance by obtaining the signature in the form
100 | P a g e
MAJOR SUB – CONTRACTOR
• While finalizing the sub-contractor of value 2.5 cr < and/or deployment of 100 workers,
procurement department shall obtain an EHS Pre-qualification from the sub-contractor. Sub- contractor
shall be evaluated based on the following broad criteria as per the format (Ref CP 01-1 EHS
Prequalification Questionnaire)
▪ Legal compliance & notices
▪ Previous EHS Performance & history
▪ EHS Management Systems, competence and other requirements
▪ EHS Awards / Recognitions
▪ Past Experience details
• EHS Competency of sub-contractor shall be ascertained based on the filled-up questionnaire produced
by the sub-contractor
• Procurement department, in consultation with Head EHS, HO EHS Manager shall award the job to the
concerned sub-contractor, based on the merit of their submittal and our verification of the same
• EHS Requirements (Terms & conditions) shall be communicated accurately as part of the work order /
LOI to the sub-contractor and their acceptance shall be obtained. This shall form part of the contract
between us and the vendor. A copy of the same shall be forwarded to HOD-EHS
DEVELOPING THE COMPETENCY OF SUB-CONTRACTORS
• To improve the competency level and keep sub-contractors up to date on DRAIPL’s EHS requirements,
half a day workshop shall be organized at every three months interval. EHSMshall impart training, key
topics include past performance of the sub-contractors, Incident & CAPA, latest changes in EHSMS etc.,
• All major (including civil), MEP, back to back sub-contractors shall be invited for the above program,
three members from each sub-contractor viz. HO representative, site in charge and EHS person shall be
invited for this program.
• HR arranges to notify the participants, monitor their participation and take pre & post evaluation.
Training feedback.
• Training feedback shall be reviewed seriously and content shall be modified for each of the program.
101 | P a g e
• EHSM shall circulate the outcome in the form of minutes of meeting to HO.
EVALUATION OF SUB-CONTRACTOR EHS PERFORMANCE
• EHSO evaluates EHS performance of sub-contractor based on daily EHS inspections.
• Monthly Report is prepared by EHSM / EHSO with a copy to Project Manager.
• EHSM appraises CPM for necessary action
RECORDS
Records Retention
• EHS code of Practices for Sub- 1 Year or till completion of the

Contractors project
• EHS Pre-qualification for Sub- SP 8.1.6-1 2 years or till completion of the

Contractors project
• EHS Evaluation of Sub- SP 8.1.6- 2 1 year or till completion of the
contractor project
102 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 8.2 - EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS & RESPONSE
PURPOSE
• To identify the potential emergency situations.
• To establish & maintain, the procedures to handle such emergency situations in a prompt manner toreduce the
downtime and expedite the First aid and Medical treatment facilities to the concerned.
• To effectively evacuate the Staff / Workmen from the workplace
SCOPE
All workplace
RESPONSIBILITY
Head EHS, EHSM/ EHSO
PROCEDURE
• While preparing the Project EHS Plan, EHSM/ EHSO shall identify different type of emergency situations
that may arise, considering the activities, environment and the site specific conditions and shall include
Emergency Response Plan (ERP) for all those situations in the Plan itself. Sample ERP is given in
Annexure 1 at the end of this procedure, which can be used while preparing a site specific ERP.
• The Emergency response plan shall be reviewed periodically (at least once in six months) andupdated if
required. Review shall take place within two working days of any actual occurrence of emergency
situations, mock drills and the Plan shall be updated, if found necessary.
• The Safe Assembly points shall be identified, demarcated and communicated to all the workmen.
• The Emergency response plan shall be briefed in the EHS Induction, Project EHS Meetings, Pep talks,
Trainings & Promotional programs.
• Copy of the Emergency response plan shall be circulated to key people. Names of the emergency
committee members & their contact details shall be displayed at conspicuous locations.
103 | P a g e
• Periodical mock drills shall be conducted and observations are recorded & communicated. Periodicity
shall be decided by the PM/ EHSM, based on the criticality and site conditions. However, it shall not be
more than once is six months.
• Points to be addressed and the questions to be asked during such reviews are given in Annexure 2 at the
end of this procedure.
• Post-incident recovery plan guidelines are given in annexure 3, this may be modified according to the
site conditions and ERP.
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Mock Drill Observation Report SP 8.2-1 2 year or till the end of project
• Emergency Response Plan Annexure 1 2 years or till the end of project
• Questionnaire for review of ERP Annexure 2 2 years or till the end of project
• Post-incident recovery plan Annexure 3 2 years or till the end of project
104 | P a g e
ANNEXURE 1
Emergency Response Plan - Guidelines

1.1.1 An emergency is an event at the site, which may affect several other work areas within and may cause
serious injuries, loss of life, and serious affliction to health or serious damage to property. This may
demand the rescue and relief measures on a war footing and at short notice.External resources may also
be required to handle the situation.
1.1.2 An Emergency Response Plan shall be prepared at the beginning of the project. The broad guidelines for
preparing the Emergency Response Plan of a project site shall include the following:
1.2.1 The main objectives of the emergency response plan shall be:
➢ Preserving the life, property and environment from the consequences of emergencies arising within the
site.
➢ Systematic coordination of emergency control action to arrest escalation of emergency, to evacuate
personnel within or outside the site where necessary and to rehabilitate them.
➢ Restoring normalcy in site operation with minimum loss of time.
1.3.1 An emergency response committee shall be formed comprising key personnel at the
workplace.
1.3.2 All the members shall have a deputy (alternative) to replace them, (to act on their behalf) if necessary.
1.3.3 The purpose of the ERC is to manage the orderly response to an emergency situation. Typicalconstitution
of an emergency response committee is given below. Other members may be included based on the site
requirements.
➢ Project Manager (Emergency controller)
➢ Nominated in-charge (one who acts in absence of the PM)
➢ Accounts & Administration In charge
➢ EHS In charge
➢ Plant & Machinery In charge
➢ Section / Area In charges
➢ Time office In charge
➢ Store keeper
➢ Surveyor
105 | P a g e
1.4.1 The Emergency Response Committee shall operate from the room identified as Emergency
Control Room (ECR). The emergency control room shall be equipped with items that may be required
to manage the emergency situation effectively. The list of few such equipment’s is given below:
➢ Site layout showing assembly points and exit routes
➢ Road maps leading to the site
➢ List of telephone no’s of key personnel & other external agencies
➢ Dedicated telephone line
➢ List of safety equipment (escape respirators, SCBA, harness etc.) as applicable to the site and their
storage locations.
➢ List & location of fire-fighting equipment.
➢ Emergency power for the ECR
➢ Emergency hand lamps
➢ Hand operated alarm / siren
➢ Public announcement system
➢ Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)
➢ Gas Detectors
➢ Log book and stationery items
Project Manager
1.5.1 As a project manager and head of emergency response committee he is responsible for activating
the emergency plan and assuming overall command during the emergency situation.
1.5.2 Immediately arrange for an informal on-spot meeting of the members preferably at theemergency control
room to take stock of the situation and initiate necessary measures.
1.5.3 Take on-spot decision on the procedure to be adopted based on the type and extent of theemergency.
1.5.4 Authorize committee members and other personnel to carry out the specified tasks as decidedin the on-
spot meeting.
1.5.5 Arrange all the required facilities through accounts & administration for the necessary medical aid,
manpower, money, conveyance etc.
1.5.6 Communicate the occurrence of emergency situation and steps being taken, to client, and other
concerned officials at HO Office.
106 | P a g e
Nominated In-charge
1.5.7 In absence of Project Manager, the nominated in-charge shall be the Head of Emergency Response
Committee.
1.5.8 Ensures the availability required resources during emergency.
Accounts & Administration In charge
1.5.9 Attend the on-spot emergency meeting. Ensure necessary first aid facilities are available tomeet the
emergency.
1.5.10 Ensure necessary arrangements for medical evacuation of injured and shifting to hospitals as
recommended by the medical practitioner / first aid attendant.
1.5.11 Coordinate with external agencies such as local police, fire station, district administration etc.
Plant & Machinery In charge
1.5.12 Make necessary arrangement for Plant & Machinery, Operators and drivers required for rescueoperations
as decided in the on-spot meeting.
1.5.13 Arrange Illumination as required for the rescue and other emergency operations.
EHS In charge
1.5.14 Inform Clients.
1.5.15 Act as a coordinator for the emergency response committee.
1.5.16 Organize rescue team with rescue apparatus like Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA), gas
detectors, stretchers etc.(if required).
Responsibility of Time Office in charge
1.5.17 Collect details of manpower working in the area during emergency.
1.5.18 Ensure the availability of first aid facilities and emergency vehicle so as to shift the victim to the hospital
is necessary as advised by accounts and administration in charge.
1.5.19 To carry out head count to find out the missing personnel (if any) at assembly point.
Responsibility of Storekeeper
1.5.20 If required, arrange necessary materials like tools & tackles for rescue operation as advised by the
accounts and administration in charge.
1.5.21 Assist accounts and administration in charge in his operations.
Responsibility of Surveyor
1.5.22 Assist the emergency response committee to identify the exact location of emergency fromavailable
drawings and site experience.
Responsibility of Security Personnel
1.5.1 They are responsible to control the traffic on the road and keep them clear of any obstruction for free
movement of ambulance and other emergency vehicles.
1.5.2 Temporarily suspend the entry of visitors and other workmen who are not required for the rescue
operations and all vehicle movements to stop and clear the road for emergency vehicles if required.
107 | P a g e
Members of the Emergency Response Committee (ERC)

1.5.3 On receiving information about the emergency situation, all members shall try to communicate the
same to emergency controller and proceed to the emergency control room.
1.5.4 Shall carry out the works assigned to each individual during the emergency response committee
meeting.
Flow chart
1.6.1 A flow chart outlining the typical flow of operations that should be followed in an emergencyresponse
management is given below.
Decide on the action plan
108 | P a g e
1.7.1 As the chairman of emergency response committee, Project Manager shall declare the
emergency and during his absence, the next in-charge shall declare the emergency. The emergencies
shall be declared by the established communication system such as alarm or siren.
1.7.2 The siren / alarm is an indication to everyone at site that an emergency situation has arisen and if so
directed, they may have to stop the work and move towards pre-designated safer areas i.e. Assembly
point.
1.8.1 Emergency Response Committee is responsible for the formal announcement of “all clear” after
the emergency situation has been controlled. Once the emergency has been terminated, the ERC shall
conduct an inspection of the facilities affected by the incident and complete an initialinvestigation report.
1.8.2 Reassessment of the work site must be completed prior to recommencement. Also resumptionof the work
can be carried out only after the proper head count.
1.9.1 Assembly points to be identified in the project site and clearly marked with sign boards
1.9.2 Sign boards shall be placed to indicate the direction to the assembly point from different work areas
1.10.1 Head count is a system for accounting for personnel following an evacuation
1.10.1 Head count shall be taken by the time office personnel after the evacuation and assembly inassembly
point
1.10.2 A method shall be established for accounting for non-employees such as suppliers andcustomers
109 | P a g e
1.11.1 A standard emergency communication procedure in case of emergency shall be developed

and communicated to all concerned in the site. The procedure shall give clear guidelines onhow to
communicate in the following cases.
➢ To alert workers in case of emergency
➢ To evacuate or take other action
➢ To report emergencies
1.11.2 The emergency communication system shall be through Siren, Public Address System or any other
system suitable to the site conditions.
1.11.3 The alarms shall be distinctive and recognized by all personnel working in the site as a signalto evacuate
the work area or perform actions identified in the Emergency Response Plan.
1.12.1 Name, designation & telephone numbers of important personnel who may require to be
Contacted in case of emergency shall be made readily available. A typical emergency contactinformation
chart is given below:
NO NAME DESIGNATION MOBILE OFFICE RESIDENCE
Key Personnel of DRAIPL
Project Manager
Nominated In charge
HR & Admin In-charge
EHS In charge
110 | P a g e
P&M In-charge
Section / Area In charge
Key Personnel of Client & Consultant
Emergency Agencies
Police station
Fire Department
State Electricity
Board Office
Cyclone Warning
Centre (Indian
Meteorological
Department)
Regional
Meteorological
office
Local Authorities
111 | P a g e
District Collector
Councilor
Statutory Authorities
Electrical
Inspectorate
Factories
Inspectorate
State Pollution
Control Board
Regional Labour
Commissioner
Hospitals
Hospital 1
(Distance from site

in Kms)
Hospital 2
(Distance from site

in Kms)
Hospital 3
(Distance from site

in Kms)
Others
112 | P a g e
Local Railway
Station
Local Bus
Terminus
Nearest Airport
1.13.1 List of fire extinguishers provided in the site shall be readily available at the emergency control room,
Time office & displayed in other conspicuous locations.
Location Type Capacity Numbers
1.14.1 List of Emergency Safety Equipment and their storage locations shall be readily available at the
emergency control room, Time Office & displayed in other conspicuous locations. The list of
emergency equipment may include,
➢ Self-contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
➢ Oxygen Resuscitator
➢ Hard Stretcher
➢ Portable Gas Detector
➢ High Power search light
➢ Hand tools (Axe, shovel)
➢ First Aid Equipment
➢ Full Body Harness
➢ Mega Phone
➢ Manual siren
➢ Ring buoys
➢ Explosimeter
➢ Oxygen indicator
1.15 EMERGENCY HANDLING STRATEGIES FOR DIFFERENT SCENARIOS
113 | P a g e
1.15.1 This Emergency Response Plan (ERP) shall be designed to help the project team to respond quickly
and effectively to all emergency scenarios that have been identified as possibly occurring on the
Project Site.
1.15.2 Emergency situations that shall be covered in an emergency response plan shall include but not limited
to:
➢ Occupational Injury & Illness
➢ Fire & Explosion
➢ Release of toxic gas
➢ Security breaches
➢ Civil Disturbances / Political Emergency Evacuation
➢ Earthquake
➢ Flood
➢ Storm/Cyclone
1.15.3 Other emergencies situations specific to the site shall be included in the emergency response plan.
1.16.1 Training of employees related to emergency response shall address the following:
➢ Function and elements of emergency action plan

➢ Types of potential emergencies
➢ Notification, warning, and communications procedures
➢ Emergency response procedures
➢ Evacuation, shelter, and accountability procedures
➢ Location and use of common emergency equipment
➢ Any other special hazards onsite such as flammable materials, toxic chemicals, radioactivesources.
1.17.1 M o c k drills shall be carried out at regular intervals so as to ensure continued familiarity of the
personnel with the emergency procedure and to check if the hardware infrastructure provided for
emergency management is in good condition.
114 | P a g e
ANNEXURE 2
Questionnaire for review of the ERP
• Whether the emergency evacuation (escape) route has changed?
• Whether any Emergency response Committee member has left the site?
• Whether any mock drill is conducted?
• If conducted, whether it is effective?
• If not, what was the action taken on the observations / recordings during the mockdrill?
4. Whether any real emergency has occurred?
5. Whether emergency rescue kit was inspected to ensure that it is maintained in good workingcondition?
6. Whether contact phone numbers were verified and updated?
7. Whether any training is conducted on the emergency response procedures?
POST-INCIDENT RECOVERY (PER) PLAN – GUIDELINES
ANNEXURE 3
.10 This plan is designed to guide recovery activities after an event.
.11 The purpose of this plan is to ensure recovery is effective and efficient.
.12 This plan shall include short term to long term recovery.
RECOVERY TASK FORCE COMMITTEE
• The recovery task force team shall be formed comprising key personnel at the workplace.
Consist of, but not limited to,
o Project Manager
o Nominated In-charge
o Site EHSM / EHSO
o Site Admin Personnel
o Other members of Emergency Response Committee
o Agencies assigned for post event recovery and reconstruction functions
115 | P a g e
POST EVENT RECOVERY MANAGEMENT
PROJECT MANAGER
• As Project head, he is responsible for implementing post event recovery plan based on the
actual event scenario.
• On post event, immediately arrange for damage survey and assessment.
• Identifying area for land use, shelter etc.
• Communicate the damage happen and resource required followed by the damageassessment to
HO office. Communicate local authority for recovery required.
• Arrange all the required facilities through HO / site admin for the necessaryshelter, food etc.
• Arrange resource for reconstructive and rehabilitation.
NOMINATED IN-CHARGE
• In absence of Project Head nominated In-charge shall lead the responsibilities of Project
Manager
116 | P a g e
ACCOUNTS AND ADMIN-INCHARGE
• Ensure adequate resources are available to meet the need of medical, shelter food etc.
• Ensure necessary arrangement for reconstructive and rehabilitation, if required,are made available
EHS IN-CHARGE
• Act as a coordinator for Event recovery plan
• Ensure implementation is as per the plan for recovery.
POST EVENT RECOVERY MANAGEMENT
• As soon as termination of emergency, Project Head shall activate and deploy damage assessment
team to identify damaged structure and required action.
• Establish “one stop” office near the impacted area.
• He shall instruct the Taskforce team to remove the debris, waste, damaged trees, damaged vehicles,
equipment, etc.,(whatever applicable) without any notification.
• He shall identify the land, area for temporary shelter subject to the following provision,
• Any police, emergency medical or emergency communication facility that will aid in immediate restoration
for the duration of the declared emergency.
• He shall instruct admin to arrange necessary shelter, food and other aid required for the workmen.
• Temporary repairs: following major event temporary emergency repairs to secure structure
(workmen habitat) and property damage due to the event or to protect adjoining structure.
• Coordinate with local authorities and other agencies like NGO, municipal, etc., for assist.
• Coordinate for tasks as may be required under the specific circumstance of the major event.
• The head shall prepare a strategic program for recovery and reconstructive based on the pre-event
plan.
• Recovery plan training and exercise: The team shall conduct periodic training and exercise in order
to develop, convey and update the contents of the recovery plan.
117 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 9.1.1 - MONITORING,MEASUREMENT, ANALYSIS & PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
PURPOSE
• To measure EHS performance of a Site, HO and periodically
• To measure the EHS performance of employees
• To identify weaknesses in managing EHS in the workplaces and zeroing in, on the specifics so as toreinforce
efforts for improving performance
SCOPE
All Sites, HO
RESPONSIBILITY
PMs/ EHSM/ EHSOs/, CPMs/ MR/ EHS Department at HO
PROCEDURE
MONITORING & MEASUREMENT
Effectiveness of the implementation of various procedures shall be monitored by EHSM during their site visit; they
shall complete a comprehensive verification of at least one procedure/ process during every sitevisit and highlight
their findings to HO or to CPM, as appropriate. For ex. The induction process, medical screening process, document
verification process, on-arrival inspection process of equipment, brought by sub-contractors, training process, EHS
observation close-out process, legal compliance verification process, corrective action process for the audit
observations and root cause identification process for the audit non-conformities etc..
All the instruments used for taking any measurements at site (such as Lux meter/ Noise meter/ Gas monitoretc.) shall
be calibrated at regular intervals, as prescribed under the Local Regulations. This may even include the pressure gauge
etc.
EHS PERFORMANCE (LEADING INDICATORS)
The following are few of the leading indicators used;
118 | P a g e
• Proactive EHS performance monitoring system - to measure the individual contribution to EHS andsafe
behavior
• Key Performance Indicator - to measure and benchmark the EHS performance of work place with standards
PROACTIVE EHS PERFORMANCE MONITORING SYSTEM
Proactive EHS performance of all the site based employees (including EHS staff) shall be measured in an objective
manner and the results of measurement shall be communicated to all concerned at regular intervals.
Few important features of the above performance measurement system (which is bound to bring positive work culture)
are:
• Safety improvement slip: All the staff members will issue it to the workmen/ supervisors/ engineers who
are working in an unsafe manner or authorizing employees to work in unsafe conditions; this will give
very strong signal to the workers that theorganization is serious about EHS requirements and it is not just
a lip service! have to carry the safety improvement booklet.
• Upward communication from workmen: When all the workmen are motivated to report “at-risk-
behaviors” unsafe condition and near miss incidents in the workplace, the likelihood of incidents will
come down drastically. High level of trust will be given to the workmen that all their upward
communications (in the form of suggestions/ near-miss/ at-risk behaviors) will be taken positively by the
management.
• “Safe-to-Start-Work” card (coupled with job specific HIRA talk): In order to make the risk assessments
an ongoing practice and to make it beneficial to all concerned (instead of just a paper work), this simple
self-check mechanism shall be carried out by all the frontline supervisors/ foremen/ engineers, while
giving work instruction to the workmen.This will influence their thinking process to look for the actual
hazards in the work place and the controls, to decide whether the work can be authorized by them or
not; this also gives theman opportunity to communicate more specific work instructions.
SAP SCHEME
SAP (Safety Aware Person of the month) scheme is embedded with HR rewarding system to implement/ sustain
the proactive performance monitoring system.
REWARD AND FELICITATION THROUGH SAP SCHEME:
• Winners under the category of SAP (Section In-charge) of the month will be called and felicitated at
HO office with a certificate and gift.
119 | P a g e
• SAP (Site engineers), SAP (Supervisor) and SAP (Workmen) of the month will befelicitated at projects
with certificates and gifts by the Project Director / Project Manager.
• The name / achievement of the winner(s) shall be displayed on notice boards and sent throughmails across
the HO/ Mega Project.
The detailed guidelines of this scheme are given in annexure I.
Poor performers shall be counseled and high performers shall be rewarded as per the SAP scheme. All the EHS
incentive schemes shall be purely based on this proactive EHS performance monitoring system only.
CRITICAL AREA SAFETY AUDIT
• Each HO shall have the cross functional safety audit for its project, on the EHS implementation including
SOP implementation, Proactive monitoring EHS performance system, Project EHS excellence guidelines,
etc., on monthly basis.
• Project Manager/ Construction Manager and EHS Manager of other projects shall be the audit team.
• Monthly schedule shall be sent through CPM indicating the projects to be audited along with the audit team
details.
• Based on the assessment, results shall be declared at the end of the month and HOs shall have a trophy for
the winnings projects who scores higher marks in the assessment.
• Those trophies & certificates shall be presented preferably during the HO EHS review meeting.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATOR ON EHS
PURPOSE
OBJECTIVE OF THIS PROCEDURE IS TO ASSESS THE
• Compliance level of EHS norms and procedures
• Rate the EHS implementation level area wise for different assessment elements.
• Identify the focus area, take corrective action and keep the Site & HO Management informed.
SCOPE
All Projects
120 | P a g e
RESPONSIBILITY
EHSM/ EHSO is responsible for organizing the EHS Committee and conduct the assessment.
PROCEDURE
• Members of the Project EHS Committee shall conduct the inspection & assessment for Key Performance
Indicator on EHS.
• It shall be done by a team comprising of at least three EHS committee members including the EHSO at least
once in a month
• The identified team members assess the site working conditions and rate the various assessment elements.
The rating of each team member is entered in the Key Performance Indicator on EHS Score Card (Format SP
9.1.1-9 B) in reference to the EHS scoring referencesheet (Format SP 9.1.1-9C).
• Scores are given only for the applicable activities pertaining to the jobsite. Maximum marks allotted for each
activity shall be modified if required based on the applicability of the assessment points.
• Scores given by each team member for each area shall be consolidated and the average score is entered in the
Key Performance Indicator on EHS Score Card (Format SP 9.1.1-9 B)
• Average score of each area and the project is summarized in the Key Performance Indicator on EHS Report
(Format SP 9.1.1-9 A)
• The violations observed if any during the inspection are listed out in the EHS Inspection report (Format CP
03-02)
• Key Performance Indicators on EHS are discussed in the Project EHS Committee Meeting, highlighting the
deficient areas and action plan derived.
• The Key Performance Indicator on EHS Report is sent to the CPM & EHSMafter each assessment.
EHS PERFORMANCE (LAGGING INDICATORS)
• EHSM/ EHSOs send monthly reports as per standard format (SP 9.1.1-3 – monthly EHSStatistics),
indicating the EHS performance statistics and incident details to the Head EHS.
• EHSM compile the data and uploads it in BY MAIL.
121 | P a g e
• Monthly reports (for the IC as whole) are analyzed By Heads for further action.
• Periodic summary of the statistics is prepared by EHS department at HO for presentation in various
Committee Meetings/ Board Meetings etc.
Lagging Indicator metrics are,
Frequency Rate: No. of reportable Injuries per million man-hours worked.
Reportable Injury: Fatal and/ or the injured person couldn’t resume to his/ her duties within 48 hours.Severity Rate:
Man-days lost due to reportable injuries per million man-hours worked.
DATA ANALYSIS
Data is generated through various monitoring, measurement and evaluation process, which needs to be periodically
analyzed in various manner to interpret the data and derive useful inferences by the EHS department at site, HO. Raw
data shall never be presented in the performance review meetings, without effective analysis, interpretation and
inference. This is applicable to both proactive (leading) and reactive (lagging) indicators.
Head EHS SITE VISIT
• Head EHS schedule their site visits and document it in the monthly activity plan. During the site visit, they
shall review the implementation status of EHS Management System. Head EHS shallsend Project Visit Report
to respective CPMs and concerned Project Manager.
MONTHLY ACTIVITY PLAN
• Monthly activity plan is made by the Head EHS /EHSM/ EHSO at HO and site level respectively
before 5th of the month planned.
• EHSM/ EHSO performance shall be reviewed by HO/ Head EHS every month through VC on a one-to-one
basis to facilitate them to function more effectively and efficiently.
SUBMISSION OF MONTHLY REPORTS ON EHS
REPORTS TO BE SUBMITTED BY EHS INCHARGES
Following reports shall be submitted to HO EHS Manager before 3rd of every month;
1. Monthly EHS Statistics

2. EHS Inspection Compliance Report
122 | P a g e
3. Key performance Indicator

4. Monthly Activity Plan
5. EHS Committee MOM
6. Evaluation of Sub-contractors
7. Incident / Near Miss Investigation Reports (If any)
8. First aid analysis
9. Monthly Training Plan
10. Proactive EHS performance scoring sheets
REPORTS TO BE SUBMITTED BY EHS OFFICERS
Following reports shall be submitted to EHS in charge of the site as part of monthly submittals before 2 nd ofevery
month;
1. EHS Observations Report

2. Report on evaluation of legal compliance
3. Monthly Activity Plan
4. Report on SOP Implementation
5. Evidence for verification of Safe to start work card effectiveness
123 | P a g e
ANNEXURE: I
SCOPE SCHEME GUIDELINES
OBJECTIVES
• To recognize the employees & workmen for their excellence and contribution towards EHS.
• To motivate the employees for acquiring more scores in the proactive EHS performancemonitoring
system.
• To encourage the project team to involve more on EHS and help the management in system
implementation.
• To inculcate safety culture and bring a safe behavior among the employees & workmen in the
organization.
• To create a competitive environment on EHS so that the employees shall be nurtured to themeet EHS
requirements of the organization.
ELIGIBILITY & NOMINATION PROCESS:
EMPLOYEE:
• Employees from Non-Supervisory cadre to Tier-2 in execution i.e Site Engineers and Sectionin-charges.
124 | P a g e
• This scheme includes employees on fixed term contractual appointment as well as allcategories of
trainees (DET/ GET/PGET) who are posted at projects.
• In both the above criteria,
▪ One Site Engineer shall be selected in each project every month for this reward, based on the
high score obtained in the proactive EHS performance monitoring system.
▪ II. One section In-charge shall be selected in a HO / mega Project, based on thehigh score obtained
in the proactive EHS performance monitoring system.
Every month, EHS Manager / Officer of each project shall compile the scores of individual staff members as per this
proactive EHS Performance monitoring system scoring sheets, based on the contribution to EHS.
Project Director / Project manager shall review and cross verify the scores with available evidences and approve the
scoring sheets.
Finally, the filled-up scoring sheets shall be sent to HO EHS Head / HO HR for rewarding process. HO HR shall
consult Project Director / HO Project Manager (CPM) with data for finalizing the winners.
SUPERVISOR:
• This is applicable for departmental workmen and sub-contractor supervisors.
• This reward system excludes the supervisors in admin/ stores/ time office.
SELECTION CRITERIA:
• The concerned supervisor shall have full attendance during the month.
• Should not have received any “safety improvement slip”.
• Should have contributed to the suggestion/ Near Miss/ Hazard reporting scheme.
• Should have encouraged his workmen to contribute to the suggestion/ Near miss/ Hazard reporting
scheme (His workmen should have issued highest number of Suggestions/ Near Misses/ Hazards).
• His workmen should have received less number of “safety improvement slip”.
WORKMEN:
125 | P a g e
• This is applicable for all the workmen excluding the workmen in admin/ stores/ time office.
• Every month, one or more number of workmen will be selected as ‘safest conscious person ofthe month’.
This shall be implemented in sites with an average strength of more than 500 workmen.
• When the workmen strength exceeds 500 workmen, rewarding system shall be as per the ratio of 1:250.
SELECTION CRITERIA:
• The concerned workmen shall have full attendance during the month.
• Should not have received any “safety improvement slip”.
• Should have contributed to the suggestion/ Near Miss/ Hazard reporting scheme.
126 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 9.2 - INTERNAL AUDIT

PURPOSE
To establish & maintain procedure for carrying out Internal EHS Audits to,
• Verify conformity to the EHSMS Procedure & EHS norms
• Determine the effectiveness of the EHSMS
• Rate the EHS Performance of the Project / HO
• Verify the adequacy of the system in meeting the EHS objectives
SCOPE
This procedure covers the entire Integrated Management System, its implementation & maintenance
RESPONSIBILITY
The Management Representative is responsible to maintain this procedure
PROCEDURE
• HOs shall be audited (involving all the functions) at least once in 6 months. Management Representative
prepares a quarterly audit schedule to conduct the internal EHS audit.
• Individual functions, such as P&M, Purchase, Formwork, CMPC, HR, Admin etc. (which has serious
implication to EHS performance of the organization) at HO shall be audited once in 12months.
• All the workmen Habitats shall be audited as part of the site audit.
• All the projects shall be audited once in six months.
• Audit schedule lists the Projects, HOs functions, along with scheduled date of audit and the name of the
nominated internal auditor.
• It is ensured that the personnel assigned to carry out the audit are independent of those having direct
responsibility for the audited activity. Personnel who carry out internal audits are trained in auditing
techniques.
• All the new projects shall be audited within 2 to 3 months of mobilization, to verify the adequacyof the Project
EHS plan, identification of local Regulations, incorporation of contractual EHS obligations, provision of
EHS requirements in DRAIPL, availability of EHS infrastructure etc. in addition to the routine IA
requirement.
127 | P a g e
• Audit is conducted by auditors seeking objective evidence demonstrating whether the audited activities
comply with the requirements of the documented EHSMS and rate the EHS performance of the project as per
the EHS Audit scorecard.
• Under normal circumstances, audits shall not be postponed; in extra-ordinary circumstances, if postponement
is unavoidable, the person who seeks the postponement (either the auditor orthe auditee) shall give alternative
audit date(s) within 10 working days of the original date.
• If the quality of the audit and the audit report is not acceptable to MR (if the audit doesn’t fulfill the objectives,
as defined above, in this procedure), concerned auditors shall not be used for audits later or shall be used as
“trainee auditors” along with other auditors.
• Audit report shall not be restricted to some physical (unsafe) observations at site and few other(unrelated)
observations related to documents/ records, in addition to the scoring system. It should have a comprehensive
coverage to all the requirements of the EHSMS manual.
• Duration of audit can be more than one day, depending on the size, complexity, severity of the site and the
scope of the audit.
• Auditors shall start the audit with an opening meeting and end the audit with a closing meeting.These meetings
shall be attended by responsible persons at the auditee work location. Duringthe opening meeting, the auditee
shall make a presentation to the auditor regarding the current status of the project, based on the given format
SP 9.2-6.
• Auditor evaluates the EHS performance of the office / site quantitatively with the audit score card of office /
site as a guide. The scores obtained are summarized in the Audit scoring summary sheet.
• Auditor shall send the Audit Report comprising of Audit Score card and summary sheet, Observation report
(as per the given format) and an Executive summary to the Auditee, EHSM/ HOD-EHS within seven working
days of the audit date.
• All the observations shall be supported with either oral/ documentary or physical evidence
• All observations shall include the total population, sample size and the percentage of compliance/ non-
compliance within the sample size. For e.g. if a floor opening is found withoutadequate protection, the auditor
has to collect the data regarding total number of openings at site (total population), number of openings that
were verified for adequacy of protection (samplesize) and out of the verified openings, how many were not
adequately protected (% of compliance within the sample size).
• The auditee shall identify the root cause of all the non-conformities and propose correction andcorrective
actions to the auditor and the concerned Head EHS. Similarly, for all the audit observations, auditee has
to propose correction as well as corrective action, which needs tobe approved by the auditor/ Head
EHS.
128 | P a g e
• Audit observation report and score card should have linkages. For e.g. If the excavation activityhas been scored
very low in the score card, then it should have been validated with sufficient evidences in the Observation
report and if it is a major issue, must be detailed in the executive summary.
• Head EHS, on receiving all the three components of the audit report (score card, observation report and the
executive summary) shall decide whether nonconformity exists. If so, it is brought to the attention of, the
auditee and a nonconformity report is raised. EHSM fills out the first part of the form describing the non-
conformity, which is agreed & acknowledged by theauditee. Auditee uses the second part of the report to
propose a corrective action and the dateby which the corrective action will be implemented. Head EHS, if
satisfied, agrees with the date,otherwise it is resolved by the Management Representative.
• If the audit pertains to a HO function, on receiving the report, Ho EHS representative decides whether there
is a scope for issuing NCR.
• Immediately after the due Date for implementation of corrective action, the EHSM follows upto determine,
if corrective action has been implemented effectively. If more work is needed, to fully implement the action,
a new follow - up date is agreed upon.
• Upon satisfactory completion of implementation of corrective action and verification of the effectiveness of
the corrective action, the status of nonconformity report is closed by the concerned auditor.
• Closed out Non-conformity reports are retained by the Management Representative / Head EHS, who
periodically reviews the status of all Non - conformity reports to determine pending nonconformities
requiring follow up on corrective actions.
• Copies of Closed out non-conformities are sent to auditee for records.
• Audit findings are analyzed every quarter to assess the performance of projects/ HOs and to initiate necessary
corrective action. This analysis is presented in the Management Review meetings with any specific
inferences/ support needed from the management.
• EHSM shall send the summary & status of audit conducted every quarter.
BEST AUDITOR AWARD
• Best auditor scheme is introduced to improve the audit effectiveness,
• PD/ PM of each site audited will send evaluation to Head EHS.
129 | P a g e
• Head EHS shall also evaluate the auditors, based on the reports received.
• Based on the above two evaluations, HO EHS department will finalize the award.
• Evaluation report shall be generated not later than 21 days of the audit.
• Following FIVE categories will have equal weightage and 20 marks will be awarded for each of the criteria.
Comprehensiveness of the audit coverage (fulfillment of the audit scope completely)
• Covering all the important applicable clauses
• Covering all aspects of the site (including transport of men/ material, labour camp, safety budget provision in
DRAIPL, audit of all the site functions, such as Admin/ P&M/ Planning/ Quality/ Formwork)
• Comprehensiveness of the legal verification (as indicated in the audit schedule), as part of the audit
• Effective report writing (clarity/ ability to convince/ acceptance of NCR by auditee/ structure of the report/ timely
submission)
• Ability to bring out the root causes and the effectiveness of the recommendations generated jointly by the auditor/
auditee (% of findings for which both correction and corrective actions have been identified)
• Interest taken to close the audit NCRs and audit findings (follow up with auditee and generating audit close-outs)
• Flow chart
RECORDS
Retention
Records
• Internal EHS Audit Schedule SP 9.2-1 3 years
• Non-conformity Reports SP 9.2-2 3 years
• Internal EHS Audit of HO – Scoring SummarySheet SP 9.2-3a 3 years
• Internal EHS Audit of HO – Score Card SP 9.2-3b 3 years

• Internal EHS Audit of Project – Scoring Summary SP 9.2-4.a 3 years
• Sheet
• Internal EHS Audit of Project – Score Card SP 9.2-4.b 3 years
• Audit Summary & Status SP 9.2-5 3 years
Audit Report to Management SP 9.2-7 till the end of the project
• Audit Observation Report SP 9.2-8 till the end of the project
• Evaluation for choosing the “Best Auditor” SP 9.2-9 till the end of the project
130 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 9.3 – MANAGEMENT REVIEW
PURPOSE
To periodically review the performance of EHS Management System to ensure its continuing suitability, adequacy
& effectiveness; and to ensure realization of EHS Policy & objectives
SCOPE
All operations of DRAIPL
RESPONSIBILITY
Management Representative:
Responsible for scheduling and convening the Management review meetingsHO &
site level: CPM / EHSM& PMs/ EHSM/ EHSOs
PROCEDURE
MANAGEMENT REVIEW MEETING AT HO LEVEL:
• The Head – Operations will chair the meeting; All BU Heads, Functional Heads, and Head EHS shall attend
the meeting; Few CPMs will be invited to join on rotational basis.
• Meeting will be held at least once in three months to ensure that the EHSMS its continuing suitability &
effectiveness. The reviews shall include assessing the opportunities for improvement and the need for changes
to the EHS management system including EHS policy& objectives. Agenda (as prescribed in clause 9.3 of the
Standard may be split into two portionsso that all items of the agenda will be completed in a cycle of six months.
• Inputs to management review shall include:
❖ Results of internal audits and evaluations of compliance with applicable legalrequirements and with other
requirements to which the organization subscribes;
❖ The results of participation and consultation, with specific reference to needs/expectations expressed by
interested parties;
❖ Relevant communication(s) from external interested parties, including complaints
131 | P a g e
❖ The EHS performance of the organization and quality of service rendered by EHS Department.
The extent to which the objectives have been met;
❖ Status of incident investigations, corrective actions and preventive actions;
❖ Follow-up actions from previous management reviews;
❖ Status of adequacy of personnel & resources;
❖ Customer feedback;
❖ Changing circumstances, including developments in legal and other requirements related to EHS
❖ Reviewing the quality of the service provider / vendors.
• The proceedings of the review meeting are recorded. Findings, Conclusion & Recommendations are
documented & plan of action for improvement is drawn up in the minutes of the Review Meeting.
• The output from management reviews shall include any decisions and actions related to possible changes to:
❖ EHS performance indicators
❖ EHS Policy & Objectives
❖ Resources and
❖ Other Elements of the EHS Management System
• Outputs from management review in the form of minutes of meeting & action plans shall be made available
for communication & consultation.
• The minutes of the management review meeting shall be circulated to all participants within a fort night.
EHS REVIEW MEET AT HO LEVEL
• This meeting shall be chaired by CPMs and the action shall be initiated by Head EHS; this shallhappen at least
once in three months.
• Inputs for the meeting shall be generated as per the indications given above for the IC level MR meeting.
132 | P a g e
• This review meet can be used as an opportunity to:
❖ Communicate the decisions taken in the IC level management review meeting
❖ Draft an action plan for achieving the objectives & targets
❖ Get feedback from EHSOs & other execution team members on EHS related matters.
❖ Review the EHS performance of all the projects, including the proactive performance monitoring scores
❖ Sharing of best practices.
❖ Bring uniform system of working among all the sites.
• The meeting shall be attended by all the functional managers at the HO level, all the PDs/PMs and selected
EHSMs from the sites.
• MOM shall be generated within three working days of the meeting, circulated to all concernedand monitored
for the implementation during the site visit by the Head EHS.
EHS REVIEW MEETINGS AT SITE LEVEL (PRESENTLY CALLED AS EHS

COMMITTEE MEETING)
• This meeting shall be chaired by the PD/ PM and shall be conducted every month; shall be initiated by the
concerned site EHSM.
• The meeting shall focus more on proactive aspects of EHS implementation rather than reactive aspects;
Achievement of the Objectives, through the implementation of the applicable action plans shall be one of the
items in the agenda.
• All changes that are likely to take place during the next one month and its EHS implication shallbe discussed
during the meeting.
• SOP audit, internal EHSMS audit, 2nd party or 3rd party audit findings shall be discussed to analyze the scope
for improving the EHS performance of the site.
• Analysis of all the first aid cases, near misses, hazard reporting (received from the employees)shall be discussed
in the meeting.
• EHSMs of the projects shall conduct EHS culture survey among the staff and workmen at least once in six
months and shall review the findings in the meeting.
• Feedback shall be taken in a formal manner from the clients/ consultants regarding various aspects of EHS
performance measures (at least once in six months) and the findings shall be discussed in the meetings
133 | P a g e
• Findings of the compliance verification of compliance obligations shall be discussed in acomprehensive

manner to identify the target improvement areas.
• Workmen representative (a designated foreman) shall be invited to participate in the review meetings.
MONTHLY HO PERFORMANCE REVIEW MEETING THROUGH VIDEO

CONFERENCE
• This meeting shall be chaired by Head of EHS Department and shall be conducted once in twomonths through
video conference.
• A formal schedule and template shall be released by HO; individual HO performance shallbe reviewed with
EHSM during this meeting.
• Review of this meeting shall include;
❖ Implementation status of various procedures in EHSMS
❖ Action points arising out of MRM discussions
❖ Results of external/ internal audit findings
❖ Compliance with SOP requirements (SOP audit findings)
❖ Effectiveness of CAPA, arising out of safety alerts
❖ Resource requirements
❖ Other points based on needs
• Minutes shall be circulated to concerned Head EHS, CPM and BU Head, if necessary.
RECORDS
Records Retention
Minutes of Management Review Meeting SP 9.3-1 5 years
HO EHS Review Meeting SP 9.3-2 5 years
Site EHS Review Meeting SP 9.3-3 1 Year after completion of the

project
MOM of VC review meetings
134 | P a g e
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 10.2 - INCIDENT REPORTING, INVESTIGATION AND ANALYSIS
PURPOSE
To find out as many direct and contributory causes as relevant and suggest corrective measures to avoid recurrence
of similar incidents
SCOPE
All incidents
DEFINITIONS
FATAL
Death resulting from an accident
REPORTABLE LOST TIME INJURY
An injury causing death or disablement of the injured person for 48 hours or more excluding the day ofthe shift on
which the accident occurred
DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE
An unplanned event, which has NOT resulted in personal injury or disablement, but arising out of –
• Bursting of a plant used for containing or supplying steam under pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.
• Collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, winch, hoist, or other appliance used in raising or lowering persons or
goods, or any part there of, or the overturning of a crane/ vehicles/ equipments.
• Explosion or fire or bursting out, leakage or escape of any hot / cold substance (molten metal, liquid or gas)
causing injury to any person or any room or place in which persons are employed.
• Explosion of a receiver or container used for the storage at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure of any
gas or gases (including air) or any liquid or solid resulting from the compression of gas.
• Collapse or subsidence of any floor, gallery, roof, bridge, tunnel, chimney, wall, building, excavation or any
other structure or formwork or scaffold.
135 | P a g e
NEAR MISS CASE
An incident where no injury, ill health or fatality occurs
RESPONSIBILITY
As per the details given below:
PROCEDURE
• If an Incident occurs, EHSO conducts an on-spot investigation at the earliest after receiving Preliminary
Incident report or informal information to that effect. Preliminary Incident report to be submitted to EHS
Dept. within 12 hours by the concerned Project Engineer / Supervisor / Foreman.
• Depth of investigation shall be decided based on the potential severity of the incident and NOTon the
actual severity of the incident. Please see the charts/ tables below to decide the depth of investigation.
The table below will assist you in deciding the level (depth) of investigation, which is appropriate for
the adverse incident. Remember that you must consider the potential worst consequence and not the
actual consequence of the adverse incident (e.g. Fall of a concrete debris weighing 100 gm from a
height of 10 m may not have caused any injury, but has a potential to cause major or even fatal
injury)
Likelihood of Potential worst consequence of the adverse incident
recurrence Minor Serious Major Fatal
Likely
Unlikely
Risk Minimal Low Medium High

Investigation
Minimal Level Low level Medium level High level
Level
• Minimal level of investigation will involve the EHSM/ EHSO of the site, along with the concerned
engineer(s). Investigation findings may not be recorded in a formal investigation report.However, details
of all such incidents shall be maintained in the master summary of “Incident Register” as per the format
ref # SP 10.2-4
• Low level of investigation will involve the concerned PM/CM, in addition to the concerned engineer(s)
and the site EHSM/EHSO. Investigation findings may or may not be recorded in a formal investigation
report. However, details of all such incidents shall be maintained in the master summary of “Incident
Register” as per the format ref # SP 10.2-4
136 | P a g e
• Medium level of investigation will involve at least one HO representative and the findings shall be recorded in
a formal investigation report.
• High level of investigation will involve at least one representative from outside the project, which could be a person
from the subject expert (internal or external) related to the particular incidentor from HO.
• EHSO shall organize for a thorough investigation of the incident by forming a team, as per theabove guidelines.
• Category of incident such as Fatal, Lost Time Injury, Dangerous Occurrence & Near miss shallbe accordingly
indicated in the “Incident Investigation” format (Ref No. SP 10.2 -2)
• EHSO shall maintain a Master incident register indicating the summary of all incidents (Ref No.SP 10.2 – 4).
• Workmen representatives of the respective site shall be involved in all level of investigations.
• The investigation team tries to find out as many direct causes & root causes as possible from the on-spot
evidence/ eye witnesses.
• The checklist for incident investigation is used as a guide during the investigation.
• Investigation team shall assure all those who are involved in the incident investigation that thepurpose of the
investigation is NOT to find out the faults and it is ONLY to find out the facts, so that appropriate corrective
actions shall be taken to prevent recurrence of similar incidents.
• Conclusions are drawn from the facts collected during the investigation and precautionary measures to prevent
similar occurrences are highlighted in the investigation report.
• Investigation team shall understand the difference between “cause of injury” and “cause of incident”; they are
expected to bring out the cause of incident and NOT the cause of injury, in the investigation report.
• The direct causes of the incident will usually be the unsafe act(s) and condition(s) that lead to the incident.
• The root causes are arrived at by asking why the said unsafe act and/ or the unsafe condition (that directly caused
the incident) was allowed to exist and by asking why was it not detected during the existing controls, such as
inspections/ audits etc.
• The investigation report in the prescribed format shall be prepared and circulated to all concerned within 48
hours of the occurrence or recby mailt of information.
• Cost of all the incidents shall be calculated both direct and indirect, as part of the investigation process and shall
be attached to it (as and when all the costing information is available); investigation report shall not be
delayed for want of costing information. Please refer the guidelines given at the end of this procedure for
calculating the cost of incidents
137 | P a g e
• EHSO analyses the first-aid cases during the month, and sends Analysis of First-aid casesreport to EHSM(GP
04-02).
• This shall also be a point of discussion in the Project EHS Committee Meeting for improvements
• EHSMafter scrutinizing the Incident Investigation report uploads it in BY MAIL portal.
NEAR MISS REPORTING
• All staff / supervisors & workmen shall be encouraged to report near miss cases.
• To enable easy notification of near miss cases:
❖ Near miss notification forms shall be made readily available to all employees.
❖ Drop boxes for near miss cases shall be kept at conspicuous locations for easy accessibility to employees.
❖ Near miss reports shall be regularly collected, investigated based on the potential severity matrix and the
findings communicated to all concerned.
❖ Workmen/ supervisors shall be encouraged to send near misses through SMS/ phone call to EHS personnel,
if they do not want to send it in writing.
❖ Near miss cases & EHS suggestions reported by staff & supervisor are considered during the measurement
of their monthly EHS performance. Refer SP 4.5.3 EHS Performance Measurement for detailed procedure
and requisite formats on near missreporting.
❖ This shall be an important criterion for reward schemes such as “Safest worker of the month” and “Safest
supervisor of the month” under SCOPE scheme.
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Preliminary Incident report SP 10.2 -1 Till completion of the project
• Incident Investigation Report SP 10.2 -2

Till completion of the project
Incident Investigation Checklist

• SP 10.2 -3 Till completion of the project
Incident Register
• SP 10.2-4 Till completion of the project
138 | P a g e
GUIDELINES RELATED TO COSTING OF INCIDENTS:
Sl No. Direct cost Indirect cost

Production loss due to the stoppage of work (one
1 Cost of first aid materials used: gang or all the workmen, few hours or few
days):
Cost of transportation of the injured person to Cancelled or lost orders from same/ potential
2
hospital and back to site: clients (if any):
Cost of lost man-hours (accompanying person/
Cost of overtime/ additional labour, arising out
others who have stopped the job out of curiosity
3 of the delay in the project, due to the incident (if
and were hanging round, clearing the incident
any):
scenario):
Cost of transportation, boarding & lodging of the
4
investigators:
Cost of repair/ replacement/ service of the
5 equipment/ tools/ machinery that were involved
in the incident:
Man-hour cost of the admin personnel/
investigators/ EHSO/ senior management in
6 handling the incident (with enforcement
authorities/ clients/ internal meetings/ preparing
reports):
Compensation (ex-gratia) paid to injured/ his
family members/ others in managing the incident
7
(other than the WC paid, which is
reimbursed by insurance):
Cost of legal expenses in the court to defend the
company (include the transportation/ Payment to
8
the lawyer/ fines paid to the government
treasury etc.):
9 Environment damages/ loss
139 | P a g e
Doc. No: SP 10.2a Page 1 of 10
SYSTEM PROCEDURE (SP) 10.2A - NON-CONFORMITY AND CORRECTIVE
PURPOSE
To establish and maintain procedure for
• Recording & Reviewing non conformities (including customer complaints).
• Deciding the level of corrections to be taken and to deal with the consequences of the non-conformity.
• Determining the causes of non-conformities.
• Evaluating the need for taking action to prevent recurrence in the same workplace oroccurrence in other
workplaces.
• Reviewing the effectiveness of the action taken as per GCC clause.
• Deciding whether any modification to the EHSMS is needed, arising out of the learning.
DEFINITIONS
CORRECTION:
Corrections are normally related to the immediate action(s) that are taken to remove the symptoms of identified/
detected non-conformity/ deviation from the procedure.
CORRECTIVE ACTION:
Corrective actions are actions taken to eliminate the underlying (root) cause(s) of identified non-conformity or
incidents in order to prevent recurrence.
RESPONSIBILITY
All the Functional Heads/ HO Heads/ Project Heads have the responsibility to implement thisprocedure in their
respective areas of operation.
PROCEDURE
140 | P a g e
NON-CONFORMITY
Following will be considered as non-conformity and will be dealt as indicated in this procedure:
• Non-conformities and all the audit observations raised during any external audit;
• Non-conformities raised and repeat findings in the same workplace during internal audit;
• Any complaint received from the client/ consultant of any project;
• Any workplace inspection finding issued by the EHS department representative, which has a
“unacceptable” risk rating, as defined in the CP 06 Workplace Inspection”;
• Any deviation observed during the verification of the compliance obligations as defined in
SP6.1.3
• Any deviation noticed in the compliance with the current “Golden Rule(s)”
• Shortfall of more than 10% in the proactive performance monitoring system score
• Hazard reporting/ suggestions/ near misses reported by employees.
• Any other condition that does not comply with the documented EHSMS Manual.
141 | P a g e
General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

At DRAIPL, as a responsible organization, we consider Environment Protection, Health & Safety (EHS) as an integral
part of our business. We are committed to protect the environment in which we operate and to ensure the health
and safety of the Our/Client’s employees, Contractors, workers, visitors and community. In addition to relevant
statutory requirements, we have adopted these safety guidelines and PRW / MPS Contractor Safety Agreement
for PRW / MPS Contractors and their workmen in order to maintain the desired standard of safety at work. The
guidelines and Piece Rate Work (PRW)/Man Power Supply (MPS) Contractor Safety Agreement given in this
document forms an integral part of the contract.
We declare all DRAIPL Projects and Assets sites will be a “ZERO ACCIDENTS” project with a Goal of “ZERO
INCIDENT", where we will ensure that our social responsibility is fulfilled without any reservations.
A. Scope
This PRW / MPS Contractor Safety Agreement for EHS is applicable to all PRW / MPS Contractors deployed at
company’s project sites, stores & offices.
B. Objective
This PRW / MPS Contractor Safety Agreement (CSA) for Environment, Health & Safety (EHS) is to
ensure that the level of defences in the system to prevent injury to employees, workmen & other
stakeholders and damage to property, are of a high order in all the business operations in DRAIPL
Projects.
C. Responsibilities of the PRW / MPS Contractor:
PRW / MPS Contractor shall always comply and ensure that their employees, workers and their Sub-
Agencies comply with DRAIPL EHS Procedure.
Site in-charge / Responsible Representative of the PRW / MPS Contractor is responsible and
accountable for complying with the Environment, Health & Safety aspects of their workforce and using of
DRAIPL Tools, Plants & Machinery, material and vehicles.
PRW / MPS Contractor through their Site in-charge / Responsible Representative shall ensure the
following:
i. Accountability for Environment, Health & Safety and active promotion of safe work culture.
ii. Participation in and co-operation with all EHS program requirements to be implemented in
accordance with DRAIPL EHS Objectives and Targets.
iii. Ensure timely reporting of all incidents viz., First Aid, Near miss, unsafe acts & condition as per
DRAIPL incident reporting procedure.
iv. Stop unsafe work immediately, until corrective actions have been taken.
v. Ensure that every member of their workforce reports for work without influence of any Drug / Alcohol.
vi. Ensure all employees report any unsafe act or conditions / practices / behaviours and appropriate
corrective actions taken to ensure safe workplace.
vii. Ensure all PRW / MPS Contractor employees and workmen carry at all times, valid ID (Identification)
card and relevant licenses.
viii. Updated list of Employees / Workmen inducted and exited shall be maintained and submitted to
DRAIPL on weekly basis.
ix. Transportation of workmen in passenger vehicles only.
x. Shall indemnify DRAIPL and its employees from any consequences arising out of their employees,
including those exited.
D. Clauses in General Conditions of Contract
142 | P a g e
• M/s PRW / MPS Contractor shall not employ minors and adolescents (workers below age of 18
years). M/s PRW / MPS Contractor should not depute any Labour who suffers from chronic disease
which is prevailing for a long period or who suffers with any communicable disease. Also, physically
challenged persons shall not be employed for works.
To maintain hygienic living conditions at labour camp.
• The PRW / MPS contractor must comply with the following:
1. EMPLOYMENT OF COMPETENT PERSONS
For all activities and operations, PRW / MPS Contractor shall employ only trained, experienced &
competent persons. In addition, all employees / workmen, PRW / MPS Contractor shall submit to
DRAIPL, 2 No’s of PP size photo, Address proof, Govt. ID proofs such as Aadhar Card, PAN
(Permanent Account Number) Card, contact/mobile nos and details of contact person name in case
emergency.
2. PRE-EMPLOYMENT MEDICAL CHECK-UP
All PRW / MPS Contractor workmen shall go through pre-employment medical check-up before being
engaged in work.
Details of penalties for non-compliance are appended in Annexure-1
3. VERTIGO TEST FOR HEIGHT WORK
All workmen must go through Vertigo Test before they are deployed for work. Only those Workmen
who pass the Vertigo Test shall be allowed to work at height.
4. WORKMEN INDUCTION PROGRAM
All PRW / MPS Contractor Service provider employees and workmen must undergo EHS
(Environment, Health & Safety) Induction program before being engaged for any work. A brief
induction shall be given to all visitors and they will be escorted at site with a person who is acquainted
with the site conditions.
Details of penalties for non-compliance are appended in Annexure-1.
5. HOUSEKEEPING
PRW / MPS Contractor shall follow Regular Housekeeping Practices on daily basis, before and after
completion of work.
6. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT & SAFETY APPLIANCES
PRW / MPS Contractor workmen shall always wear all required PPEs (Personal Protective
Equipment) and safety appliances required to carry out the job. No workmen shall be allowed to work
at site without Mandatory PPEs (Safety Helmet, Safety Shoes, Reflective Jacket, Goggles & Hand
gloves as per the DRAIPL/Client recommended IS/CE standard), Job specific PPEs and deviations
of non-compliance shall be viewed seriously. Details of penalties for non-compliance are appended
in Annexure-1
143 | P a g e
JOB SPECIFIC PPE:
Full Face Shield Required For Respiratory Protective Equipment Required For
a. Grinding a. Grit or Abrasive Blasting Operation
b. Gas Cutting b. Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester (GRP) Pipe Line
c. While using pressurized Air System / Compressor Lamination where dust/fumes are emitted during
d. Spraying of Abrasive / Paint Grinding
e. Handling / Using / Mixing of Corrosive Substances c. Handling Chemical & Hazardous Materials
d. Special hand gloves, Disposable cover all,
Boots & Mask.
Hot Work (Welding, Gas Cutting &Grinding) Work in Cold Weather
a. Goggles/full Face shield, Visors (Suitable to the a. Appropriate Warm Clothing
condition) b. Insulated Gloves - water-resistant (if
b. Special Leather Gloves necessary).
c. Aprons c. Appropriate Footwear – Waterproof, Slip-
d. Leather Hand & Leg shields resistant footwear
d. Head Cover - A Helmet covering head and
ears. Use a mask to cover the face, mouth, or
neck, as required.
Working at height (more than 1.8 mtr.) Confined Space
a. Belt with tool pouch a. Full body Harness and Specific PPEs for the
b. Double Lanyard Full body Harness specified task is required.
c. Retractable fall arrestor b. Tripod arrangement with lifeline connected to
d. Lifeline (Vertical & Horizontal) along with fall arrestor full body harness (If Required)
c. Breathing Apparatus as per requirement
Work in Operation & Maintenance Work Work at Offshore
a. Boiler Suit / Jeans Jacket a. Life Jacket
b. Safety Goggles b. Inflatable Jacket (as per SOLAS – 1974)
c. Dust Musk
d. Hand Gloves
G. Right to stop Work
DRAIPL EHS Department shall have the right at its sole discretion to stop the work, if in its opinion
the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and endanger the safety of
persons and / or property, and / or equipment.
G. Penalty System
DRAIPL Management has the right to remove persons from the Project for condoning, supporting or
instructing employees/workers to commit an unsafe act, work in unsafe condition or unhealthy atmosphere,
which endangers the environment, health of others, or work with unsafe equipment.
Project safety rules must be enforced. PRW / MPS Contractors that ignore or disregard the EHS requirements
and Safety Regulations as per DRAIPL Corporate and Project site EHS Plan/ Manual/SOP’s/SWM, will be
disciplined in the following manner:
144 | P a g e
On Unsafe Acts & Conditions:

❖ Deliberate Disregard for Safe practices while Working at Heights or in project site
❖ Unauthorized Removal of a Danger Tag or Lock
❖ Horse Play/Smoking/Consuming or Bringing Alcohol or mind-altering Drugs on the site or on DRAIPL Property
1. First Offense – Seize pass and send him out of the gate for that Day,
2. Second Offense – written warning with Penalty,
3. Third Offence - Termination from the service.
❖ Non-compliance with Personal Protective Equipment and Project EHS Work Practices
1. First Offense -Verbal warning and penalty
2. Second Offense - Seize pass and send him out of the gate for that Day with Penalty.
SL. PENALTY
TYPE OF VIOLATION AMOUNT
NO. (In Rupees)
GENERAL VIOLATIONS:
a) Safety Officer/ Safety Supervisor not deployed, Safety supervisor/safety steward
10000.00
not deployed 1:100 workman ratio.
b) Emergency telephone nos. not displayed, Assembly Points, Escape routes not
5000.00
marked.
c) Caution boards or Signage not displayed. 3000.00
d) Unsafe Act & Condition record not maintained. 5000.00
e) Injury record / First Aid Register not maintained. 5000.00
f) Transporting workmen in non-passenger vehicles. 10000.00
1 g) Engineers / Supervisors / Workers deployed to work without EHS Induction/ID card 500.00
at site (per person).
h) Unskilled person deployed for skilled work 1000.00
i) Person deployed at site without pre -employment medical check-up. 1000.00
j) Person deployed at site without vertigo test. 1000.00
k) Working without valid Permit-To-Work (PTW). 5000.00
l) Welfare facilities not provided viz., Rest shed / Drinking Water Facility / Toilet /
Urinal / Washing Facility / First Aid Centre / Ambulance etc. . (per instance per 10000.00
facility not provided)
m) Not monitoring of Air quality / Drinking Water quality / Noise level 5000.00
VIOLATION OF PPE COMPLIANCE:
a) Without Safety helmet at Project site. (per person) 500.00
b) Helmet chinstrap not fastened (per person) 200.00
c) Without wearing safety shoe / Electrical shoe (per person) 500.00
2
d) Without wearing Reflective Jacket (per person) 500.00
e) Working at height above 2 m without Full body Harness. (per person) 2000.00
f) Not anchoring Full body Harness while working at height above 2 m. (per person) 1000.00
g) Not using any job specific PPE (per person) 500.00
145 | P a g e
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR EXCAVATION:
a) Hard barricading not done. (per location) 3000.00
b) Side slopes not provided. (per location) 5000.00
3
c) Proper shoring/shuttering not provided. (per location) 5000.00
d) Escape ladder not provided. (per location) 3000.00
e) Proper Illumination / lighting not provided as per site condition or night. 2000.00
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR HARD ROCK BLASTING:
a) Licensed person not deployed for handling the Electric Detonator. 20000.00
b) Public Address system or whistles not ensured to notify start and end of blasting. 10000.00
4
c) Not ensured clearance of appx. 500 m / in case such clearance is not possible,
10000.00
appropriate control blasting not adopted.
d) Prior information not given to other agencies working nearby. 10000.00
e) Not provided Heavy duty Blasting Mats / sand bags / steel sheets combination to
10000.00
avoid flying rocks/splinters.
f) Blasting Shelter for blaster (blasting operator) not provided. 10000.00
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR GRIT / SHOT BLASTING:
a) Experienced Operator not deployed for Grit / Shot Blasting. 10000.00
b) Required Local Exhaust ventilation not provided in blasting area. 10000.00
5
c) Required illumination not provided in blasting area. 10000.00
d) TPI certificate not available for compressor. 10000.00
e) Dead-man switch not available along with nozzle. 10000.00
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR RADIOGRAPHY WORK:
a) Prior permission not obtained from the client/customer. 10000.00
b) The area not cordoned off/ barricaded with Radiography signage tape, blinking
10000.00
6 warning lights and warning Boards provided to restrict unauthorized entry.
c) Barricading not monitored by a calibrated radiation Survey Meter. 10000.00
d) Radiography technician not using the Dosimeter while carrying out the
10000.00
radiography test.
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR REMOVAL OF FLOOR GRATINGS / GUARD
RAILS / LIFT SHAFT GATES /MANHOLE COVERS:
a) Relevant PTW for removal of grating / guard rail / lift shaft gates / manhole cover not
obtained. 5000.00
b) Relevant Signages / Boards not displayed / area not barricaded appropriately 5000.00
7
c) Adequate illumination / blinking lights not installed around the openings at
night. 5000.00
d) Area in-charges / other agencies working in nearby / adjacent areas not
informed before removal of any grating / guard rail / lift shaft gates / manhole 5000.00
cover.
146 | P a g e
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR SCAFFOLDING / WORKING AT HEIGHT:

a) Working without valid Height Pass (per person) 1000.00
b) Standard approach ladder not provided. 3000.00
c) Fall arrestor not provided / not being used. 3000.00
d) Hand / Guard rail (Top rail, mid-rail & Toe guard) not provided. 5000.00
8 e) Usage of defective / missing component/part in scaffolding. 3000.00
f) Trained & Experienced Scaffolder not deployed for scaffold erection. 3000.00
g) Safety catch net not installed for fall protection (Wherever required). 5000.00
h) Hand tool not tied with tie rope while working at height. (per person) 500.00
i) Hand tools / lifting accessories / Scaffolding material throwing from a height 2000.00
j) Working on incomplete scaffolding / under RED TAG. 3000.00
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR WORK IN CONFINED SPACE:
a) Standby person not deployed outside of confined space. 3000.00
b) Using other than 24 V lamp inside the confined space. 5000.00
9
c) Oxygen or other gas Level not tested before entering in confined space. 5000.00
d) Exhaust /Ventilation not provided. 5000.00
e) Log book (Entry/Exit) has not been maintained. 5000.00
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR HOT WORK:
a) Fire extinguisher not available or Fire Extinguisher’s discharged. 2000.00
b) Flammable material not removed from below/nearby the HOT work area. 3000.00
10 c) Not using fire resistance blanket or metal sheet below Hot Work (welding / gas cutting). 3000.00
d) Spark arrestor (metal sheet /fire resistance blanket) not provided during grinding. 3000.00
e) Welding/ gas cutting shed not made with metal / fire resistant material. 2000.00
f) Flash back arrestor not provided at both ends in gas pipe. 5000.00
f) Damaged hose pipes & Poor hose joints. 1000.00
VIOLATION OF CONTROL PROCEDURE (CP) FOR ELECTRICAL WORK:
a) Cables having open joints / Worn out insulation. 5000.00
b) Cables not routed overhead or underground. 3000.00
c) Cable size not match as per load requirement. 3000.00
d) Industrial Plug top / Socket not provided. 2000.00
e) RCCB / ELCB not installed / not working. 5000.00
11 f) Standard double earthing of Panel Board and Diesel Generator not done. 3000.00
g) Electrical equipment not earthed. 3000.00
h) Standard Industrial Metal Distribution board not provided. 3000.00
i) Licensed Electrician not provided. 5000.00
j) Power cord of portable Electrical hand tools more than 3 m in length. 3000.00
k) Machine / Wheel guard missing/defective. 5000.00
l) Energized equipment not routed through RCCB/ELCB. 3000.00
147 | P a g e
VIOLATION WHILE USING CRANES / LIFTING TOOLS & TACKLES:

a) Equipment not tested / certified for its capacity before use by state approved
5000.00
Third Party Inspection authority.
b) Safe Working Load (SWL) not mentioned on lifting equipment, Tools & Tackles. 3000.00
c) Un-authorized modification done on equipment. 5000.00
12
d) Load beyond SWL. 5000.00
e) Safety latch not provided on hook. 3000.00
f) Maintenance log not maintained. 1000.00
g) Colour Coding, Signage / barricade not provided. 1000.00
h) Fit for use tag not provided. 5000.00
VIOLATION – HOUSEKEEPING / UNSAFE PRACTICES:
a) Unsafe transportation of material. 2000.00
b) Unsafe stacking of material. 2000.00
13
c) Unsafe use / handling of gas cylinders. 3000.00
d) Road / passage blocked with material without permission. 1000.00
e) Poor Housekeeping at work areas. 2000.00
VIOLATION OF VEHICLES & EQUIPMENT OPERATION
a) Operate / driving without valid license. 5000.00
b) Not Using Seat Belt while driving. 2000.00
c) Using Mobile Phone during Operation/driving. 2000.00
14 d) Over speeding /driving beyond specified speed limit. 3000.00
e) Reverse horn /Reverse Camera / light not installed connected with reverse gear. 2000.00
f) Proximity sensor /Anti -collision Device/ signalman not deployed. 2000.00
g) Horn /Head lamp /Indicator/rear and Side view mirrors not installed. 2000.00
VIOLATION OF DRAIPL STANDARD & WORK PROCEDURE:
a) Working without valid Permit To Work (PTW). 5000.00
b) Work commenced without Tool Box Talk (TBT). 2000.00
c) Working without supervision. 5000.00
d) Unskilled worker on a skilled job. 2000.00
e) Non-compliance to DRAIPL EHS Procedure & Standard. 3000.00
15 f) Working under suspended load 3000.00
g) Not reporting of incident/Hide any DO & Nearmiss. 5000.00
h) People travelling on load / material of dumper/ truck / Trailer. 2000.00
i) Smoking in prohibited areas. 1000.00
j) Parking of vehicles at non designated area. 500.00
k) Sleeping at Work Place. 1000.00
INCIDENT:
16 a) Lost Time Incident 25000.00
b) Fatal 500000.00
148 | P a g e
In all cases, if the penalty imposed by DRAIPL’s client is more than the abovementioned
amounts, the same will be recovered from PRW/MPS Contractor whose worker’s/employee’s
act has resulted into imposition of penalty.
Wherever the safety equipment or PPEs are issued by DRAIPL, the same shall be returned to
DRAIPL store after completion of work. The PPEs have a prescribed lifespan as mentioned in
the following table. Any replacement of PPEs before that time period may be subjected to
recovery of cost of the PPE/Equipment at the sole discretion of DRAIPL.
CORRECTION & CORRECTIVE ACTION
All the non-conformities referred above shall be recorded appropriately (in the communication register)
sothat monitoring for closure is easier. After the immediate correction, suitable root-cause analysis shall
be carried out to find out the opportunity for corrective actions are identified.
Non conformity raised against the specific staff member shall be closed by respective staff and his/her IS
will be made accountable if the NC is not closed within agreed time
RECORDS
Records Retention
 External / Internal Communication SP 10.2a – 1 2 year or till completion of the
project
149 | P a g e
Doc. No: List of IC (Inspection Checklist) Page 1 of 1
List of IC (Inspection Checklist)
S.N. Subject Remarks

1 Inspection checklist of Ambulance 11.1
2 Inspection checklist of Bar bending machine 11.2
3 Inspection checklist of Bar cutting machine 11.3
4 Inspection checklist of Batching plant 11.4
5 Inspection checklist of Concrete pump 11.5
6 Inspection checklist of Concreting work 11.6
7 Inspection checklist of Diesel generator (DG) 11.7
8 Inspection checklist of Electrical installation 11.8
9 Inspection checklist of Full body harness 11.9
10 Inspection checklist of Gas cutting 11.10
11 Inspection checklist of Heavy vehicle 11.11
12 Inspection checklist of Light vehicle (Electric bike, Car) 11.12
13 Inspection checklist of Housekeeping 11.13
14 Inspection checklist of Hydra-(F-15)/Crane 11.14
15 Inspection checklist of Lifting/Erection 11.15
16 Inspection checklist of Portable power tools 11.16
17 Inspection checklist of Rig machine 11.17
18 Inspection checklist of Scaffolding 11.18
19 Inspection checklist of Transit mixer 11.19
20 Inspection checklist of Earth pit 11.20
21 Inspection checklist of Tools/tackles 11.21
22 Inspection checklist of RCCB 11.22
23 Inspection checklist of Store 11.23
24 Inspection checklist of Welding machine 11.24
25 Inspection checklist of Working at height 11.25
26 Inspection checklist of Tower crane 11.26
27 Inspection checklist of Dumper/Tipper 11.27
28 Inspection checklist of Earth compactor (Roller) 11.28
29 Inspection checklist of Fire extinguisher 11.29
30 Inspection checklist of Workmen camp 11.30
150 | P a g e
Doc. No: Ambulance 11.1 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF AMBULANCE

Ambulance Reg. No
Fitness Certificate
& R.C. Valid Up To
Insurance Valid Up To Name of Driver
PUC Valid Up To Driving License Valid Up
To
Mobile No.: Date:
Inspection Points
Sl. No. OK Not OK Remarks
Vehicle
1 Starting Trouble
2 Pick-Up
3 Siren
4 Horn/Reverse Horn
5 Lights Outside/ Inside
6 Provision of Rear-view Mirror/ Side mirrors
7 Seat Belt
8 Foot Brake/ Hand Brake
9 Door & Locks
10 Fuel Level
11 Wind Screen/Wipers
12 Tyre condition
13 Spare wheel
14 Vehicle Body condition
15 Flame Arrestor (if applicable)
Accessories
16 Tools Kit/ Jack
17 Fire Extinguisher
Medical Equipment
18 Suction Machine
19 Ambulance Bag
20 Oxygen cylinder with accessories
21 Stretchers
22 Antifungal Powder
23 Eye Drop Lotion
24 Disinfectant (Savlon etc.)
25 Cotton
26 Eye pad
27 Dressing pad
28 Bandage
29 Band-Aid
30 Triangular Bandage
31 Splint
32 Disposable Gloves
151 | P a g e
Doc. No: Bar bending machine 11.2 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF BAR BENDING MACHINE
S.NO DESCRIPTION YES/NO

1 Erected in a firm base concrete platform.
2 Machine is grouted properly/ Base wheel stopper provided
3 Double Body Earthing is provided
4 D.B box connected with the machine is equipped with ELCB with
30mA.
5 Emergency switch is available in working condition ( Front side
and back side of the
m/c)
6 Power on & off switch with indicator light are available in working
condition.
7 Belt and other internal moving parts are covered/Guarded.
8 No oil leakage
9 Both side hand guard is available.
10 Limit switch (Both Side,below the job plate) are in working
condition
11 Availability of standard limit switch lock pin.(Usage of nail & other
material is Not acceptable)
12 Rubber mat provided infront of the machine
152 | P a g e
Doc. No: Bar cutting machine 11.3 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF BAR CUTTING MACHINE
9
1
7
3
1
2 0
0
8
4
6
5 1
1
1 Erected in a firm base concrete platform.
2 Machine is grouted properly/ Base wheel stopper provided
3 Double Body Earthing is provided
4 D.B box connected with the machine is equipped with ELCB with
30mA.
5 Emergency switch is available in working condition ( Front side
and back side of the
m/c)
6 Power on & off switch available in working condition.
7 Belt and other internal moving parts are covered / Guarded.
8 No oil leakage
9 Operating lever in good condition
10 Bar cutting area provided with covering plate
11 Rubber mat provided in front of the machine
153 | P a g e
Doc. No: Batching plant 11.4 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF BATCHING PLANT

Sl. No Points Observation
1 Is all applicable legal & other requirement complied (i.e., Pollution control
clearance & TPI of all tools, tackles & Compressor)
2 Are all limit switches being functional condition.
3 Is all the electrical equipment’s are connected with tripping circuit (Like
Switchgear, MCCB, RCCB & GFCI).
4 Is approach to DB, Panels, Switches kept clear.
5 Is demarcation of working area, roads & vehicular movements.
6 Are all rotating parts are adequately guarded.
7 Are emergency stoppers (Pull Cord Switch) for moving conveyors & plant are
provided at accessible areas with functional condition.
8 Are safe accesses & adequate fall protection arrangements provided to reach
at all working/service platform at height.
9 Is delay start mechanism is installed with hooters/siren for plant & conveyor
operation.
10 Is adequate strength of material loading ramp & Provision of both side guard
rail arrangement.
11 Is adequate ventilation and illumination in Cement Godown as per standard.
12 Is double body earthing is provided with standard earth pit and IR value should
be displayed.
13 Are rubber mats being in place infront of electrical panels.
14 Is operator fitness & competency match as per requirement.
15 Is LOTO kit available & User awareness implemented.
16 Is Fire Protection & Fire Fighting arrangement being adequate.
17 Is safety signages, MSDS, Emergency contact no & First aid box provided.
18 Are emergency stoppers (Pull Cord Switch) for moving conveyors & plant are
provided at accessible areas with functional condition.
19 Is Eye wash station/kit available.
20 Is water sump area barricaded/covered with caution signage.
21 Is adequate ventilation system available in cement godown.
22 Are all workers handling Cement must necessarily wear basic PPE, work
specific PPE viz., cotton Hand Gloves, Goggles and Face Mask.
154 | P a g e
Doc. No: Concrete pump 11.5 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF CONCRETE PUMP

1 Placed in a firm base platform with jacks placed equally.

2 All jacks provided with lock pins
3 Body Earthing is provided
4 D.B box connected with the machine is equipped with ELCB with 30mA.
Emergency switch is available in working condition (Front side and back
5
side of the m/c)
6 Power on & off switch available in working condition.
7 Power Cable glanding & tightness of terminals
8 Belt and other internal moving parts are covered / Guarded.
9 No oil leakage
10 Operating lever in good condition
11 Concrete pour area provided with grating
12 Check Pipeline for defectiveness
13 Check for pipeline lock clamp wear & tear condition
14 Supports for Pipeline routing
15 All Digital & Analog meter in working condition
16 Hydraulic Pressure hose condition
17 Are there any visible cracks in the Module / Pipeline
ANY OTHER POINTS / OBSERVATION:
155 | P a g e
Doc. No: Concreting work 11.6 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF CONCRETING WORK
S.No Description Yes No NA Remarks

1 ApprovedMethod Statement (where applicable) for Concreting Work is available?
2 Has HIRA/Job Safety Analysis (JSA) prepared for Concreting Work?
All the workers have been explained regarding safe work-procedures, including the
3
specific identified activity for which the PTW is being issued?
Whether Suitable Emergency arrangement including Evacuation system,
4
Ambulance/Emergency vehicle with driver & first aider, is available and kept standby in case of emergency.
5 Are all workers engaged for Concreting work having height pass (after clearing Vertigo Test)?
6 Is worker having necessary basic and job specific PPE (Face Shield / Goggles, rubber
hand gloves and Gumboot) for Concreting work?
7 Are concrete pump compressor have valid TPI certificate?
8 Are Scaffolding Base Plates placed on a firm / compacted surface?
Are Scaffolding, Shuttering / Form work is safe and secure before start of Concreting Work?
9
Competent Carpenters / Scaffolders deployed for continuous checking of Scaffolding,
10
Shuttering / Form work during Concreting work?
11 Is Concrete Mixer placed at safe distance away from the excavated edge?
12 Are vertical supports provided as per schematic drawing for Formwork?
13 Are Acrospan supported at both the ends?
14 Are re-bar caps placed on all protruding re-bars?
15 Movement of Transit Mixers pre-defined from Batching Plant to location & back?
16 Is area below the Concreting work evacuated and barricaded?
17 Are warning signages displayed?
18 Lifeline is available for anchoring of full body harness at Leading edges?
19 Flagmen deployed to guide the Transit Mixer movement?
20 Wheel Chokes are available with each Transit Mixer for use while Loading & Un-loading of concrete?
21 All Vibrators are earthed and electrical cables are free from defects / damages?
22 Electrical Concrete Pump is earthed?
23 Is adequate illumination provided as required?
24 Are Concrete Pump, Pipe (min 3.2 mm thickness) and Chute free from defects / damages? Are they
adequately secured / supported?
25 Flagmen deployed while movement of Concrete Pump / Placer Boom?
26 Area is barricaded to restrict personnel movement in Ball-Catcher area?
27 Are clear & separate access paths available of Concreting work for safe movement of men and machinery / vehicle?
28 Is pour card clearance obtained from Field Quality Engineer, Site in-charge and Scaffolding/Formwork
supervisor for Concreting work?
Additional Permit to Work obtained for work in specific locations (such as height, confined space,
29 underground, elevated metro and offshore etc.)?
156 | P a g e
Doc. No: Diesel generator 11.7 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF DIESEL GENERATOR (DG)

S. No. Points Observations Remarks
Whether the continuity and tightness of earth
1
conductor are checked?
2 Mention the SWG of the earth conductor used
3 Whether earth resistance is measured?
4 Mention the value of Earth Resistance
5 Is DG provided under shed / cover?
6 Whether entry is restricted into the DG room?
7 Are cable trenches are covered?
8 Is insulation provided on the battery terminals?
9 Is thermal insulation done for the DG exhaust

Whether stack height is maintained as per
10 Environment requirements given in procedure
manual?
11 Whether DG exhaust is diverted outside the shed?
Are all the rotating parts of DG guarded (coupling,
12
radiator fan)?
13 Whether any leakage of fuel / oil in the DG room?
Whether DG surrounding is free from flammable
14
material?
Whether fire extinguisher / fire buckets with stand
15
are provided?
Whether DG is fitted with Acoustics & Silencer
16
insulation?
17 Whether ELR provided.
157 | P a g e
Doc. No: Electrical installation 11.8 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
Sl. No. Points REMARKS

LOCATION
CABLES
1 Whether the condition of Cable is checked?
Are Cables received from other site checked for Insulation
2
Resistance before putting them into use?
3 Are all main Cables, taken either underground / Overhead?
4 Are welding Cables routed properly above the Ground?
5 Are welding & Electrical Cables overlapping?
6 Is any improper jointing of Cables, wires prevailing at Site?
DBs / SDBs
1 Is earth conductor continued up to DB / SDB?
Whether DBs & extension boards are protected from rain /
2
water?
3 Is there any overloading of DBs / SDBs?
Are correct / proper fuses & CB’s provided at main boards & sub-
4
boards?
Is energized wiring in junction boxes, CB panels & similar places
5
covered all times?
RCCB
1 Whether the connections are routed through RCCB?
2 Is ELCB sensitivity maintained at 30 mA?
Are the ELCB numbered & tested periodically & test results
3
recorded in a logbook countersigned by competent person?
EARTHING
Whether the continuity & tightness of earth conductor are
1
checked?
ELECTRICALLY OPERATED MACHINES / ACCESSORIES
1 Whether the plug top provided everywhere?
Are all metal parts of electrical equipment’s & light fittings /
2
accessories grounded?
3 Is there any shed / cover for welding machines?
4 Are Portable power tools maintained as per norms?
158 | P a g e
Doc. No: Full body harness 11.9 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF FULL BODY HARNESS
All Hooks & Identifica

FBH Lanyard Lanyard D Rings(s)&
stitching Hook Strap/We tion n
Sl Location/Area FBH ID should be rope thimble Buckle(s)
No & Rivets latch bbing mark
No ISI marked condition condition condition
condition condition Condition display
on FBH
10
159 | P a g e
Doc. No: Gas cutting 11.10 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF GAS CUTTING
Sl. Location Remarks

No
Observation
1 Are only authorized and trained personnel permitted to use cutting, or brazing equipment?
2 Does each operator have a Safety goggles, helmet, and safety shoe and leather hand gloves?
Is compressed gas cylinders regularly examined for obvious signs of defects, deep rusting, or
3
leakage?
Is care used in handling and storage of cylinders, safety valves, etc., to prevent damage?
4
(provision of trolley)
5 Are Flash-back arresters provided at both torch & cylinder end?
Are only approved apparatus (torches, regulators, pressure-reducing valves, acetylene
6
generators) used?
7 Are cylinders kept away from elevators, stairs, or gangways?
8 Is it prohibited to use cylinders as rollers or supports?
9 Are empty cylinders appropriately marked and their valves closed?
Are signs reading: DANGER-NO SMOKING, NO-MATCHES, OR NO-OPEN-LIGHTS, or the
10
equivalent posted?
Are cylinders, cylinder valves, couplings, regulators, hoses, and apparatus kept free of oily or
11
greasy substances?
12 Is care taken not to drop or strike cylinders?
Unless secured on special trucks, are regulators removed and valve-protection caps put in place
13
before moving cylinders?
14 Do cylinders have keys, handles, or non-adjustable wrenches on stem valves in service?
15 Is there a dip tray provided to arrest the spatter
16 Are provisions made to never crack a fuel-gas cylinder valve near sources of ignition?
Before a regulator is removed, is the valve closed and gas released from the regulator? (ask the
17
worker)
18 Is red used to identify the acetylene (and other fuel-gas) hose, blue for Oxygen hose?
Are pressure-reducing regulators used only for the gas and pressures for which they are
19
intended?
20 Is suitable fire extinguishing equipment available for immediate use?
Are fire watchers assigned when cutting is performed in locations where a serious fire might
21
develop?
22 Regulator in good condition?
23 Cylinder kept in upright position and tide with rigid support.
24 There is no electrical cable taken over the cylinders
25 There is no welding positive and negative current Passover the cylinder
26 Fire extinguisher provided or not
27 Lighter provided and working condition or not
28 Cylinders having valve cap
29 Are incompatible gas cylinders stored maintain gap of 3 mtr?
30 Is contingency plan available [emergency telephone no. fire extinguisher usage]
31 Ensure no combustible material are present
32 Are all the falling of spatter from height prevented by proper barricading
33 Are hose RED for LPG & BLACK or BLUE for OXYGEN?
160 | P a g e
Doc. No: Heavy vehicle 11.11 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF HEAVY VEHICLE
Sl. Not
No.
CHECK POINTS OK REMARKS
OK
1 Valid Registration Paper
2 Insurance paper
3 Pollution under control certificate
4 Driving Licence (and Crew member licence if applicable)
5 Condition of Brakes/Clutch
6 No Oil Leakage
7 NO Play in Steering Bush
8 Front Wind Glass and Wiper Blade Assembly
9 Body condition and cleanliness
10 Horn Working Condition
11 Reverse Horn Working Condition
12 Number Plate (Clear / Visible as per M. V. Act)
13 Foot Rest (Physical Condition)
14 Three Piece Mirror with proper adjustment
15 Indicator Light with Audible buzzers are in working condition.
16 Reversing Camera/Senser
17 Parking Brake
18 Tyre Conditions / Pressure and other.
161 | P a g e
Doc. No: Light vehicle 11.12 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF LIGHT VEHICLE (ELECTRIC BIKE, CAR)
Type of Equipment: Driver’s Name:
Equipment Model & I.D. No.:

CHECK POINTS STATUS FINDINGS
Headlights (High / Low Beam)
Tail Lights & Break lights
Left - right signal lights & Backup lights
Horn & Backup alarm
Seatbelts in driver & left seat
Foot break
Hand break / parking break
Rear view mirrors
Steering system / Power steering level
Windshield wiper
Radiator water or coolant leaks/ level
Fuel leaks / level
Exhaust leaks
Engine oil leaks / level
Fan / Alternator belts
Gear / transmission
Condition of tire & spare tires
Instruments / meters
Windshield & other glasses
Windows open / close
Doors open / close
Condition of body
Fire extinguisher
Tools & Jack
First-aid kit
Air conditioner
Radio Connection
Driver’s initial
162 | P a g e
Doc. No: Housekeeping 11.13 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF HOUSEKEEPING
Sl
N Points Observation Remarks
o.
GENERAL
1 Safe access provided to the job site provided for all the workers
2 Separate scrap yard is allocated for the site.
3 Approaches to workstations, offices, stores, batching plant are well laid and demarcated.
4 Site roads are kept clear of stacked material for free & safe vehicular movement.
5 Heavy materials stacking are taken care of to prevent slips, collapse and rolling
6 Walkways, aisles & all overhead workplaces cleared of loose material.
7 Platforms and walkways free of oil / grease or other slippery spillage
8 Collected scrap are brought down or lowered down and not dropped from height.
9 Welfare facilities (toilet, drinking water, rest room) provided & maintained
STRUCTURAL FABRICATION / ERECTION SITE
1 Walkways, passages kept clear of material.
2 Area and roads kept clear for manoeuvring of cranes and material handling equipment.
3 Scrap, cut-pieces, welding electrode stubs, hand-tools kept tidy in workarea and disposed suitably.
4 The access road for the crane & hydra is compact enough.
5 Scrap-bin available at site.
6 Welding cables, power cables routed properly to avoid run-over by vehicle or tripping hazards and obstruction to personnel movement.
7 Compressed gas hoses routed properly in the site.
8 Compressed gas cylinders and hoses kept away from hot work and grinding work.
9 At least 1 metre on both sides of gantry rails is kept clear of material.
10 Floor kept clear of water, oil spillage / accumulation.
CIVIL WORK AREA
1 All approach, aisle, ingress / egress to / from site, excavated pits, ramps, walkways kept clear of material debris tools etc.
2 Scaffolding material,(Pipes, bracing , clamps,etc.) shuttering boards, acrosspans etc. are stacked properly at site.
3 Stacking of bricks, hollow blocks are done in safe manner.
4 Nails removed from wooden planks / timber and not protruding out.
5 Debris from demolition and excavated earth cleared from site and accesses
6 All shuttering materials are removed after de-shuttering is done.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
1 Approach to DB, Panels, Switches kept clear
2 Fire extinguishers installed at an easy accessible location.
3 Weather protection for all the Panels.
4 Welding cables and power cables are routed separately.
5 Routing of cables are done properly to avoid obstruction & tripping hazards.
6 Floor of electrical sheds kept dry.
7 Rubber mats are in place at electrical panels.
STORES
1 Walkways, entry and exits kept clear.
2 Materials placed on racks are safely accessible.
3 Compressed gas cylinders are segregated as full or empty and type of gas.
4 Vertically stored cylinders are secured / chained to avoid toppling and horizontal once guarded against rolling down.
5 Flammable storage areas are isolated from store, office and work areas.
6 Cement bags are stacked in proper gradient safely& stacked away from the wall.
7 Corrosive material (e.g. acids, alkalis) are stored away from other material and kept on collection trays to safeguard against accidental leakage and MSDS displayed.
8 Storing area for lifting tools & tackles, ropes, wire ropes & PPE is dry, clean & free of corrosive material
9 Easy accessibility to installed fire extinguishers in store.
163 | P a g e
Doc. No: Hydra/crane 11.14 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF HYDRA-(F-15)/CRANE
Sl No. Check points Observation Remarks

1 All legal paper availability
2 ASLI condition
3 Hook and Hook Latch
4 Over-Hoist Limit Switch
5 Boom-Limit cut-off switch
6 Boom Angle indicator
7 Rear view mirror
8 Wind shield condition
9 Condition of boom
10 Condition of Ropes
11 No. of load lines
12 Size and condition of the Lifting rope
13 Swing Brake & Lock
14 Hoist Brake & Lock
15 Boom Brake & Lock
16 Main clutch
17 Leakage in hydraulic cylinders
18 Out riggers fully extendible
19 Tyre pressure & condition
20 Condition of Battery and Lights
21 Guards of moving and rotating parts
22 Load chart provided
23 Reverse horn & Front Horn
24 TC details
25 Operators Competency & Fitness
26 Fire Extinguisher & First aid box in operator’s cabin
164 | P a g e
Doc. No: Lifting/erection 11.15 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF LIFTING/ERECTION

S.N Description Yes No NA Remarks
1 Whether approved Method Statement, lifting plan & erection scheme for lifting &
erection work is available?
2 Has Job Safety Analysis (JSA) prepared for lifting & erection as per the method
statement?
3 All the workers have been explained regarding safe work-procedures,
including the specific identified activity for which the PTW is being issued?
4 Whether Suitable Emergency arrangement including Evacuation system,
Ambulance/Emergency vehicle with driver & first aider, is available and kept
standby in case of emergency.
5 Weather conditions & illuminations suitable for the lifting and erection?
6 Workplace inspected prior to start of work for any unwanted material,
underground/overhead utility line in the path of lifting/erection?
7 Is this a heavy /critical* lifting / erection operation?
8 Are right lifting equipment and tools / tackles selected for the lifting/erection as per
the lifting plan?
9 Are lifting equipment and all lifting tools/tackles are inspected and having valid
Third Party Inspection certificate?
10 Is the crane inspected for any abnormal physical damage and are all of its safety
devices in working condition?
11 Are crane outriggers fully extended and placed on outrigger pads?
12 Whether erected steel members are secured at top to avoid any incidental fall?
13 Is load bearing capacity of the ground assessed and fit for the lifting/erection?
14 Is ensured bacon light on swinging area?
15 Whether adequate traffic diversion arrangements has been done wherever
required and necessary approval taken from concerned authority?
16 Are the operators and riggers/signalmen involved competent and authorized for
the lift?
17 Has it been communicated to the other agencies and precautionary measures
taken in case their existing/planned work is coming in the lifting zone?
18 Is adequate tag lines provided to hold the load?
19 Is temporary access/ladder, life line and temporary working platform provide for
descending?
20 Is lifting area cordoned off and warning signs displayed?
21 Is the height work permit followed for lifting/erection at height?
165 | P a g e
Doc. No: Power tools 11.16 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF PORTABLE POWER TOOLS

Location:
Tool Name:
Identification No:
Date & Time of Inspection:
S.No. Check Points S NS NA Remarks
1 Condition of body covers / Electrical Insulation
2 Provision of Wheel-guard
3 Provision of three core Electrical cable
4 Colored insulation of the internal wires not showing from outside
5 Card grip holding the outer covering (Sheath) of the cable tightly
6 Cable free from signs of damage (Cuts or abrasion )
7 Provision of Earthling
8 Provision of Electrical Plug Top
Outer covering (Sheath) of the cable tightly gripped where it enters

9 the Plug
10 Wheel RPM matching with machine RPM
11 Availability of Face Shield/Safety Goggles and Gloves for grinder
12 Availability of Non-Latching Switch
166 | P a g e
Doc. No: Rig machine 11.17 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF RIG MACHINE

Sr.
No. Check Points Yes/No/NA Remarks
Is Rig undergone Competent person Inspection and having valid
1.
Third Part Inspection (TPI) certificate.?
2. Is machine physically sound and in good condition.?
3. Is Pilot light available and in working condition.?

Operator’s cabin: Is cabin door lock working properly to prevent
4.
unauthorized operation.?
5. Is the wind shield without any cracks or physical damage.?
6. Is Safe Access/Ladder available for operator.?
7. Is Control panel inside operator’s cabin functional.?
8. Is the electronic depth counters/sensor in the cabin functional.?
9. Mirrors: Is the rear-view mirror clear & adjusted properly.?
10. Are all the rotating parts guarded/covered adequately.?
11. Is Condition of mast i.e., free of cracks or dents.?
12. Is hydraulic Cylinder in good condition without any leakage.?

Is Hydraulics (e.g., Cylinders/Rods, Hoses/Lines/ Fittings, &
13.
Pins/Locks) checked and found Ok.?
Is Digging/Boring assembly (e.g., Augur/bucket/vibro hammer
14.
etc.) checked and found ok.?
Is the wire rope (Primary and secondary winch), D-shackle/ rings/pad-eyes, and other
15. fittings visually inspected and found
free from any visible physical damage.?
16. Is fire extinguisher available in Operator’s cabin.?
17. Are the motion alarms i.e., Propel and swing alarm operative.?
18. Are the head lights and boom lamps functional.?

Is fluids level (Engine oil, Engine coolant, Hydraulic oil, and
19.
Battery oil) ok and without any leakage.?
20. Is proper cable management and good housekeeping maintained inside both the bonnets.?
Operator’s Fitness checkpoints:

Operator’s credential: Is operator Experienced and having
21.
required competency.?
Has the Operator undergone Medical Check-up and found fit for
22.
deployment.?
Has Operator undergone Safety Induction and Job-specific
23.
training.?
167 | P a g e
Doc. No: Scaffolding 11.18 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF SCAFFOLDING

S.
CHECK POINTS Yes / No / NA Remarks
No
1 Is site having a practice of providing suitable and sufficient scaffolds so that the work could safely be done at a height
2 Is site engaging suitable / properly trained / experienced workmen for constructing/dismantling / shifting scaffolding works
3 Are scaffold platforms designed/constructed with a safety factor of minimum four
4 Is there a safe means of access to the working platform
5 Are scaffold structures having a solid base avoiding pavements & manhole covers etc
6 Is the scaffolding structure free from excavation pit/proper distance is maintained
7 Is verticality of the structure properly maintained
Are ties for scaffold structure properly

8
maintained (vertical as well as horizontal position)
9 Is there a provision of toe boards/guardrails and are they secured
10 Whether planks used for working platforms are wooden/metallic

If wooden plank, whether thickness is maintained as per standard or not, viz.
11 a. For 1.5 M span - 1.5” thick
b. For 2.6 M span - 2.0” thick
12 Is there a system of inspecting materials of scaffolds on each occasion before erection?
13 Is there a system of inspecting scaffolds at every spell of bad weather/heavy wind condition
14 Is overhanging of the working platform restricted to less than 50mm/four times the thickness of the board
15 Is there a check for the condition and correct usage of fittings for scaffolds
Is the width of a working platform properly maintained according to usage, viz.
a. Minimum 600mm for footing only and not for deposit of materials
16
b. Minimum 800mm for footing and deposit of materials
c. Minimum 1050mm when used for heavier loads or to support higher platforms
17 Are all the materials stored on the platforms properly secured or not?
18 Whether planks are tied using proper binding wires
19 Are openings in working platform kept safely covered/fenced
20 Do wheels used for scaffold tower of appropriate SWL with locking arrangements
21 Are mobile scaffolds used on a firm and level surface
22 Does the height of mobile scaffolds exceed four times the smaller base dimension
23 Are all materials stacked on the platform properly secured while in motion
24 Is there a provision of guardrails and toe boards
25 Is hanging platform secured
26 Is there a provision of anchoring Full body harness- lanyards to be tied to life line
Ladders
27 Ladder is strong & free from defects
28 The height of the ladder extends 1m above the landing point. Handholds are provided.
29 The base of ladder is ¼ of height away from vertical / 75 degree inclined.
30 Vertical ladder has landing platform at 3m interval, guarded with rails and toe board
31 Ladder secured or held by a person.
32 Non-metallic ladder is used, if work is in the vicinity of electrical sub-station or bare lines.
33 No Rungs Missing. Rung spacing 25 cm to 30 cm (equally spaced)
34 Is Ladder blocking passage ways, walkways and gang ways?
168 | P a g e
Doc. No: Transit mixer 11.19 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF TRANSIT MIXTURE
Type of Equipment: Equipment Model & I.D. No.:

CHECK POINTS STATUS FINDINGS
Step, Door Handle, Latch
Seat, seat belt
Windshield, washer
Windshield wiper
Rear view mirrors
Headlights, high/low
Signal lights
Tail lights / brake lights
Horn, back up alarm
Back up lights
Engine oil leaks
Coolant leaks
Fuel leaks
Exhaust leaks
Transmission; Oil Leaks
Works in all gears
Front & Rear Axles; Oil leaks
Cracked Wheel Rims
Broken /loose wheel nuts
Tires
Spare tire
Mud flaps
Steering linkage
Brakes / leaks
Brake test
Suspension springs
Hydraulic system
Drum drive gear box, oil leak
Drum rear support bearing
Charging hopper access ladder, hand hold, rails, screen
Drum drive control
Water tank, piping, valve, hose
Pouring arm function
Remote switches, operation
Fire extinguisher
Emergency Spill Kit
Wheel Choker
169 | P a g e
Doc. No: Earth pit 11.20 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF EARTH PIT
Mentioned
Earth pit Brief Details of Individual Combined
Sl Standard Wire
Location Identificatio equipment's value Value Remarks
No Gauge (SWG)
n No. connected (in Ohm’s-Ω) (in Ohm’s-Ω)
details
1
10
170 | P a g e
5
4
3
2
1
o.
Sl.N
Name &
No. of T&P
Identification
Observation
Overall physical condition of T&T.
Third Party Certificate of T&T with

validity.
Identification Tag/No.
Color coding of T&T.
SWL(Safe Work Load) marked on the

body of T&T.
Broken core/wire, Bird caging,

Doc. No: Tools & tackles 11.21
Kinking, Crushing, Damage ferrules,

Rusted wire & Worn wire of wire rope
sling.
Broken stitching, Knot, Cut, Crushing,

Chemical/Heat damage of web sling.
Cracks, Bending & Twisting in D-

Shackle body.
Mouth opening width & Straightness

of D-Shackle pin.
Thread locking of D-Shackle.

Page 1 of 1
Condition of chain links of CPB.

INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF TOOLS & TACKLES
Condition of hook & latch of CPB.
Lifting/rotating gears functional

condition with adequate guarding.
171 | P a g e
Remarks
Doc. No: RCCB 11.22 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF RCCB
Brief Details of Tripping Delay

Sl DB & RCCB Load Capacity of
Location equipment's Value Time Remarks
No Identification No. RCCB (in Amps)
connected (in mA) (in MS)
10
172 | P a g e
Doc. No: Sote 11.23 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF STORE
Sr.
No
Points of Inspection Observation
1 Are walk ways clear from obstruction, slippery material & clearly identified?
2 Is the stability of the stacked material being assessed on a periodic basis and after storm/heavy rain/earthquake etc.?
3 Are the pallets used for stacking in good condition and no visible crack/bend/rotting is noticed?
4 Are there adequate pass way/gangways provided between the stacking?
5 Is center of gravity of stacking material taking into consideration while stacking?
6 For indoor storage the stacking height is limited to 1m below the lighting fixture?
7 Are fire extinguisher available in functional condition?
8 Is access to Fire-fighting equipment free from any obstruction?
9 Is first aid facility available & identified?
10 Is safety signages, Color coding chart, Emergency contact no & MSDS displayed?
11 Are waste/dust bins available as per waste management system?
12 Is adequate ventilation and illumination inside the store?
13 Is smoking zone & non-smoking zone identified?
14 Is assembly point identified?
15 Is smoking zone & non-smoking zone identified?
16 Is barricading provided around the outdoor material stacking area.
17 Is body earthing provided for storage container (Metal body)?
18 Is good housekeeping maintained at store area?
19 Are gas cylinders kept in well-ventilated area.
20 Are not storage more than 5 nos of LPG cylinders at a place as per legal rules. (Maximum 100kg)
21 Is adequate stand with weather protection shed provided for gas cylinder (LPG/DA & Oxygen)?
22 Is locking arrangement provided secure the cylinders?
23 Is all cylinder available in store is industrial use type cylinder with valid expiry date?
24 Is full & empty cylinder kept separately with signage?
25 Is High Speed Diesel (HSD) storage area covered with leak proof tray & Sand bed also ready soil contamination.
26 Is No smoking & Fire hazards related signages displayed at HSD storage area.
27 Is flammable materials (Paints, Thinner & Chemical) separately kept secure place as per MSDS.
28 Is identification mark provided on the storage container/bottle of liquid materials.
29 Is indoor secure storage place provided for lifting tools & tackles.
30 Any monsoon plan available for outdoor storage area?
31 Is dedicated scrap yard available at store?
173 | P a g e
Doc. No: Welding machine 11.24 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF WELDING MACHINE

S.No Description Sr. No Remarks
LOC
GENERAL
1 In good working condition
2 Provided with earthing or grounding
3 Fire extinguisher is available
TERMINALS /JOINTS
5 In good working condition
6 Secured and effectively insulated
7 Electric joints are healthy
8 Is the lugging was crimped with tool
CABLES
9 Is the cable is free from heat
10 Properly insulated and no exposed cables
11 Size of cable suitable for voltage supply
12 Hang up to prevent tripping hazard
13 Hang on insulated hook or material
14 Cables and joints are proper and in good condition
ELECTRODE HOLDER / CLAMP

15 Electrode holder is free from defects
16 Return cable clamp is free from defects
17 Detach electrodes when not in use(HOLDER STAND)
WORK AREA
18 No combustible or flammable materials
19 Fire blanket is provided
20 Maintain good housekeeping
21 Flooring is free from water
22 Fire watch person available
174 | P a g e
Doc. No: Working at height 11.25 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF WORKING AT HEIGHT

S. No. Points Yes/No/NA
1 All the workers have been explained safe work-procedures?
2 An established communication system available and explained to the workers?
3 Adequate illumination has been ensured?
4 Workplace inspected prior to start of work?
5 Area below the workplace barricaded, especially below hot-works?
6 Workmen provided with bag / box to carry bolts, nuts and hand tools?
7 Arrangement for fastening hand tools made?
8 All work platforms are of adequate strength & ergonomically suitable?
9 Fabricated make shift arrangements are checked for quality and type of material welding, anchoring etc?
10 Work at more than one elevation at the same segment is restricted?
11 Walkways provided with hand-rail, mid-rail & toe guard?
12 All chequered plates, gratings properly welded / bolted?
13 Are ladders inspected and whether they are maintained in good condition?
14 Are ladders spliced?
15 Are ladders properly secured to prevent slipping, sliding or falling?
16 Do side-rails extend 36” above top of landing?
17 Are built up ladders constructed of sound materials?
18 Rungs and cleats not over 12” on center?
19 Metal ladders not used around electrical hazards?
20 Proper maintenance and storage ensured?
21 Ladders placed at right slope?
22 Ladders, staircases welded/bolted properly?
23 Any obstruction in the stairs?
24 Are landings provided with handrails, knee-rails, toe-boards etc.?
25 Whether ramp is provided with proper slope?
26 Proper handrails provided in ramps?
27 Walkways, aisles & all overhead workplaces cleared of loose material?
28 Flammable materials, if any, are cleared?
29 All shuttering materials are removed after de-shuttering is done?
30 Platforms and walkways free of oil / grease or other slippery spillage?
31 Collected scrap are brought down or lowered down & not dropped from height?
32 Use of safety helmets, full body harnesses ensured for all workers?
33 Anchoring point provided at all places of work?
34 Common lifeline provided wherever linear movement at height is required?
35 Safety nets are in use wherever required?
36 Proper fall arrest system is deployed at critical work places?
37 Crawler boards / Safety system for work on fragile roof are used?
175 | P a g e
Doc. No: Tower crane 11.26 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF TOWER CRANE

Sr.No Status of following parts to be checked Present Condition
1 Main Hoist Motor condition
2 Hoist Motor Brake Condition
3 Main Hoist Rope Condition
4 Mast Condition
5 Ladders and Hand Rails
6 Pins with locking Slit pins
7 Condition of Cabin
8 Electrical contact points
9 Joy sticks
10 Engine Hour meter
11 All Limit Switches
12 Glass / Horn / Seat Condition
13 All Oil Levels & Condition
14 Condition of lubrication points (Grease nipples)
15 Swing system
16 Slew Motor / Slew Ring
17 Slew Brake
18 Trolley Condition
19 Trolley Motor and Brake Condition
20 Hook Block & latch Condition
21 Safety Latch and 2/4 fall connection
22 Condition of Main Jib
23 Condition of Counter Jib
24 Fire Extinguisher in operators’ cabin
25 Load Chart Provided
26 Earthing Condition
27 Third Party Certificate Details
Any Other remarks regarding the health of the
28 crane
29 Daily Log Book Recording done
30 Operators name
176 | P a g e
Doc. No: Dumper/Tipper 11.27 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF DUMPER/TIPPER

Sr.No Status of following parts to be checked Present Condition
1 Engine condition
2 Clutch / Transmission
3 Suspension (Condition of leaf springs)
4 Condition of Axles
5 Tyres Condition
6 Steering
7 King Pin
8 Brake system
9 Parking Brake Condition
10 Hub Greasing (When previously done)
11 Electrical contact points/Fuse / Lights
12 Battery
13 Engine Hour meter
14 Front & Reverse Horn Condition
15 All the gauges in the cabin
16 Condition of cabin
17 Any Oil leakage
Condition of lubrication points
18 (Grease nipples in UJ cross etc.)
19 Condition of pins and bushes
20 condition of Body (Tipper/Trailer)
Condition of Tipping jack cylinder (in case of
21 tippers)
22 Foot Rest (Physical Condition)
23 Fan belt
24 Radiator
25 Engine Oil Consumed
26 Total Engine Hours Run
Any Other remarks regarding the health of the
27 crane
28 Daily Log book recordings done
29 Operators Name
30 Number Plate as per M.V act.
31 RTO Details
177 | P a g e
Doc. No: Earth compactor Roller) 11.28 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF EARTH COMPACTOR (ROLLER)
Sr
Check Points Observation Remarks
No
Earth compactor should be physically in good

1
condition.
No damage In tire (Bolts, crack, cuts & air pressure,
2
etc.).
3 No damage In compacting roller.
Dangerous and moving part should be covered
4
with fix guard.
Head & tall light and indicators are in working
5
condition.
6 Side mirror should be in good condition.
7 Wind shield/glass should be in proper condition.
8 Wiper should be in running condition.
9 Front & reverse horn.
10 Fire extinguisher In operator cabin.
11 Operator have valid and suitable license.
12 Legal papers
178 | P a g e
Doc. No: Fire extinguisher 11.29 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Fire Extinguisher check (Yes/No/NS)

FE no. FE no. FE no. FE no. FE no.
Sr No Points of Inspection REMARKS
Is the fire extinguisher present

1
in their correct location?
Is the fire extinguisher with
2 pressure gauges show correct
pressure (green)?
Is extinguisher unobstructed
3
and freely visible?
Is the Fire extinguisher placed
4 for the relevant type of fire
hazard?
Is the data plate on fire
extinguisher indicating its class
5 (A, B, C, E), Capacity and type
clearly?
Is the fire extinguisher nozzle

6
clear from any blockage?
Is the fire extinguisher expiry

7
date clearly marked?
Is the fire extinguisher

8
inspection tag displayed?
Is the operating instruction
9 available on or near to fire
extinguisher?
10 Is Lock seal OK?
11 Fit/Unfit to use
179 | P a g e
Doc. No: Workmen camp 11.30 Page 1 of 1
INSPECTION CHECKLIST OF WORKMEN CAMP

Sr
Check Points Observation Remarks
No
ACCESS &
EGRESS
1 Are the entry roads / walkways / passages to camp kept clear?
2 Are the walkways & roads even and free from water logging?
3 Is the entry inside workmen camp restricted?
4 Is Illumination level OK in access / egress?
GENERAL
1 Are dustbin / garbage bins allocated for each & every colony?
2 Is the garbage being disposed off on regular basis?
3 Are the drinking water facilities adequate in the Workmen camp?
4 Is there any emergency communication system established?
5 Are Fire Extinguishers & sand filled buckets available regularly?
6 Are First-aid facilities available?
7 Whether disinfection activities carried out on weekly basis?
LIVING AREA
1 Whether Cement Flooring provided?
2 Condition of the Side walls / Roof Sheet
3 Is shelter strong enough to with stand wind pressure?
4 Whether the electrical connections provided are safe.
5 Is the ventilation of the rooms adequate?
6 Is the illumination of the rooms adequate?
7 Is the general hygienic condition of the rooms adequate?
KITCHEN
1 Are kitchens kept clean and tidy?
2 Is the water supply adequate for cooking?
3 Is the garbage of kitchen being disposed off every day?
Are gas cylinders & other flammable materials kept in safe area
4
(away from fire)?
Are regulator, connecting tube & connections with the cylinder
5
6 Are fire extinguishers kept outside kitchen?
UTILITIES AREA
1 Are adequate toilets available?
2 Are the toilets are being cleaned on regular basis?
3 Is there adequate water facility available for toilet and bath?
4 Is area around bathrooms cleaned & kept dry and non-slippery?
5 Is proper drainage provided?
6 Is water tank cleaned regularly?
180 | P a g e
Doc. No: List of General Procedures Page 1 of 1
List of GP (General Procedures)
S.N. Subject Remarks
1. GP-01 PPE & Safety devices
2. GP-02 EHS Campaign & Competitions
3. GP-03 EHS rewards and reprimands
4. GP-04 Management of first aid
5. GP-05 Risk Index
6. GP-06 Project Suraksha Meet
7. GP-07 Project Mobilization Kit
8. GP-08 Housekeeping & 5S implementation
181 | P a g e
Doc. No: GP 01 Page 1 of 3
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 01 – PPE AND SAFETY DEVICES
PURPOSE
• To establish a procedure to ensure that PPE & Safety Devices conform to the specified requirements.
• To ensure that the received PPE & Safety devices at sites are meeting the specified qualityrequirements
• To keep an account of and maintaining possessions given or lent by DRAIPL clients
SCOPE
• All PPE, Safety Devices, Fire Fighting Equipment and any other customer’s possession
RESPONSIBILITY
• HOD - EHS approves specification of PPE, Safety Devices, Fire Fighting Equipment as well the vendors
• EHSM makes available to projects detailed specifications of PPE, Fire Fighting Equipment,Safety
Devices and list of approved vendors
• EHSM carries out random checks on supply of PPE, Safety Devices, Fire Fighting Equipment to ascertain
conformity on the laid down quality requirement
• EHSO initiates procurement of PPE, Safety Devices & Fire Fighting Equipment, conforming to approved
standard& ensures quality of supplied items
PROCEDURE
VENDORS EVALUATION
• Vendors are evaluated on the following basis
❖ They are either Original Equipment Manufacturer or authorized dealers or traders of theapproved
items as the last resort
❖ Product to conform to specification of PPE & Safety devices given in GP 01-2
• A list of approved specifications, approved vendors and their authorized dealers are maintained
182 | P a g e
• A new vendor is included after an assessment is carried. If found suitable, HOD-EHS approvesthe vendor
and he is included in the vendors list. The assessment is initiated either by HOD-EHS or EHSM and a team
is formed. The assessment is carried out at the vendor’s premises and the report is sent to HOD-EHS for
verification and further action
PRODUCT QUALITY
• Products received at project are inspected for their quality by EHSM / EHSO. In case anydeficiency in
Quality is observed during inspection it is immediately rejected and brought to the notice of Head EHS.
• EHSM after receiving the information about deficient quality of product notifies the same to the concerned
vendor advising him to take corrective measure at the earliest. If the deficiencycontinues and complaints
repeated EHSM takes up the matter with HOD-EHS
• HOD-EHS verifies the nature and seriousness of the complaint based on the feedback of EHSM and in case
of serious nonconformity to quality the concerned vendor is deleted from the list of approved vendors. All
concerned are immediately notified about the change
MATERIAL PROCUREMENT PROCESS
• Material procurement request prepared by Project Engineer / EHSM / EHSO and duly authorized by Project
Manager is forwarded from projects on Material Requisition forms or in electronic version to Head EHS.
• EHSM authorizes the Material Request and forward the same to HO Purchase Department
• The purchase order by the Purchase Department is placed on approved vendors or on their authorized dealers
as per EHS approved vendor list
• On recby mailt of PPE & Safety devices, stores department informs the EHSM / EHSO. EHSM /
EHSO inspects against the specified requirements
• EHSO records his findings on the Delivery Challans / Material Transfer Note of the materialindicating
acceptance or rejection of the same or part thereof
• The rejected items are segregated & stored for suitable disposal action by stores personnel
• EHSO fills up Requirement / Release of safety Material Statement once in every quarter and forwards it to
EHSM as information on stock and projected requirement of the project. Based on the data, EHSM initiates
inter-project mobilization as and when required.
183 | P a g e
CONTROL OF CUSTOMER’ S POSSESSION
• EHSO shall be responsible for accounting, maintaining & storing of all customer supplied items
• Customer supplied items like Testing equipment, EHS checklists & manual, permit & formats are received
at project stores & given to EHSM / EHSO for use.
• Test equipment supplied by customer after due check for its functioning are stored properly inStores for
future use.
• If any customer property is lost, damaged or otherwise found to be unsuitable for use, EHSM /EHSO
shall report this to the customer and maintain records.
• It is the responsibility of the customer to rectify & supply test equipment in working condition tothe
projects
RECORDS
Records Retention
….. Available in BY MAIL

• Material Request
• Inspection of PPE - Status recorded ………… 1 year or till completion of the project
on Delivery Challans
• List of approved vendors ……. ………
• Release & Requirement of Safety GP 01-1 1 year or till completion of the project
Materials
• Specification of PPE & Safety GP 01-2 …………

Devices
• Vendor Assessment Format GP 01-3 1 Year
• Record of Customer Supplied Item GP 01-4 1 year or till completion of the project
184 | P a g e
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 02 – EHS CAMPAIGNAND COMPETITIONS
PURPOSE
• To lay special emphasis on the imperatives of EHS & elicit involvement of all project / workplace personnel
during a specified period (Say, Safety Month) and to highlight the importance of EHS in the workplace
through special campaigns, competitions and other motivational means
SCOPE
• All personnel of a Project / Offices
RESPONSIBILITY
• HOD EHS / EHSM/ EHSM / EHSO
PROCEDURE
THE CAMPAIGNS AND COMPETITIONS MAY BE CONDUCTED IN THE

FOLLOWING FORMS
• Safety Month Celebration
❖ A month-long celebration during the month of January of every year. The celebrations may include
special trainings, competitions such as quiz, painting etc.
❖ Necessary promotional materials are organized & made available at the user end
❖ EHS personnel motivate all other personnel to actively participate in the program
❖ On the conclusion of the program, the participants are given recognition by presenting memento or
certificates or other motivational schemes as deemed appropriate by Project Manager& EHSM / EHSO
• Monthly EHS Drives on a specific topic
• Housekeeping campaigns once in a quarter
• Health Campaigns
• Activities related to corporate social responsibility

• A report is made on the campaigns & competitions organized to evaluate the success of theprogram
and a copy forwarded to Head EHS.
Records Retention
RECORDS
• Reports Till the end of project
185 | P a g e
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 03 – EHS REWARDAND REPRIMAND
PURPOSE
• Management of EHS requires detailed planning & active participation of the execution team at various stages
of a job. Improvement in EHS performance is acknowledged through recognitionto motivate the members
of the execution team. Deficient management of EHS is reprimanded suitably
SCOPE
• All Execution Team Members
RESPONSIBILITY
• EHSM/ EHSM / EHSO
PROCEDURE
REWARD
Following are the Motivational Schemes
MERIT CERTIFICATES FOR ZERO ACCIDENT PROJECTS
Merit certificate shall be issued to the projects conforming to the following three criteria
• Projects should have worked zero accident for the whole year
• Project should be in operation (excluding mobilization & winding period) for a minimum of 6months
• Project should have worked for at least 1 Million or more man hours during the year
MERIT CERTIFICATES FOR ACHIEVING SAFE MAN-HOURS
Merit certificate shall be issued to projects achieving safe million man hours as per the guideline given below
186 | P a g e
• For projects achieving more than 2 million safe man-hours
❖ Merit certificate shall be issued from Head Quarters
❖ EHSM shall send the requisition for the certificate along with the declaration given jointly byPM/CM
& Site Accts & Admin In-charge on “No Insurance Claim”
• For projects achieving up to 2 million safe man-hours
❖ Merit certificate shall be issued from HO Office
❖ Declaration given jointly by PM/CM & Site Accts & Admin In-charge on “No Insurance Claim”shall
be obtained before issuing the certificate
CRITICAL AREA SAFETY AUDIT - TROPHY SCHEME
• Each HOs shall have the cross functional safety audit on the EHS implementation including SOP
implementation, Proactive monitoring EHS performance system, Project EHS excellence guidelines, etc.,
every quarter.
• Based on the assessment, HOs shall have a rolling trophy for the winnings projects who scores higher marks
in the assessment.
• Those trophies & certificates shall be presented preferably during the HO EHS review meeting
MOTIVATIONAL SCHEME FOR WORKERS AT PROJECT
• PD / CPM shall arrange suitable motivational schemes for the projects under his HO onmonthly basis.
PM / CM are responsible for implementation of this scheme along with EHSD
REPRIMAND
• Conspicuous failures are identified by EHSM / EHSO or EHSM through EHS inspection, incident
investigation and analysis of monthly EHS statistics
• Defaulters are identified by Project Engineer / EHSM / EHSO during day-to-day activity at the workplace
• Conspicuous deficiencies are viewed seriously and reprimanded appropriately by CPM andHead EHS.
• Repeated non-compliances are recorded and reported to the authorities like PD/CPM, PM/CM &Head EHS
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Copy of Certificates 1 year or till the completion of the project
• EHS Norm Violation Memo GP 03-1 1 year or till the completion of the project
187 | P a g e
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 04 – MANAGEMENTOF FIRST AID
PURPOSE
• To facilitate basic First-Aid treatment to the injured
• To analyze the causes of First-aid cases so as to take necessary preventive action

SCOPE
• All employees including workmen at project
RESPONSIBILITY
• EHSM / EHSO is responsible for facilitating management of First-Aid
PROCEDURE
• Make a list of First-Aid Trained personnel available at a workplace and circulate the same among all
concerned for easy identification of those whose services are required in this regard
• Equipped First-Aid Boxes are provided at convenient locations under the charge of a trained person with a
list of approved medicines/aids made available. If a First-Aid centre is established inside the premises of the
workplace the same is maintained under a qualified full time trained attendant to provide First-Aid to the
casualties
• EHSM / EHSO checks all the First-Aid boxes monthly and facilitates availability of the required quantity of
all the specified contents
• In case of an injury, the injured person requiring first-aid treatment is referred by the Site Engineer to First-
Aid center for necessary treatment
• First Aid record Register GP 04-1 is maintained by Time Office Personnel or First Aider for keeping on
record the names of the casualty with brief details
• EHSM / EHSO analyses the first-aid cases during the month, and send Analysis of First-aidcases
report to Head EHS.
• This shall also be a point of discussion in the Project EHS Committee Meeting for improvements Repeated
non-compliances are recorded and reported to the authorities like PD/CPM, PM/CM & Head EHS.
RECORDS
Records Retention
• First-aid register GP 04-01 2 year or till completion of the project
• Analysis of first-aid cases GP 04-02 2 year or till completion of the project
• List of Trained First Aiders ………….. 2 year or till completion of the project
188 | P a g e
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 05 – RISK INDEX
PURPOSE
• To ensure uniformity in hazard-rating of various jobs and computing a comparative index so as to calculate
Accident Rate of a Project or HO or DRAIPL with a view to monitoring and measuring EHS performance
on a standard.
SCOPE
• Monitoring & Measuring EHS performance of a Project or a HO or DRAIPL
RESPONSIBILITY
• EHSM / EHSO / EHSM/ HOD - EHS
PROCEDURE
• EHSM / EHSO refers to the Risk Index guide and lists the risk index for various jobs / operationsat relevant
levels of execution. He identifies the job / operation with the maximum risk index and proposes it to EHSM
as the risk index of the project.
• Head EHS, after verifying the method of computing undertaken by EHSM / EHSO and satisfying himself
about its correctness, fixes the risk index for the project. This risk index is used for calculation of the Accident
Rate of the project.
• EHSM determines the Risk Index for the HO by calculating the Weighted Average of theRisk Index of
all the operating projects in the HO during the period under consideration. Man- hours worked shall be used
as the weightage factor.
• HOD, EHS determines the Risk Index for DRAIPL by calculating the weighted average of the Risk Index
of all the projects under operation during the period under consideration. Man- hours worked shall be used
as the weightage factor. This Risk Index is used to calculate the accident rate for DRAIPL.
RECORDS
Reference
Risk Index Guide - GP 05-1
189 | P a g e
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 06 – PROJECT SURAKSHA MEET

PURPOSE
• To carry forward the mission and objectives of Project Suraksha Meet in its true letter and spirit
• To bring cultural transformation, by engaging the senior management in implementing Globalbest

practices within our businesses
SCOPE
• HOs and Project sites of DRAIPL
RESPONSIBILITY
• BU Heads for conducting RCC (Risk Containment Committee) meetings at HO level and CPMs for
conducting RCC meetings at site level.
PROCEDURE
• RCC meetings shall take place at BU level once in six months and at HO level once in three months. BU
Head and CPM shall be the chairpersons for the BU level and HO level meetings respectively.
• Based on the decisions taken in the Working Committee Meetings (of Project Suraksha Meet), suitable action
plans shall be developed by RCC to implement the same in all the applicable sites
• Main purpose of the RCC is to find out opportunities for the risk reduction within the IC, arisingout of
its activities/ equipment/ facilities/ substances to employees and others.
• Risk reduction can be in the form of elimination, substitution or engineering control, rather than
administrative control.
• Decisions taken in RCC meeting shall be taken as inputs for the preparation of EHS improvementprogramme
(s) that are very vital for the successful implementation of EHSMS.
• All functional heads of the BU and one or two CPMs shall attend the BU level RCC meetingsand EHS
representative from the HO shall be the coordinator for this meeting.
• All functional heads of the HO and one or two PMs shall attend the HO level RCC meetings and the respective
EHSM shall be the coordinator for this meeting.
RECORDS
Records Retention
• MOM
190 | P a g e
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 07 – PROJECTMOBILIZATION KIT
PURPOSE
• To facilitate the projects during mobilization stage itself by providing sufficient EHS resources and
implementing a strong EHS Management System.
• To help the project team on understanding the various organizational and legal requirements on EHS
• To create an awareness among the project team on EHS.
SCOPE
• All new projects
RESPONSIBILITY
• EHSM/ EHSM / EHSO
PROCEDURE
• Head EHS / identified EHS in-charge shall participate in the kick-off meeting of any new project. Key
requirements of the project shall be taken into account for future references.
• EHSM shall provide sufficient inputs on EHS implementation during mobilization stage of the projectto the
project team.
• The EHS inputs shall include,
▪ Framework of EHS plan as per the format GP 07-01.
▪ Controlled copy of EHSMS
▪ EHS Posters and Stickers
▪ Master risk assessments for routine & non-routine activities, substances and equipment’s
▪ Project excellence guidelines (Ref: Format GP 07-02)
▪ Project EHS Excellence guidelines is followed in DRAIPL, in all new projects in order to maintain its superior
standards and distinction
▪ List of minimum facilities requirement such as training hall and its facilities, first aid facility, Ambulance
room, etc.,
▪ Workmen habitat guidelines (Ref: Format CP 07-04).
191 | P a g e
▪ As part of EHS Management System, specification and minimum requirements arefollowed

to maintain standards in workmen habitat.
▪ List of strategic Objectives
▪ Mandatory strategic Objectives currently implemented in other projects of HO.
▪ Applicable legal requirements on EHS
▪ Details of SCOPE Scheme
▪ Past incidents and its CAPA
▪ Other MRM decisions and/ or initiatives which needs to be implemented at this project.
• Site EHSM/ EHSO shall detailed the above inputs to suit up to the requirements in the project.EHSM
shall facilitate to implement the robust EHS system at the workplace.
• EHS plan is a dynamic document, EHSM/ EHSO shall capture all the above inputs in EHS plan (apart from the
guidelines in GP 07-01) itself and get it approved from Project Manager and/ or client (if applicable). EHSM shall
facilitate in preparing the initial EHS plan.
RECORDS
Records Retention
• Project EHS Plan framework GP 07-01 1 year after completion of the project
• Project Excellence Guidelines GP 07-02 …………
192 | P a g e
GENERAL PROCEDURE (GP) 08 – HOUSEKEEPING& 5S IMPLEMENTATION
PURPOSE
• To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for,
▪ Stacking and storing of materials at site and follow proper housekeeping practices includingmaterial
disposal.
▪ 5S improvement at workplaces.
SCOPE
• All projects
RESPONSIBILITY
• Project Manager/ section in-charge/ Site administration in-charge/ EHSM / EHSO
PROCEDURE
HOUSEKEEPING AT WORKPLACE
STACKING & STORAGE OF MATERIAL
GENERAL
• A layout demarcating area for stacking, storing of various construction materials shall be made.
• The materials shall be stacked with clear passageways to reach them. Care shall be taken to ensurethat the
materials do not protrude beyond the marked area posing tripping hazard.
• Name boards shall be displayed to identify the material in the storage area.
• Adequate lighting to be provided in the material storage area.
• Sufficient fire extinguishers to be kept at conspicuous places and the path to reach them are keptfree.
• Toxic & hazardous materials are labeled and kept at secluded place where only authorize personsshall handle.
The Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) of the chemicals are displayed nearby.
193 | P a g e
• Barrels and drums shall preferably be placed on end. If placed on their side, these shall be provided with racks
or blocked so these cannot roll.
STORAGE OF CYLINDERS
• Oxygen and acetylene cylinders shall be stored separately.
• The area inside and around the shed shall be kept clear from litters.
• Acetylene and oxygen shall be kept either at a minimum distance of 10 feet away or a partition isplaced
between them.
• Acetylene & Oxygen cylinders, whether full or empty, shall be always kept upright.
• Full cylinders shall be kept separate from empties. Name boards are displayed to identify thecylinders.
• NO SMOKING signs to be displayed.
DIESEL / PETROL STORAGE AREA
• Only approved quantity of diesel / petrol shall be stored. They shall be stored under a well-ventilated shed.
• Storage drums shall be preferably kept on a hard surface (concrete floor).
• The floor of the storage area shall be sloped towards one of the corners and a sump is made forcollection
of the spilled oil.
• Adequate numbers of Fire extinguishers shall be installed.
MATERIAL DISPOSAL
• No material shall be dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the structure. Requirednumbers
of scrap bins shall be placed at each floor.
SHIFTING OF WASTE / DEBRIS FROM VARIOUS FLOOR TO G.L
• The construction waste & scrap materials from each floor shall be brought down to the ground levelby one of
the following methods as applicable.
• Refer CP 10 for debris management.
194 | P a g e
EXCAVATION SPOILS & VEGETATION WASTES:
• All excavated materials shall be disposed of at designated dump yards. Rock cuttings / blast / drilled materials
shall be disposed at designated places without forming making any high heaps posing a sliding hazard.
• Vegetation waste from tree cutting or clearing shall be stacked separately for community uses or disposed-off
suitably.
• No construction waste shall be buried / burnt at work place or camp area. Wherever practicable & economical,
wastes shall be recycled.
SPILLAGE CONTROL:
• Chemicals & other hazardous wastes generated at site shall be collected and stored at designated area till properly
disposed off.
• Hazardous material waste (i.e., Vehicle and Equipment Oils and lubricants, containers and drums for solvents,
adhesives, etc.) shall be collected, stored, and disposed of in accordance with local requirements.
• All vehicles carrying such items shall be provided with a kit having adsorbent material, shovel, and rubber gloves
and plastic bags to collect small spills and other wastes at sites and dispose atdesignated area.
• In no point of time, wastes or effluents shall be let to or disposed near water sources.
• Only effluents having discharge limits within the specified limits shall be let to rivers.
SCRAP YARD:
The waste generated from the construction shall be segregated as follows,
• Metal scraps
• Combustible & Wooden scraps
• Debris such as mortar / loose concrete / broken bricks etc.
These segregated wastes shall be stored in separate scrap yards. Name board shall be placed in eachyard for easy
identification.
Wooden scrap yard shall be chosen such that it is well away from welding and gas cutting areas.Smoking shall
be prohibited in these areas.
NAIL PICKING
Protruding nails from shuttering board & loose nails lying on the floor pose a serious hazard and need to be removed. Mentioned
below are suggestions to remove nails in a methodical way. (sites shall device new methods also.)
▪ In de-shuttering works, one workman from each gang shall be made responsible for removing &
collecting all the nails from shuttering boards or
195 | P a g e
Doc. No:
▪ Engaging one or two designated workmen.
• These designated workmen shall collect nails lying in the floor by using sticks fixed with magnet at the bottom.
SYSTEM FOR HOUSEKEEPING:
A system need to be established at the site for collecting waste materials generated at the workplace anddisposing it off
suitably.
Any one of the following methods suitable to the site shall be followed.
AUTOMATED HOUSE KEEPING
• Workmen while going for lunch shall carry a piece of Scrap / Unwanted Materials from his work placeand
dispose off the same at the bins provided at the entrance / exit of the workplace.
• This shall be followed every day during lunch break.
• Effectiveness of the system shall be monitored by the staff member / supervisor.
SPECIFIED GANG FOR HOUSE KEEPING
• A specific gang shall be deployed for collecting and disposing of the waste & debris generated allover the
site.
ALLOCATING SPECIFIC TIME FOR HOUSE KEEPING
• In this system, each employee/ workmen shall be responsible for housekeeping of work area. A specified time
shall be allocated for housekeeping every day.
• All the employees/ workmen shall collect Scrap / Unwanted Materials from workplace and dispose-off the same
at the bins provided. They shall spend 30 minutes daily for housekeeping activities at the end of his work.
• Loose materials, scrap and tools etc. shall be stored properly in the working areas especially in thevicinity of
ladders, ramps, and stairs.
• Spills of oil and grease if any are removed immediately after the spillage.
• All stairways, passageways, gangways, and access ways shall be kept free of materials, supplies, and
obstructions at all times.
• Work shall not be allowed in those areas that do not comply with the housekeeping requirements.
• Work areas shall be inspected daily for adequate housekeeping and findings to be recorded on Inspection
reports.
GENERAL:
• All workmen working for waste disposal shall wear required PPE like Safety Helmet, Goggles, NoseMask,
Safety Shoe and Hand Gloves.
Page | 196
Doc. No:
• All waste bins shall have a closed cover and shall be marked for identification. Eg for Canteen Waste‘FOOD
WASTE’, For Oil and Grease ‘WASTE OIL / GREASE’ shall be marked.
• Garbage shall be covered with use of Plastic sheet or Tarpaulin during transport from site to finaldisposal
location.
5S IMPLEMENTATION AT PROJECT
• 5s is a Japanese concept to create a better working environment in a systematic approach.
• 5S – Seiri, Seiton, Seiso, Seiketsu and Shitsuke equivalent English translation are Sort, Set, Shine,standardize
and Sustain.
The following procedure shall be adopted to implement 5S at projects.
BENEFITS OF IMPLEMENTING 5S:
▪ Increases Productivity
▪ Increases Quality
▪ Decreases Cost
▪ Improves Safety
▪ Improves Environment
▪ Improves Morale
Following procedure shall be adhered while implementing 5S in the Project Sites:
COMMITTEE FORMATION
• Project Director/ Project Manager of all the projects will the ‘5S Champion’ for the project.
• He will be the chair-person of the core committee, constituting the following members of the project,whose
role and responsibilities are indicated separately.
▪ Construction Manager
▪ Accounts/ Admin In-charge
▪ EHS Manager/ In-charge
• One of the above members may be nominated as a coordinator, for this Committee to ensure itseffective
functioning of the committee.
• This committee shall meet at least once in a week to review the 5S scores of various zones &
implementation status.
DIVISION OF ZONES
• Entire site area (including all the temporary structures built by us) shall be divided into 4 to 6 zones, irrespective
of departments or structures within the zone (for the time being, higher floors of buildings shall not be considered
for implementation of 5S – this will be taken up as phase 2).
Page | 197
Doc. No:
• A zonal leader shall be identified for each zone (Section in-charge or Dept. Head) and 2 to 6 staff members
(depending on the size and area of the zone) shall be attached to him for conducting daily self-audits in their
respective areas. (including their subordinates or site engineers) Self- audits shall not take more than half an hour.
• Workmen habitat shall be mandatorily selected as one of the zones for 5S implementation. Subcontractors and
their representatives could be considered as part of the zonal team.
DAILY AUDIT
• Self-Audit will be done on a daily basis by Zonal Team Leaders (in their own areas) with the help ofChecklist,
preferably at the same time. (Sample Attached)
• Daily progress/self-audit scores along with the score sheets must be submitted to the 5S Champion.
• The audit scores shall be from 1 to 4 and the sum total to be 20 for 5S.
• Their weekly average scores will be put up in the audit board (of 2 X 3 foot - Sample Attached/Printed on A2
Sheet) installed in their respective zones.
AUDITORS & WEEKLY AUDIT
• 4-6 Auditors shall be identified by the Core Committee in each site who will perform weekly audits.
• Auditor’s scores will also be marked in the audit boards along with the self-score of the zonal leaders.
• Auditors shall not be zonal leaders
• Auditors shall not spend more than half an hour in any particular zone.
REVIEW
• Weekly meeting shall be conducted comprising of,
▪ Core Committee Members
▪ Auditors
▪ Zone Leaders
• 5S Champion shall chair the meeting to review progress of 5S implementation.
• Scores of individual zones shall be analyzed to provide any support.
• Weekly progress/ score sheets shall be intimated to HOs (HO coordinator to be identified byall CPMs)
• Compiled reports of all projects shall be sent by the HO coordinators.
• Since the project manager/ admin manager/ EHS manager and Quality manager are the core committee members,
all the above functional heads at HO shall be aware of the implementation of this and shall drive it by personally
monitoring it during their site visits.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF WINNERS & REWARDING
Page | 198
Doc. No:
• Top scorer among the various zones shall be identified as winner in each site.
• Winners shall be rewarded with a gift at the end of the month.
Ultimate responsible and accountable for implementing 5S in the projects.
ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5S CHAMPION
• Formation of Core Committee and Division of Zones.
• Ensure driving the 5S implementation.
• Periodically review the progress of 5S implementation.
CORE COMMITTEE
• Identify and develop Auditors.
• Organizing zones and identifying Zone Leaders & members.
• Periodically Meet and Review the progress.
ZONAL LEADERS
• Implement 5S at his/ her Zone with the support of team members.
• Self-Audit of the workplace along with team members on a daily basis.
• Communicate the result of the Audits to the 5S Champion and the Core Committee.
• Participate in the Weekly Meetings.
HO COORDINATOR
• Monitor the implementation of 5S at regular intervals across the HO.
• Appraise the HO Teams (CPM & team members) on a monthly basis.
• Support the Champions by advising them for implementation.
• Visiting the sites and verifying process of the 5S Audits & other implementation.
Page | 199
Doc. No:
CP - (Control Procedures)
Annexure-1
Page | 200
Doc. No:
CP (Control Procedures) Index
CP-No Description Page No CP-No Description Page No
CP-01 Occupational Health & Hygiene 201-204 CP-22 Rope Suspended Platform 315-320
Hot Work (Gas Cutting, Grinding &
CP-02 Waste Management 205-225 CP-23 321-326
Welding)
CP-03 Equipment Fitness Certification 226-228 CP-24 Handling and storage of gas cylinders 327-328
CP-04 Fire Prevention & Control 229-235 CP-25 Openings, Shafts, Edge Protections 329-336
CP-05 Workplace EHS Inspection 236-239 CP-26 Lifting appliances & lifting gears 337-341
Identification, Usage, Handling and Maintenance
CP-06 240-248 CP-27 Mechanical Material Handling 342-343
of PPE
CP-07 Height Pass (Vertigo Test) 249-253 CP-28 Lifting & Erection 344-348
CP-08 Permit To Work [PTW] 254-257 CP-29 Electrical Work 349-353

Handling and storage of chemicals
CP-09 258-259 CP-30 Cable laying/tray work 354
(flammable/Toxic/ Corrosive etc.)
CP-10 Demolition of Building / Structure 260-261 CP-31 Confined Space work 355-357
CP-11 Handling & Use of explosive substances 262-263 CP-32 Grit or shot blasting 358-359
CP-12 Hard Rock Blasting 264-272 CP-33 Pressure Testing 360-361
CP-13 Excavation 273-276 CP-34 Radiography Test 362-364
CP-14 Handling of Reinforcement work 277-278 CP-35 DG set (Usage-maintenance) 365-366
CP-15 Handling of Cement/Aggregates/Sand 279-280 CP-36 Air Compressors (Operation/ maintenance) 367-368
CP-16 Concreting work 281-287 CP-37 Tower Erection 369-371
CP-17 Assembly & Dismantling of Formwork 288-292 CP-38 Stringing 372-374
CP-18 Assembly & Dismantling of Scaffolding 293-298 CP-39 Shut Down Job of Tower Line 375-378
CP-19 Ladders (Selection/Use/maintenance) 299-302 CP-40 Pre-Commissioning Commissioning Works 379-389
CP-20 Selection and usage of Lifeline 303-309 CP-41 Night Working Procedure 390-392
Loading Unloading of material after sunset
CP-21 Work at Height 310-314 CP-42 393-395
or night
Page | 201
DINESHCHANDRA R. AGRAWAL INFRACON PVT. LTD. CP NO: 1
Control Procedure (CP) for Occupational REV.NO: 00
Health & Hygiene Page 1 of 4
1.0 Purpose
To identify the potential occupational health hazards and factors affecting

hygiene at the workplace, suggest suitable remedial action and facilitate
implementation of corrective and preventive measures.
To assess the fitness of employees through,
•Pre-employment medical examination and only those who are found

medically fit are deployed for work.
• Periodic health checkup to identify the health effects (if any) due to
exposure to the health hazards in the work area.
2.0 Scope
Temporary establishments at sites, which shall include but not limited to

Workmen Habitat, Site Office, Laboratories, P&M & Carpentry Workshop,
Storage Yard, Canteen, Wash area, Lavatories
Workmen of the following trades shall be subjected to pre-employment &
periodical Medical Examination
Drivers & Operators

Height Workers
Food handlers at canteen & pantries (Workmen involved in preparation &
supply)
Welders
3.0 Responsibility
HR, Accounts & Administration In charge and EHSM / EHSO

4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Operational Supervisory
PRE- M E D I C A L EXAMINATION:
• HR department subjects all company employees to the
medical examinations and their employments are
confirmed only after they found to be medically fit. HR, Accounts & HR, Accounts &
Medical records of employees are maintained in HR Administration In Administration In
1
employee folders. charge / EHSM / charge and EHSM /
EHSO EHSO
• Industrial relation officer arranges for the pre-
medical examination for the workers at critical
operations like drivers, special operators like crane,

Page 202
hoist, Food handlers & welders before deployment

and maintains the records of workmen medical
examination.
• All other applicable workmen also shall be
subjected to basic medical examination as given in
the “Guidelines for Pre & Post Employment Medical
Examination of Workmen” as given below.
PERIODICAL MEDICAL EXAMINATION:
• HR shall facilitate periodical medical examination
for employees (Staff) once in every 1 or 2 years
based on their age factor (as applicable to the cadre).
• Administration in charge / IR shall facilitate

periodical medical examination for workmen of HR, Accounts & HR, Accounts &
Administration In Administration In
2 special trades (as given above) once in six months. charge and EHSM / charge and EHSM /
EHSO EHSO
• In case of negative health impacts to employee’s
suitable corrective & preventive action shall be
devised & implemented.
The following minimum requirements shall be
followed across all sites for pre & periodical
Medical Examination.
MEDICAL EXAMINATION FOR ALL
APPLICABLE WORKERS
PHYSICAL EXAMINATION
• Height (cm)
• Weight (Kg)
• Blood Pressure
HR, Accounts & HR, Accounts &
• Pulse
3 • Hearing charge and EHSM / charge and EHSM /
ENQUIRE FOR PREVIOUS HISTORY OF EHSO EHSO
• Varicose
• Seizure
• Vertigo
• Heart Diseases
• As appropriate to the symptoms visible
• Any major illness or surgery
ADDITIONAL CHECKS FOR OPERATORS &
DRIVERS (AS PER BOCW ACT & RULES)
4 • Vision : Total visual performance and standard DPM / PM / CPM DPM / PM / CPM
orthorator like Titmus vision which includes

Page 203
• Night vision
• Visual perception
• Glare Resistance & Recovery
• Peripheral Vision
• Breathing: Peak flow rate using standard peak

flow meter and the average peak flow rate
ADDITIONAL CHECKS FOR FOOD HANDLERS
• Careful examination for skin diseases
5 • Personal hygiene such as hair, nails etc.
charge and EHSM / charge and EHSM /
• Chest X-ray if preliminary examination reveals chest EHSO EHSO
congestion.
ADDITIONAL CHECKS FOR WELDERS HR, Accounts & HR, Accounts &
• Examine & check for symptoms of respiratory diseases. Administration In Administration In
6
• If suspected Chest X-ray taken to confirm fitness. charge / and EHSM charge and EHSM /
/ EHSO EHSO
WORKMEN HABITAT GUIDELINES HR, Accounts & HR, Accounts &
• Workmen habitat shall be constructed, complying with Administration In Administration In
7 charge and EHSM / charge and EHSM /
the requirements as per the guide lines
given in standardization of Workmen habitat EHSO EHSO
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & HYGIENE
INSPECTION:
Industrial Relations Officer and EHSM/ EHSO,
• Decides on the date and time to carry out the inspection.
The frequency shall be minimum once in
a month.
• Conducts physical inspection of all the temporary HR, Accounts & HR, Accounts &
facilities within the scope of this procedure by referring Administration In Administration In
8 charge and EHSM / charge and EHSM /
to the points in the Inspection Report of this procedure
and subsequent to the guidelines of workmen habitat. EHSO EHSO
• Identifies all conformities and non-conformities in
respect of physical conditions & practices and specifies
them with positive / negative remark on the Inspection
report as the case may be.
• Circulates copy (duly signed by EHSM/ EHSO) of the

Page 204
Inspection report to Project Manager, Accounts &

Administration In-charge and the Industrial Relations
Officer.
• Review and follows up implementation of the suggested

measures and records his findings on the Inspection
Report form.
• Findings of the above inspection shall be uploaded in

“Online EHS Inspection Module”
HEALTH CAMPAIGN
EHSO and Project EHS Committee members shall,
• At least once in six months, organize health campaigns
for workmen at Project Sites like:
9 • General Medical Check-up Camp Administration In Administration In
charge and EHSM / charge and EHSM /
• Aids Awareness Campaign EHSO EHSO
• Absence analysis
• Life style modification program
• Stress and mental health campaigns
• Fitness to work standards
HEALTH CHECK-UP
• Health Check-up for workmen by a Registered Medical HR, Accounts & HR, Accounts &
Practitioner shall be organized at site once in a week Administration In Administration In
10
• EHSM / EHSO shall introduce and make all concerned charge and EHSM / charge and EHSM /
aware of the above system & facilitate its EHSO EHSO
implementation.

Page 205
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Waste Management
Page 1 of 21
1.0 Purpose
This document is prepared to enable a clear understanding of the Rules and

Regulations related to waste management and to provide common
guidelines across the DRAIPL for implementing sound environment
management practices for the prevention & control of water pollution, the
handling, storage, transportation and disposal of hazardous substances and
non-hazardous waste.
2.0 Scope
This procedure is applicable to DRAIPL sites generating hazardous

substance, Waste water and non-hazardous waste, where DRAIPL has direct
control or can have an Influence including subcontractors.
Those projects, outside India shall comply with the norms and legal
requirements of the respective country.
In the absence of any country specific norms, this procedure will prevail.
3.0 Responsibility
Project Manager shall be responsible for space allocation for waste water
treatment unit and hazardous substance storage area. He shall be responsible to
provide necessary support for implementation of this procedure.
Administration Manager: shall be responsible for obtaining and periodic renewal
of authorization for storage, handling & disposal of hazardous waste and filing
necessary returns to SPCB under the hazardous waste rule. He shall also be
responsible for ensuring the operation & maintenance of septic tank and waste
water from canteen.
Stores Manager: shall be responsible for handling, storage, transportation
(including labelling) and disposal of hazardous substances (as per the applicable
legal requirement) & non-hazardous waste. He shall be responsible in preparation
of the budgetary allocation for the waste management practices. He shall keep the
record of hazardous waste and non-hazardous waste, as per applicable legal
requirement.
P&M Head/ Manager shall be responsible to ensure the efficient operation of
waste water treatment unit for vehicle wash and batching plant.
Construction Manager shall be responsible for construction of waste water

treatment unit for tunnel waste water, vehicle wash water and batching plant waste
water, septic tank and canteen waste water.
EHS Manager / Engineer shall be responsible for implementing the required
mitigation measures as defined in this procedure, monitoring the site with respect
to various required wastewater parameters. Conducting training and
communication programme to all the site personnel with the assistance of training
department for proper implementation of procedure.

Page 206
REV.NO: 00
Page 2 of 21
Conducting the internal audit / inspection to ensure compliance with hazardous

waste management and maintaining the relevant records.
EDRC HO: shall be responsible for designing of waste water treatment unit
(Sedimentation tank) based on the input furnished by sites and send the requisite
details to sites for implementation.
Procurement head: shall be responsible for monitoring the implementation of

requirement of this procedure on Hazardous Substance & Non-Hazardous
Substance across all projects.
Head EHS: shall be responsible for monitoring the overall implementation across
all projects in the company.
4.0 DEFINITIONS
“Authorization" means permission from competent authority appointed by State/
Central government for dealing with hazardous wastes at various stages of the
project construction.
“Manifest" means a transporting document prepared and signed by the project
manager or his authorized for transporting hazardous waste in line with the rules
framed from time to time by the competent authority.
"Occupier" in relation to any premises, means a person who has, control over the
affairs of the premises (Project Manager)
Hazardous Substance means a substance which can cause ill effects on the human
beings and animal & includes Hazardous Waste, Used Lead Acid Batteries, E-
wastes and Bio Medical Waste.
Hazardous Waste at construction site as per the Hazardous wastes (Management,

Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules:
• Used / waste oil,
• Used/Scrap oil filter,
• Oily cotton waste (oil contaminated cotton & hand gloves),
•Discarded container/ barrels/ liner contaminated with hazardous waste (i.e. used
oil storage drum, paint drum, etc.),
Non-hazardous Waste: -Food waste, paper, cardboard & wood (without paint),
Construction rubble / debris such as earth, concrete debris etc. fall under this
category.
5.0 Procedure
This procedure is divided into following three parts:
• Control of Water Pollution

• Hazardous Substance Management
• Non-Hazardous Waste Management

Page 207
REV.NO: 00
Page 3 of 21
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
CONTROL OF WATER POLLUTION
Source of Waste Water: Sources of waste water
generated at project sites is broadly divided into the
following Categories:
• Category 1: Waste water from tunnel & other
PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
1 construction areas.
EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
• Category 2: Waste water from batching plant.
• Category 3: Waste water from vehicle washing.
• Category 4: Waste water from toilet (sewage).
• Category 5: Kitchen waste water.

DRAINAGE SYSTEM FOR WASTE WATER:
• Slope of drainage shall be so designed as to avoid
stagnation at minimum discharge and overflowing at
maximum discharge.
• Suitable & sufficient manholes/ chambers will be

provided to facilitate easy cleaning and maintenance
of drainage lines.
2 • Layout of drainage lines shall be planned
considering the provision of adequate slopes and to
suit locations of septic/ collection/ sedimentation
tanks.
• Drainage to be provided to collect waste water
from different sources up to the treatment facility
without intermixing waste water of different
categories (except for category 1 & 2) and shall be
such that surrounding soil does not enter into
collection/sedimentation tanks.
WASTE WATER TREATMENT
Considering the location and characteristics of each
construction site, the treatment unit design shall be
modified to suit at site. As a general rule, the option PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
3 of storage of clean water in a holding tank, for EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
further use or disposal to natural streams shall be
decided to suit the Site requirements. To avoid any
inundation treatment unit shall not be located at low
lying areas of the sites.

Page 208
REV.NO: 00
Page 4 of 21
WASTE WATER TREATMENT FOR CATEGORY 1

& 2: WASTE WATER GENERATION FROM
BATCHING PLANT & OTHER CONSTRUCTION
AREAS.
It is preferable to use sedimentation tank for this
category of waste water. To properly design the
sedimentation tank, it is essential to identify the peak
flow from and concentration of suspended solids before
4 designing of sedimentation tank. This input data shall be
provided by site to EDRC department at HO and they
will consider the following design parameters during
design and send the detailed drawing along requisite
details to site for construction of waste water treatment
unit.
Refer Annexure 1 for details of sedimentation tank for

waste water treatment.
WASTE WATER TREATMENT FOR CATEGORY 3:
WASTE WATER GENERATION FROM VEHICLE
WASHING AREA.
Waste water generated from vehicle wash/ workshop shall
not be mixed with waste water from construction area. The
5 waste water from vehicle wash shall be directed through
suitable trenches and pipelines to the treatment unit.
The three tanks shall be constructed in masonry depending
on the flow rate. The depth of the tank shall be kept at 1.8
m. The waste oil and grease collected shall be disposed as
hazardous waste.
WASTE WATER TREATMENT FOR CATEGORY 4:
SEWAGE WASTE GENERATION FROM TOILET.
Sewage generated from Toilets in Offices and the areas
occupied by the construction staff/ labourers can be
directed into the existing sewage drains of the area. In case
of non-availability of the sewer system, an onsite localized PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
6
treatment system consisting of septic tank and soak pits EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
shall be provided.
Septic Tank Design: For a schematic layout and design,

construction and operation details of Septic Tank, Refer
Annexure 2
WASTE WATER TREATMENT FOR CATEGORY
7 5: KITCHEN WASTE WATER.
Kitchen waste water from Camp sites shall be discharged in

Page 209
REV.NO: 00
Page 5 of 21
a kitchen sump located preferably at least 15 m from any

body of water. Sump capacity should be at least 1.3 times
the maximum volume of waste water discharged per day.
The bottom of the pit should be filled with coarse gravel
and the sides shored up with board, etc. to prevent erosion
and collapse of the pit. The pit shall be cleaned at regular
intervals so that filtration of water to the ground is
possible.
If feasible, this waste water shall be carried to septic tank.

Following precautionary measures for Kitchen waste water
drainage may be considered so that the pollution load in
waste water generated from washing hands and dishes
are minimized, as per feasibility.
• All the leftover food particles in the plates and
cooking utensils may be collected in separate bins. In no
case food particles may be allowed to go in to the drain.
• Food grains may be washed in a separate container

and not directly in the sink.
• All the oil pans before washing may be wiped out
using paper or cloth. This will reduce the oil and grease
concentration in the wastewater. The wiped cloth or paper
may be disposed similar to disposal method followed in
waste cotton.
• Left out cooked oil may be collected separately and

disposed off to the approved recycler. Under any
circumstances it shall not be disposed in the drains.
• Two stages of washing dishes may be followed for

washing larger number of utensils. In the first stage the sink
may be filled with soapy water and all the dishes may be
washed. In the second stage the sink may be filled with
fresh water and all the pre-washed dishes (with soapy
foam) may be washed with the fresh water.
• Water conservation taps available in local market

may be fitted in dishwashing sink and wash basin.

Page 210
REV.NO: 00
Page 6 of 21
PRESCRIBED LIMITS FOR WASTE WATER DISCHARGE & MONITORING QUALITY

The prescribed limits for waste water discharge and monitoring of quality shall be as per
following table:
S.N. Parameter Inland surface Public sewers Land for Marine, costal
water like river, irrigation and area
nallah for dust
etc. suppression
1 pH 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0
2 Bio chemical oxygen 30 350 100 100
demand (BOD) 5days
at 20◦C,mg/l max.
3 Chemical oxygen 250 ------ --------- 250

demand (COD)
4 Suspended solid, 100 600 200 100
(SS)
5 Oil and grease, 10 20 10 10
mg/lmax.
6 Total residual 1.0 ---------- -------------- 1.0
chlorine mg/l max,
monitoring if
treatment through
chlorination.
CORRECTIVE AND PREVENTIVE ACTION FOR
PARAMETER(S) EXCEEDING THE DEFINED
LIMITS:
If the monitored values of environment parameters are
higher than the limits, then
• Effectiveness of the corrective actions shall be

reviewed during subsequent monitoring and continued
if found adequate. Else additional control measure
would be necessary. PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
• The result of the monitoring carried out, shall be EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
monitored by site EHSO.
• Environmental monitoring report along with
corrective measures for the parameters which are
exceeding the allowable limits shall be sent to EHS HO
as a hard /soft copy.
• If the site is unable to conduct the monitoring
(due to law-and-order problem/flood, snow etc.) site
EHS personnel shall inform the same to EHS–HO
explaining the reasons thereof. In such cases, the

Page 211
REV.NO: 00
Page 7 of 21
monitoring shall be carried out as soon as the situation

returns to normalcy
FEEDBACK AND MODIFICATIONS:

All the project sites are expected to
give feedback on the waste
management to HO-EHS/ engineering PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
department so that suitable EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
modifications, if any, can be carried
out for improvements in the system and
also for cost effectiveness
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE MANAGEMENT
This part of the Hazardous Substance Management is
divided into four parts:
1. Hazardous Waste Management EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
2. Used Lead Acid Battery Management
3. E-waste Management
4. Bio Medical Waste Management
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
• Admin in charge shall apply for authorization for
storage, handling and disposal of hazardous wastes in
prescribed form to respective State Pollution Control
Board (SPCB) and follow up for the same till obtained.
He shall make an application for the renewal of
authorization before its expiry. He shall also send
annual returns to SPCB in “Prescribed Form” within PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
the stipulated time. EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
• The Store in charge shall ensure that the quantity

of disposal and generation of hazardous waste is in line
with the quantity mentioned in authorization for
hazardous waste. He shall also ensure the compliance
of conditions mentioned in the authorization is
fulfilled. He shall maintain records in “Prescribed
Form” for collection, transport, storage and disposal of
hazardous waste.

Page 212
REV.NO: 00
Page 8 of 21
• If the final disposal is at a different state “No

Objection Certificate” is required from the SPCB of
both the States. Prior to transportation, both the
SPCB’s shall be intimated.
• The hazardous wastes shall be sent or sold to a

recycler or re-processor or re-user registered
who has a valid authorization for that particular
hazardous waste.
GENERATION / COLLECTION OF HAZARDOUS
WASTE
• The waste shall be identified, sorted and
segregated at the source of generation.
• Hazardous waste from site shall be sent to store

and/ or a common collection and storage point.
• Packaging and labeling shall be easily visible
and be able to withstand physical conditions and
climatic factors.
• The site in charge shall ensure that there is no

spillage of wastes during handling, loading and
unloading.
COLOUR CODE & LABELLING OF BINS LOCATED AT SITE & STORE YARD:
Colours of waste bin Labeling of bin(s)
Labeling text colour – white
Labeling in Hindi, English and Local language
Sample of label:
“Used Oil: Hazardous Waste Handle With Care”
“ Oily Cotton Waste: Hazardous Waste Handle With Care”
Red
For store yard:
Marking of hazardous waste container / bin which is used for transportation to
recycler shall adhere to Hazardous waste rules.
Back ground colour of leveling : Florescent yellow
STORAGE OF WASTE
• Oil containment tray shall be provided where
required
• Hazardous waste shall be stored in the containers
that are sound, sealable and not damaged or leaking.
• Hazardous waste shall not be allowed to stack

Page 213
REV.NO: 00
Page 9 of 21
one above the other and no mixing shall take place at

any period of storage and transportation.
• Separate bin shall be provided for individual

hazardous waste like used/ waste oil, oily cotton
waste, scrap oil filter, etc.
• Use oil spill absorbent pad to absorb spilled oil

and collect it in a bin.
• Gas cylinder shall not be kept near the hazardous
waste storage area.
• Reasonable distance shall be maintained between

storage bin and boundary wall.
STORAGE FACILITY
• Concrete flooring with dyke wall shall be
provided. Small catchment pit shall be provided in oil
storage area.
• Sufficient space for walkway and transfer of oil

in storage area to be provided.
• The storage floor shall be strong, water tight,
free from cracks and of concrete.
• Proper illumination, ventilation and lighting
shall be provided.
• Floor of storage area shall be above the ground

level such that rain water/ water logged in nearby area PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
shall not enter inside. EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
• Exhaust fan shall be provided. Lighting shall be

of flame proof type.
• Space requirement for storage of hazardous
waste shall be determined based on following
considerations:
Individual hazardous waste shall be kept in
separate bin/ separate chamber.
Estimate maximum generation of hazardous

waste and its disposal duration.
• Fire-fighting facilities shall be provided.
• Display on availability of first box location,
Page 214
REV.NO: 00
Page 10 of 21
MSDS, brief information on action to be taken in case

of emergency.
• No loose electrical connections.
DISPOSAL OF WASTE
The store in charge shall provide duly filled Manifest, TREM Card & Prescribed Form to the
transporter & communicate action required in case of emergency. The store in charge shall follow
distribution system of six colour copies of the manifest (Document to be used for waste movement
within the country) as given below.
Copy No. Colour coding Details
To be forwarded by the Occupier to the

Copy 1 White
SPCB or Committee.
To be carried by the occupierafter taking

signature on it from the transporter andthe rest
Copy 2 Yellow
of the four copies to be carried by the
transporter
To be retained by the operatorof facility after

Copy 3 Pink
signature
To be returned to the transporter by the

Copy 4 Orange
operator of facility after accepting waste
To be returned by the by theoperator of facility

Copy 5 Green to SPCB / Committee after treatment and
disposal ofwastes.
To be returned by the operatorof the facility to

Copy 6 Blue the occupier after treatment anddisposal of
hazardous materials/ wastes.
Precautionary steps to be followed by procurement in

charge before sending/ selling of any hazardous waste
to recycler.
Page 215
REV.NO: 00
Page 11 of 21
Step 1: Check if recycler or re-processor is listed in the

list provided by MOEF / SPCB.
• If the party is approved by MOEF/ SPCB then

follow step-2.
• At times, SPCB mentions the name of recycler in
the “Condition of Authorization” issued to site. Then
preference shall be given to that vendor. If approved
recycler is not available in the above-mentioned list,
then a list of the recyclers or re-processor of hazardous
wastes approved by SPCB can be obtained from SPCB
and communicated to the concerned person.
Step 2: Check authorization for hazardous waste

provided by SPCB to selected recycler or re-processor.
• Check expiry date of authorization of the

recycler or re-processor.
• Check whether the particular hazardous waste is

mentioned in the authorization.
• Check whether vendor is located in the same
state.
Step 3: Check authorization for hazardous waste

provided by SPCB to the HCC-site.
• Check expiry date of authorization.

• Check whether the particular hazardous waste is
mentioned in the authorization.
• The quantity sold should not be more than the
limit mentioned in the authorization.
• Check its authorization/ NOC to transfer waste
from one state to another state, if required.
· Provide adequate fire-fighting facilities like fire
extinguisher and fire buckets.
· Emergency plan shall be complied in case of
emergency.
ACCIDENT REPORTING
Where an accident occurs at the facility, on a PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
hazardous waste site, or during transportation of EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
hazardous wastes, the occupier shall report
Page 216
REV.NO: 00
Page 12 of 21
immediately to the concerned SPCB about the accident

in “Prescribed Form”.
USED LEAD ACID BATTERY MANAGEMENT
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
• Record of used acid battery shall be maintained
by store in charge. Half yearly return shall be filed in
“Prescribed Form” to SPCB.
• Procurement in charge shall identify dealers/

manufacturer/ importer/ CPCB registered recycler. PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
• Auction for used batteries to registered recyclers
only.
• Should not dispose-off in any manner other than

depositing with the dealer/ manufacturer/ importer/
registered recycler/ re-conditioner or at the designated
collection centers.
COLLECTION OF BATTERIES
Proper care shall be taken to shift used lead acid
battery from site to common area without leaving its
loose parts at workplace site.
STORAGE OF BATTERIES
• Any part of used lead acid battery shall be left
only at designated location.
• Battery shall not be opened.
• Provide tray to place used lead acid battery
• Damaged battery shall be properly handled with
PPE’s such as acid proof hand gloves, chemical splash
goggle; safety gum boots (acid/ alkaline proof sole) PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
and apron. EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
• It shall be kept above the ground over wooden

log and or any stand of not less than 100 mm from
floor.
• Provide sufficient walkway and space to handle
the battery properly.
• Provision of facilities for used battery storage
• Provide Eye-wash arrangement at nearest
accessible place.
• Provide containment tray to keep the used
battery.
Page 217
REV.NO: 00
Page 13 of 21
• Personal Protective Equipments (PPE’s): Acid/

alkali rubber proof hand gloves, chemical splash
goggle, acid/ alkaline proof sole of safety gum boots/
shoes shall be used.
• Provide acid neutralizing agent in nearby area.

EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS & CONTROL,
ACCIDENT REPORTING
• Emergency plan shall be complied in case of
emergency.
• Use eye washer, contact first aider and refer to

Medical Practitioner.
• Spread alkaline material over the spilled acid
carefully.
• Person shall use necessary PPE’s.
• Loose parts of damaged battery shall be kept in a
bin and handed over to the registered vendor / recycler
DISPOSAL OF BATTERIES PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
Refer to Legal Requirements. EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
E-WASTE
List of e-waste: Schedule I which is given at the end of
this procedure:
DISPOSAL OF E-WASTE
Site procurement/ Procurement HO shall ensure that e-
waste generated by site/ HO is channelized to
authorized collection center(s) or registered dismantler
(s) or recycler (s) or is returned to the pickup or take
back services provided by the producers;
Site/ Procurement HO shall maintain records of e-waste
generated by site/HO in “Prescribed Form”.
BIO MEDICAL WASTE
CATEGORIES OF BIO-MEDICAL WASTE: AS PER THE BIO-MEDICAL WASTE
(MANAGEMENT AND HANDLING) RULES.
Category No. Waste Category
Category No- 1 Human Anatomical Waste
(human tissues, organs, body parts)
Category No- 4 Waste Sharps
(Needles, syringes, scalpels, blade, glass, etc. that may cause puncture and cuts.
This includes
both used and unused sharps)

Page 218
REV.NO: 00
Page 14 of 21
Category No- 5 Discarded Medicines and Cytotoxic drugs (Waste comprising of out-dated,
contaminatedand discarded medicines)
Category No- 6 Soiled Waste

(items contaminated with blood, and body fluids including cotton, dressings, soiled
plaster casts, lines, bedding, other material
contaminated with blood)
Category No- 7 Solid Waste

(Waste generated from disposal items other than the sharps such tubing, catheters,
intravenous sets etc.)
Category No- 8 Liquid Waste

(Waste generated from laboratory and washing, cleaning, housekeeping and
disinfecting activities)
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS
Record of bio-medical waste generated, collected,
stored and transported, treated, disposed and / or any
other form of handling shall be recorded.
COLLECTION
• Bio-medical waste shall be segregated into
container/ bags at the point of generation.
• Container shall be labeled.

Colour coding and Labeling of Container & Disposal of Bio medical wastes: As per “The Bio-
Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules”.
Colour coding Type of container Waste category Treatment option asper schedule-II
Yellow Plastic bags Category 1 and Incineration / deepburial

category 6
Red Disinfected Category 6 and 7 Autoclaving/ microwaving/ chemical

container/plastic bags treatment
Blue/ White translucent Plastic bags/puncture Category 4 &7 Autoclaving/ microwaving/ chemical
proof container treatment/Destruction/shredding
Black Plastic bag Category 5 Disposal in securedlandfill
Label for bio medical waste containers/ bags: Refer the PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
Page 219
REV.NO: 00
Page 15 of 21
• No untreated bio-medical waste shall be kept

beyond a period of 48 hours.
• Hygienic condition of room shall be maintained.
• Bio-medical waste container shall be handled by
using disposable rubber hand gloves.
DISPOSAL/ TREATMENT OF BIO-MEDICAL

WASTE:
• All the waste sharps generated at the project site
and related items such as needles, syringes, blades etc.
shall be cut first using needle cutters. Later the same
shall be disinfected using at least 1% hypochlorite
solution or any other equivalent chemical reagent. It
must be ensured that chemical treatment ensures PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
disinfection. EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
• All the generated biomedical waste such as

bandages, cotton, disinfected needles and syringes,
discarded or expired medicine shall be collected in a
puncture and water leak proof plastic bag. The same
shall be sent at periodic interval to the nearby hospital
for incineration.
STANDARDS FOR DEEP BURIAL
Deep burial shall be an option available only in towns
with population less than five lakh and in rural areas,
where the nearby hospital or waste management
incinerator is not available.
• A pit or trench should be dug about 2 m deep. It
should be half filled with waste, and then covered with
lime within 50 cm of the surface, before filling the rest
of the pit with soil.
• It must be ensured that animals do not have EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
access to burial sites. Covers of galvanized iron/wire
meshes may be used.
• On each occasion, when wastes are added to the

pit, a layer of 10cm of soil be added to cover the
wastes.
• Burial must be performed under close and

dedicated supervision.
Page 220
REV.NO: 00
Page 16 of 21
• The deep burial site should be relatively

impermeable and no shallow well should be close to
the site.
• The pits should be distant from habitation, and

sited so as to ensure that no contamination occurs on
any surface water or ground water. The area should not
be prone to flooding or erosion.
• The prescribed authority will authorize the
location of the deep burial site.
• The sites shall maintain a record of all pits for
deep burial.
MONITORING & MEASUREMENT (FOR ALL THE
ABOVE HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES)
EHS representatives and respective site in charge shall
monitor the work place and storage area for proper
implementation of this procedure.
NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
COLLECTION OF WASTE:
The sorted and segregated waste shall be collected in the below mentioned colour containers /
bins.
Classification
Colour of waste bin Pictogram at wastebin Type of wastecollected
ofwaste bin
Food waste Green Food Left out food, vegetable waste, meat
waste etc.
Recyclable Blue Recycling symbol Paper, plastic, wood, Bottle,

Metal, rubber etc.
including
scraps
All the workplaces (plant area, accommodation area, mess and road) shall be provided
with the above-mentioned segregation bins.
STORAGE:
• Storage areas shall be maintained clean and tidy;
• Fire-fighting arrangement shall be provided,
where ever required.
• Avoid water logging in the storage area.
DISPOSAL
Non-hazardous Waste shall be re-used, recycled or
disposed to the respective vendor. Food waste can be
Page 221
REV.NO: 00
Page 17 of 21
treated by vermin composting method.
DESIGN PARAMETERS CONSIDERATION FOR SEDIMENTATION TANK

SL. PARAMETER VALUE
NO
1 Retention Time Min. 30 min. with alum dose
2 Approx. 2.5 m below ground with 0.3 m free board above ground
Clear depth of Tank
3 .2 to 0.3 m/sec
3 Velocity of flow
4 1 in 100
Floor slope
5 2 or more
Length to width ratio
MATERIALS FOR CONSTRUCTION

(APPLICABLE TO CATEGORY 1, 2 & 3):
Materials used for construction of the sedimentation
tanks shall be in brick/concrete block masonry or RR
masonry in 1:6 cement mortar with cement-based water
proofing plaster inside. The choice of materials shall be
based on the local availability.
Thickness of walls shall be 230/250 mm interspaced
with masonry columns of 350 mm square at 1.5 m
spacing all along the walls. Depending on the PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
characteristics of the site soil, the bottom of the tank EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
shall be provided with 100 mm thick PCC over 230
mm thick Random Rubble Soling. The ground shall be
well compacted, before laying the soling and PCC.
Grade of PCC shall be minimum M10. In case of
Rocky Sites or where hard strata are available, soling
may not be necessary.
The sedimentation tank shall preferably be covered
with gratings. Removable type handrails shall be
provided to prevent falling of men/cattle, etc.
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE OF
SEDIMENTATION TANK:
The waste water will get retained in the first chamber
& there after slowly move to subsequent chambers in
sedimentation tank. In this process major suspended
Page 222
REV.NO: 00
Page 18 of 21
particles get settled at the bottom of the tank. Addition

of suitable coagulants like alum may be used to speed
up sedimentation process so that the outgoing water
will be as clean as possible. The clean water is
collected in last chamber of the tank. In case of
batching plant, it may be essential to add diluted acid/
potash alum [KAl (SO4)2] for maintaining pH value at
5.5 to 9.0.
CLEANING & MANAGEMENT OF SLUDGE:
The sludge settled at the bottom of the sedimentation
tank shall be removed from time to time depending on
the deposition. Sludge shall be removed from the tanks
preferably by means of portable sludge pumps and/or
manually.
Removed sludge may be kept in sludge
drying/collection tank and/ or directly disposed-off at
approved disposal sites. If the sludge is collected in
sludge drying/collection tank, the supernatant water of
this tank shall be sent back to first chamber (of
untreated water) of sedimentation tank. The sludge of
this tank can be allowed to dry and disposed-off at
approved disposal sites.
MANAGEMENT OF TREATED WATER:
The treated water of last chamber shall be used for dust
suppression, gardening, and/ or discharge into the land/ PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
water bodies etc., provided the quality of treated water EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
is within the prescribed limit. This water shall not be
used for curing and concreting purposes.
LOCATION OF SEPTIC TANK:
Septic tank shall be located at a place open to sky, as
far away as possible from the exterior of the wall of
building and should not be located in swampy areas or
areas prone to flooding. It shall also be accessible for
cleaning. It shall be away from house, mess or bore
well, etc., preferably by at least 6 meters.
DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS:
• Septic Tanks and Soak Pits shall be designed &
constructed according to relevant Indian Standards PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
mentioned in Cross Reference. EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
• Surface and subsoil water shall not find way into

Page 223
REV.NO: 00
Page 19 of 21
the septic tank.

• Pits and trenches for the disposal of sewage shall
be so located as to avoid contamination of
watercourses or underground water supplies.
• Under no circumstances effluent from a septic

tank shall be allowed into an open channel drain or
body of water without adequate treatment.
• Wastes containing excessive detergents, grease

and disinfectants should not be treated in septic tank as
they adversely affect the anaerobic decomposition.
DETENTION TIME:
A septic tank has a detention period of 24 to 48 hours
based on an average daily flow of sewage.
SLUDGE REMOVAL:
• Half yearly or yearly de-slugging of septic tank
is desirable. Small domestic tanks, for economic
reasons, may be cleaned at least once in 2 years
provided the tank is not overloaded due to use by more
than the number for which it is designed.
• Municipal Vehicle for collection of sludge can
be deployed if available. PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
• Manual removal of sludge shall not be carried EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
out.
• Normally, the tanks are cleaned when the sum of
the depth of the scum and the sludge is observed to
exceed half the depth of the tank.
• A portion of sludge not less than 25 mm in depth
should be left behind in the tank bottom which acts as
the seeding material for the fresh deposits.
COMMISSIONING OF SEPTIC TANK:
• The sewerage system shall be complete and
ready for operation before connection is made. PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
• The provision of cleaning and removal of sludge EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
of the septic tank shall be made safer and
convenient.
SOAK PIT AND DISPERSION TRENCH:
There shall be no waste water discharged directly from
the septic tank to the nearby land or water bodies as it
contains sizable portion of dissolved organic content
and pathogenic organisms. Hence it needs to be treated
Page 224
REV.NO: 00
Page 20 of 21
before its final disposal by means of soak pits or

dispersion trenches.
MANAGEMENT OF SLUDGE:
The sludge after removal shall be disposed off in
approved disposal areas.
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AND
TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT:
Centralized data processing; Mainframes,
minicomputers; Personal computing; Personal
computers (central processing unit with input and
output devices); Laptop computers (central processing
unit with input and output devices); Notebook
computers; Notepad computers; Printers including
cartridges; Copying equipment; Electrical and
electronic typewriters; User terminals and systems;
Facsimile; Telex; Telephones; Pay telephones;
Cordless telephones; Cellular telephones; Answering
systems.
CONSUMERS ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS:
Television sets (including sets based on Liquid Crystal
Display and Light Emitting Diode Technology),
Refrigerator, Washing Machine, Air Conditioners PM/HR/Admin & PM/HR/Admin &
excluding Centralized Air Conditioning Plants. EHS In-Charges EHS In-Charges
Note: It excludes batteries as it is covered under the

Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules.

Page 225
REV.NO: 00
Page 21 of 21
• RELEVANT INDIAN STANDARDS:

IS 2470: Part 1 Code of practice for installation of septic tanks: Part I
design, criteria and construction
IS 2470: Part 2 Code of practice for installation of septic tanks: Part II
Secondary treatment and disposal of septic tank effluent.
IS 9872 Specification for precast concrete septic tanks. Related to
Hazardous Substance Management:
• RELEVANT REGULATIONS:
Project Specific EHS Register of Regulation
The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement)
Rules.
The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules.
The Bio-Medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules
Link for Hazardous waste Rules:
http://www.envfor.nic.in/legis/hsm/HAZMAT_2265_eng.pdf
Link for List of Recycler: http://cpcb.nic.in/RegistrationofRecyclersRe-

processors.php
Link for Battery Rules: http://www.envfor.nic.in/legis/hsm/leadbat.html
Link for E-waste Rules: http://moef.nic.in/index.php Refer caption “Rules, Order
and Notification”
Link for Bio Medical Waste Rules:

http://www.envfor.nic.in/legis/hsm/biomed.html

Page 226
Control Procedure (CP) for Equipment REV.NO: 00
Fitness Certification Page 1 of 3
1.0 Purpose
To ascertain fitness of Plant & Machinery and Equipment including

vehicles, with respect to safety & environment requirements, before
deployment at site.
To ensure that this equipment continue to be working safely by periodical

inspection by identified competent persons.
2.0 Scope
All Plant & Machinery & Equipment, vehicles used in the site which are
owned, hired and brought by our subcontractors
3.0 Responsibility
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SITE EHSM/ EHSO
• Introduce the relevant system at the specified workplace.
• Make all concerned, aware of the system
• Keep a Check on the process
• Facilitate its implementation and follow-up
• Report the status of effectiveness periodically to PM (in the safety
meeting) and to HO office through Monthly Progress Report (MPR)
RESPONSIBILITIES OF P&M IN CHARGE OF THE SITE

•Maintaining a master list of all the equipment, vehicles and P&M
available at site indicating the date of mobilization, owned/ hired/ brought
by S/C, age of the same, scope of maintenance (whether it is DRAIPL or
by the agency)
•Updating the above master at weekly intervals to capture the incoming/
outgoing equipment, vehicles and P&M.
•Making himself available for the fitness certification or deputing a

competent person for the purpose, whenever any equipment, vehicle or
P&M arrives at site.
•Identifying a dedicated location for conducting the fitness verification.
•Implementing a tag/ sticker system (or any other method) to identify
whether the equipment, vehicle or P&M has passed through the fitness
certification.
•Sending the ‘fitness certificate” and the last inspection record along with
the equipment, while transferring it to other sites.

Page 227
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
All Plant & Machinery and Equipment, including
1 vehicles, shall be subjected to Equipment Fitness P&M In- charge P&M In- charge
certification before deployment.
EHSO, on receipt of the information of arrival of
new equipment (from P&M department) shall co-
P&M & EHS In- P&M & EHS In-
2 ordinate the certification process. The flowchart for charge charge
the PTW process is appended in Annexure for ease
of understanding.
A team comprising of P&M In-charge or his
authorized representative and EHSO check the
3 fitness of the equipment, with respect to safety charge charge
aspects, as mentioned in the equipment fitness
report.
The findings are entered in the equipment fitness report,
4 with a recommendation of whether the vehicle is fit for
charge charge
use or not.
Only that equipment, which are found FIT, are allowed P&M & EHS In- P&M & EHS In-
5
for deployment. charge charge
Equipment which were found UNFIT, are rejected for
deployment. These equipment shall be checked for
6 P&M In- charge P&M In- charge
fitness once again, after necessary rectifications are
carried out.
For periodical inspection of equipment, vehicles and P&M & EHS In- P&M & EHS In-
7
P&M. charge charge
P&M dept., EHSO maintains a record of all the
Equipment Fitness Certificates issued. Fitness certificates
8 and the last inspection records shall be sent along with
charge charge
the equipment, vehicle and P&M, when it is transferred
to other sites.
Supply vehicles also shall be inspected during entry to
the site as per the checklist shall be carried out by the
charge charge
competent person declare by P&M and EHS in-charge.
HIRING EQUIPMENT ECONOMIC LIFE POLICY
GUIDELINES
•While hiring equipment from rental market, below age
policy guidelines shall be adhered as prescribed in the

Page 228
requirements of P&M QMS manual

•However, if the equipment of approved age is not
available in rental market, CPLM will jointly inspect
with HO EHS Head, Site P&M In-charge and site EHS
In-charge and certifies the equipment fitness through
inspection reports (Ref: R – 7.2.1.02 of P&M QMS
manual) . This report will be sent with PHRS for P&M
head’s approval.
Age criteria for equipment Hire from rental market
Economic Economic
SN Equipment S. Equipment
Life Life
N
CONCRETING EQPT 15 Boom / Scissor Lifts 8
1 Concrete Batching Plants 10 16 Truck Cranes / Telehandlers 8
Concrete Boom Placers - Floor
2 Climbing 10 POWER GENERATORS
Concrete Pump with Placer 17 Power Generators - 5
3 -Mobile 8 LowCapacity
4 Concrete Pumps – Stationary 5 18 Power Generators- Mid 5
Capacity
Power Generators -
5 Transit Mixers 5 19 HighCapacity 5
MATERIAL HANDLING EQPT BUILDING FINISHING
EQPT
6 20 Rope Suspended Platforms 5
Tower Cranes - High Capacity 10
10
7 Tower Cranes - Low Capacity - 21 Mast Climbing Platforms 5
10 UTILITY EQPT
8 EOT / Gantry Cranes
9 Crawler Cranes 10 22 Vibratory Rollers 8
10 Tyre Mounted Cranes 10 23 Cement Feeding Pumps 5
Passenger Hoists - High Raise
VEHICLES
11 Towers 10
12 Passenger Hoists - Low Raise 10 24 Trucks and Trailers 10
Towers
Material Hoists - Half Cage -
MINOR EQUIPMENT
13 LowRaise Towers 10
14 Front End, Backhoe, Skid Steer 8 25 All Minor Equipment 5
Loaders

Page 229
Control Procedure (CP) for Fire REV.NO: 00
Prevention & Control Page 1 of 7
1.0 Purpose
•To identify the fire prone areas and appropriate control measures
•To evaluate the firefighting equipment’s requirement
•To provide and maintain the portable fire extinguishers at Project office /
HO office as per the requirement.
• To familiarize project personnel with the basic firefighting techniques

and handling of portable firefighting equipment in case of an outbreak of
fire
2.0 Scope
This Control Procedure is applicable to all project sites/store/office.
3.0 Responsibility
Store In-charge/ Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors.

Site Safety In-charge / Supervisors.
HR/ Admin
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
• While preparing the Project EHS Plan, EHSM /
EHSO shall identity the fire hazards and fire prone
areas (guidelines to select fire prone areas are given
in Annexure 1 of this procedure) at the workplace.
• EHSM / EHSO (on behalf of the PM) shall Store In-charge/
follow-up on the implementation of precautionary HR/ Admin
measures, as indicated in this procedure /Section In-
charge /
Site Safety In-
• Hot work permit system shall be implemented at Execution
1 charge / HR/ Admin
site in selected areas of the site where the flammable Engineer /
DPM / PM / CPM.
materials can not be removed while carrying out hot Supervisors.
work and/ or the hot work can not be carried out in Site Safety In-
isolated/ controlled locations charge /
• Halogen lamps shall not be used at sites, which Supervisors.
may provide a source of ignition
• In the flammable liquid storage areas, it is

preferable to avoid electrical connections; if it is not

Page 230
possible, either low voltage electrical appliances or

flame-proof fittings shall be used
• Petrol/ diesel/ kerosene etc. (which are basically
flammable liquid fuel) shall not be used for cleaning
purposes; specifically identified cleaning agents
shall be used for the purpose of cleaning. If
flammable liquids are used for cleaning, it is
mandatory to ensure that hot work permit is obtained
for the purpose and all the sources of ignition are
controlled/ kept away from the flammable vapour
and the flammable vapour level in the atmosphere is
monitored
• Oxygen and DA cylinders shall be stored

separately as per the requirements of the Local Law.
(appropriate photo/ sketch shall be added as a
guideline at the end of this procedure and it shall be
referred here)
• Wooden scaffolds shall be avoided completely
and if it is unavoidable, no hot work shall be
permitted in the area
• Site shall be declared as “no smoking” zone and

adequate number of “smoking booths” shall be made
available at as many locations as required
• Cooking inside the rooms of the workmen habitat

is prohibited. Common cooking area shall be
provided for the workmen
• Electrical inspection shall be carried out within

the workmen habitat to identify possible electrical
overload and to prevent the usage of unauthorized/
non-standard electrical appliances by an authorized
electrician, identified for the purpose
• Fire prevention and control measures for certain
selected locations (that are identified as fire prone
areas) are given in Annexure 2 of this procedure

Page 231
FIRE-FIGHTING ARRANGEMENT
• EHSM / EHSO plans & arranges for the
procurement of the required fire-fighting equipment
through the stores
• EHSM / EHSO maintains the list of Fire-fighting

equipment available in the Project
• EHSM / EHSO periodically inspects the
firefighting arrangements and records the
observations and initiate the necessary correction
and corrective action
• In each floor of the building, a “fire point” shall

be established with adequate signage, preferably at
the same location (in all the floors). Fire
extinguishers/ fire buckets/ fire evacuation
procedure can be installed in the “fire point” Store In-charge/
• Adequate number of trained fire fighters (as per HR/ Admin
the emergency response plan) shall be available at /Section In-
the workplace in all the shifts charge /
Site Safety In-
Execution
• Following is a list of people to whom ‘fire- Engineer /
DPM / PM / CPM.
fighting” training shall be mandatorily be provided Supervisors.
Site Safety In-
• Workers at stores (including workers handling charge /
Diesel, gas cylinders and flammable chemicals) Supervisors.
Gas cutters & Welders
Operators and drivers
Electricians
Selected Supervisors
Security guards
Selected Staff members
Cooks and other helpers in the kitchen
Carpenters (at carpentry work shop)

Page 232
And other skilled workers like carpenters,

painters, workmen handling flammable materials
FIRE DRILL
• Identify the basic elements of fire drill (e.g. basic
techniques of firefighting, selection of fire
extinguishers, usage of portable fire extinguishers in
emergency, fire demonstration) for educating
selective personnel in batches
Store In-charge/
• Schedule the fire drill programme (date & time)
HR/ Admin
and intimate all concerned. Fire drill shall be
/Section In-
conducted at least once in a quarter
charge /
Site Safety In-
Execution
3 • Groups / teams are made aware of the following charge / HR/ Admin
Engineer /
DPM / PM / CPM.
Supervisors.
How to raise a fire alarm
Site Safety In-
charge /
Fire-fighting techniques, including self-defense
Supervisors.
while fire-fighting
Evacuation / Rescue
• Reinforce the understanding of the elements of a

fire drill by live demonstration on simulated fires
ANNEXURE 1- IDENTIFICATION OF FIRE PRONE
AREAS IN THE WORK PLACE.
If the flammable materials in the vicinity can not be
removed while carrying out hot work and/ or the hot Store In-charge/
work can not be carried out in isolated/ controlled HR/ Admin
locations, the area can be considered to be fire prone /Section In-
area. Following is a suggestive list of fire prone areas at
charge /
site. Site Safety In-
Execution
Engineer /
1. Chemical storage DPM / PM / CPM.
2. Diesel storage Supervisors.
3. Gas cylinder storage Site Safety In-
4. Stores, where other construction materials are charge /
stacked Supervisors.
5. Carpentry work shop
6. P&M work shop
7. Office

Page 233
8. Kitchen at canteen
9. Pantry at office
10. Kitchen at labour colony
11. Electrical panel board / room.
12. Labour colony- rooms
13. Shuttering and de-shuttering areas where lot of
timber materials are being used
14. Areas in which painting/ water-proofing activities
are being carried out
FIRE CONTROL MEASURES AT STORES:
Construct the stores with flame proof materials (as
per “Project Excellence” guidelines and safety
norms)
Ensure adequate ventilation and emergency exit in
stores.
Provide intrinsically safe lighting inside the
flammable material stores.
Display and ensure “No smoking”, “No naked flame
/ ignition source” in the vicinity of flammable
material stores.
Keep flammable materials like paint, chemical, Store In-charge/
thinner, diesel, gas cylinder in the separate storage HR/ Admin
shed with ventilation and air gap around each shed. /Section In-
Prevent unauthorized entry inside the stores. charge /
Site Safety In-
No construction work / repair work in the materials Execution
stored area shall be taken up unless it is authorized Engineer /
DPM / PM / CPM.
by a competent person in the form of written permit. Supervisors.
Avoid storing flammable materials (any material like Site Safety In-
tile is wrapped and packed with flammable charge /
materials) inside the building. Supervisors.
Deploy adequate numbers of fire extinguishers.
Provide elevated fire water tank, which can be used
by gravity in case of necessity.
Ensure daily housekeeping in and around the stores
and disposing the waste packing materials on daily
basis.
Maintain access for fire-fighting in and around the
material storage areas.
Deploy trained security guard round the clock.

Page 234
FIRE CONTROL MEASURES AT P&M WORK SHOP: Store In-charge/

Store the oil-soaked cotton waste, paint-soaked cotton HR/ Admin
waste, oil filters in the metal containers /Section In-
(with top lid) and dispose it periodically. charge /
Avoid using Diesel / petrol as cleaning agents. Site Safety In-
Execution
6 Avoid painting activities near the hot work areas. charge / HR/ Admin
Engineer /
Keep fire extinguisher in work shop and in all the vehicles. DPM / PM / CPM.
Supervisors.
Site Safety In-
charge /
Supervisors.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION:
Provide circuit breakers of appropriate ratings, to ensure
disconnection, before the cable starts
burning in case of any damage/ mal function.
Flammable materials shall not be stored/ allowed to be
stored in electrical panel board rooms and near power Store In-charge/
cables. HR/ Admin
Regular maintenance of electrical installations/ /Section In-
equipment to be carried out. charge /
Site Safety In-
All care to be taken to avoid damage to the power cables Execution
Engineer /
that are used for distribution of power at site. Wherever DPM / PM / CPM.
Supervisors.
possible overhead routing shall be preferred to prevent Site Safety In-
damage. charge /
Authorized electricians should be deployed, to carry out Supervisors.
any electrical connections, repair and maintenance
activities.
Electrical machines shall be inspected/ tested by the
electricians (as part of the fitness verification) before
allowing it to be used at site.
CARPENTRY WORK SHOP: Store In-charge/
Construct the work shop with flame proof materials (as HR/ Admin
per “Project Excellence” guidelines and /Section In-
safety norms). charge /
Site Safety In-
Display and ensure “No smoking”. Execution
Engineer /
Deploy adequate numbers of fire extinguishers. DPM / PM / CPM.
Supervisors.
Provide elevated fire water tank, which can be used by Site Safety In-
gravity in case of necessary. charge /
Ensure daily housekeeping in and around the workshop Supervisors.
Page 235
and dispose the saw dust and timber scraps periodically.

Maintain access to reach any materials.
PAINTING WORK / WATER PROOFING WORK /
ANY OTHER WORK WITH FLAMMABLE
CHEMICALS:
Do not store flammable chemicals / paints at the Store In-charge/
workplace, more than what is needed for HR/ Admin
the shift. Balance quantity can be maintained at the /Section In-
authorized flammable material storage areas. charge /
Site Safety In-
Return the empty containers to stores for proper cleaning Execution
Engineer /
and disposal. DPM / PM / CPM.
Supervisors.
Keep the containers closed always. Site Safety In-
Don’t throw the paint-soaked cotton waste at site. charge /
Ensure adequate ventilation especially in closed areas Supervisors.
and in confined spaces.
Avoid doing painting near hot work.
Ensure “No Smoking” in the painting area.

Page 236
Control Procedure (CP) for Workplace REV.NO: 00
EHS inspection Page 1 of 4
1.0 Purpose
To identify
•Condition and act which may cause harm to health, safety & environment,
especially part of a plant, machinery or equipment as well as activities
being performed in the project site and
• Suggest suitable remedial action and facilitate implementation of
corrective and preventive measures
2.0 Scope
All workplaces including, Stores, P&M Workshops etc

3.0 Responsibility
EHSM / EHSO and concerned Site Engineer / P&M Personnel / EHS Committee
member
4.0 Procedure
•Any EHS Inspection carried out at project and the findings are reported for
necessary correction and corrective action. The degree of correction/
corrective action and the time available for taking the same shall be
decided, based on the risk rating of the unsafe observation
•Risk rating of the unsafe observation is calculated based on the following

three components and by multiplying their respective ratings
Likelihood
Severity
No of People exposed.
• Risk rating matrix is given below

Exposure Rating Severity Rating Likelihood Rating Score
Risk Rating =EXSXL
(E) (E) (S) (S) (L) (L)
1-5 1 Negligible 0.5 Highly 0.5 Acceptable 10
Person Unlikely Risk
6–50 2 Minor 1 Remote 1 Low Risk 10-19
Person
50 + 3 Medium 5 Likely 5 Medium Risk 20-49
Major 10 Quite Likely 10 High Risk 50-99
Fatality 20 Highly Likely 20 Unacceptable 100+

Risk

Page 237
•This type of objective evaluation of the risk will reduce the difference in
perception of the risk between the EHSM / EHSO & the concerned site engineer,
which will facilitate the corrective action to be taken sooner
• Timeline for the taking corrective action for the findings will be based on the
risk rating as per the below guidelines
Risk Rating Score Close out
Acceptable Risk 10 Mutually agreed time
Low Risk 10-19 3 days
Medium Risk 20-49 1 day
High Risk 50-99 4 hrs.
Unacceptable Risk 100+ Immediate
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
GENERAL EHS INSPECTION
• EHSM / EHSO and concerned Site Engineer / EHS
Committee members
• Decides on the time and date to carry out the
inspection as required preferably along with the
concerned Workplace in-charges/ Engineers/Supervisors
• Conducts physical inspection of the workplaces using

the Standard Checklist as a guide and also look for any
other unspecified hazards. The EHS standards for the
activities shall be in adherence to the norms given in the
EHS manual
• Identifies all conformities and non-conformities in
P&M and Safety
1 respect of physical conditions, practices and document P&M In- charge
the findings in the project EHS Inspection Report In- charge
• EHSM / EHSO sends the EHS Inspection report

through EIP to the concerned Workplace
Engineers/Supervisors for necessary corrective action
• EHSM / EHSO reviews and follow up implementation

of the suggested measures.
• Project EHS Committee EHS walk down shall be

conducted at least once in a week
• Regular EHS inspections shall be conducted by the
EHSO along with the concerned on daily basis

Page 238
ELECTRICAL SAFETY INSPECTION

• All areas and installations shall be inspected in
detail for electrical safety at least once in a month •
For conducting the inspection, EHSM / EHSO
informs the P&M in charge about his inspection
schedule verbally to get participation of one of the
members of the P&M staff in the exercise
• EHSM / EHSO conducts the inspection with

cross-reference to the electrical safety checklist
dealing with primary electrical hazards
P&M and Safety
2 P&M In- charge
In- charge
• The unsafe conditions and unsafe acts are
identified & brought to the notice of P&M personnel
on spot for corrective action., EHSM / EHSO
records the findings in the Electrical Inspection
Report.
• Findings registered in the RCCB Register shall be
summarized
• EHSM /EHSO shall send the Compliance Report

on Electrical Inspection to EHSM monthly in
checklist format.
PLANT & MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
INCLUDING VEHICLES INSPECTION
• All plant, machinery, equipment and vehicles

shall be inspected at least once in a month
• EHSM / EHSO selects the plant, machinery,
equipment and vehicle for inspection in batches / area-
wise
• EHSM / EHSO informs the P&M In-charge of
P&M and Safety
3 his inspection schedule verbally P&M In- charge
In- charge
• EHSM / EHSO & P&M personnel jointly do the
inspection exercise
• EHSM / EHSO carries the Crane Inspection
Checklist, Vehicle & Earth Moving Equipment / DG
Inspection Checklist for his general guidance, but
restricts his attention to common salient safety features
• EHSM / EHSO highlights unsafe conditions to
the P&M personnel accompanying him on the spot for
corrective action
Page 239
• EHSM / EHSO shall send the Compliance Report

on Crane / Vehicle / earth moving equipment / DG
Inspection to EHSM monthly in format
LIFTING GEAR INSPECTION
• All lifting gears such as Chain, wire rope,

webbing slings, Hooks, Shackles, Eye bolts, Swivels
blocks, Snatch blocks, etc. shall be inspected once in a
month.
• EHSM / EHSO shall identity the list of lifting
gear by using the Log sheet.
• EHSM / EHSO shall prepare the inspection
schedule and inform the concerned store, section in
charge or P&M in charge verbally
• Any evidence of defects or damage in the lifting

gear shall be discarded and recorded.
• All lifting tools and machinery which are in use at
project shall be identified by a colour code on quarterly
basis
• Colour codes as follows P&M and Safety
4 P&M In- charge
In- charge

Page 240
Control Procedure (CP) for Identification, REV.NO: 00
Usage, Handling and Maintenance of PPE Page 1 of 9
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to provide guidelines for proper

identification, usage, handling and
maintenance of Personal Protective Equipment for working at construction
work area.
2.0 Scope
This procedure is applicable at all our project sites, stores, offices.

3.0 Responsibility
Contractor - For workers engaged by the contractor

DRAIPL - For staff and workers engaged by DRA
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
General Requirements
Ensure that personal protective equipment for head,
foot, eyes, face, protective clothing, respiratory
devices, and protective shields and barriers, are Section In-
Section In-
provided, used, and maintained in a hygienic and charge /
charge /
reliable condition Execution
1 Execution Engineer/
Where Contractor provides their own protective Engineer/ Site
Site Safety In- charge
equipment, TPL shall ensure its adequacy, proper Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
maintenance, and sanitation of such equipment. (SSIC)
Ensure that all personal protective equipment are of
safe design and construction for the work to be
performed.
Training
Ensure that training is provided to each employee
including subcontractor employee and work force
regarding Section In-
use of PPE. Each such person shall be trained to Section In-
charge /
charge /
know at least the following: Execution
(1) When PPE is necessary; Engineer/ Site
(2) What PPE is necessary; Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
(3) How to properly don, doff, adjust, and wear PPE; (SSIC)
(4) The limitations of the PPE; and,
(5) The proper care, maintenance, useful life and
disposal of the PPE.

Page 241
Head Protection
Ensure that a person working in areas where there is
possible danger of head injury from impact or from
falling
or flying objects or from electrical shock and burns
are protected by protective helmets.
The wearing of helmet and shoes is mandatory for
the entire construction site in addition to any specific
PPE
as prescribed for a particular activity.
Helmets for the protection of workers against impact
Section In- charge
and penetration of falling and flying objects should Site Safety In-
3 / Execution
meet charge
Engineer
the relevant provisions specified.
Selection of safety helmet:
While selecting a helmet, its characteristics, the
hazards against which protection is required and the
conditions
under which the helmet will be used, need to be
considered. As it is not practical for users to carry
out performance tests for selecting a helmet, only
those conforming to relevant standards such as IS:
2925 or ISO International Standard No. 3873 or an
equivalent, duly certified by DGMS. Should be used.
Eye & Face Protection
Ensure that each affected person uses appropriate
impact resistant rated safety glasses and face shields for
eye and face protection when exposed to eye or face
hazards from flying particles, molten metal, liquid
chemicals, acids or caustic liquids, chemical gases or
vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation.
Ensure that each affected person uses eye protection that
provides side protection when there is a hazard from Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
4 flying objects. / Execution
charge
Ensure that each affected person who wears prescription Engineer
lenses while engaged in operations that involve eye
hazards wears eye protection that incorporates the
prescription in its design, or wears eye protection that
can
be worn over the prescription lenses without disturbing
the proper position of the prescription lenses or the
protective lenses.
Ensure that each affected employee uses equipment with
Page 242
filter lenses that have a shade number appropriate

for the work being performed for protection from
injurious light radiation. The following is a listing of
appropriate shade numbers for various operations.
Hearing Protection
Wherever it is not feasible to reduce the noise levels or Section In-
Section In-
charge /
duration of exposures to those specified ear protection charge /
Execution
5 devices should be provided and used. Execution Engineer/
Engineer/ Site
Ear protection devices inserted in the ear or earmuff should Site Safety In- charge
Safety In- charge
conform to national or international standards and (SSIC)
(SSIC)
shall be fitted individually
Foot Protection
Ensure that each affected worker uses protective footwear
when working in areas where there is a danger of Section In-
Section In-
foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, or objects charge /
charge /
piercing the sole, and where such employee's feet are Execution
exposed to electrical hazards. Engineer/ Site
The type of safety-toe wear shall be selected taking into Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
consideration the hazard or combination of hazards. (SSIC)
The requirements and specifications shall conform to
relevant standards.
Protective Clothing
Section In-
Every Employer shall provide adequate and suitable Section In-
charge /
protective clothing for any person so employed from charge /
Execution
hazards such as chemical liquids and vapours excessive Engineer/ Site
heat and cold, electricity, impacts, ionizing radiation Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
(SSIC)
and also general weather conditions
Hand Protection
Employer shall provide adequate and suitable hand
protection for any person handling rough, abrasive,
sharp Section In-
or excessively coarse material such as reinforcement Section In-
charge /
charge /
rods, pre-cast concrete etc. toxic and corrosive Execution
Execution Engineer/
materials, Engineer/ Site
electricity, hot materials. Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
The material of the protective equipment shall be (SSIC)
suitable for the operation ensuring proper protection
against
the hazard.
Safety Belts, Lifelines and Lanyards
Lifelines, safety belts and lanyards for employees safe

Page 243
guarding. Any lifeline, safety belt actually subjected to

in-service loading as distinguished from static load
testing, shall be immediately removed from service and
shall
not be used again for employees safeguarding.
Lifelines shall be secured above the point of operation
to an anchorage or structural member.
Safety belt lanyard shall be minimum of 1 cm nylon or
equivalent with a maximum length to provide for a fall
of not greater than 2 m.
Safety Nets
Safety nets shall be provided when working places are
more than 8 meter above the ground or water surface
or other surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds,
catch platforms, temporary floors, safety lines or safety
belts is impracticable.
Where safety net protection is required operations shall
not be undertaken until the net is in place and has
been tested. Section In-
Nets shall extend 2 meters beyond the edge of the work Section In-
charge /
charge /
surface where employees are exposed and shall be Execution
Execution Engineer/
installed as close under the work surface as practicable Engineer/ Site
but in no case more than 8 meter below such work Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
surface. Nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to (SSIC)
prevent user'’ contact with the surface or structures
below.
The mesh size or nets shall not exceed 15 cm. By 15
cm. And nets shall be certified by the manufacturer for
its
proof test.
Forged steel safety hooks or shackles shall be used to
fasten the net to its supports.
Working Over or Near Water
Employees working over or near water where the Section In-
danger of drowning exists shall be provided with Section In-
charge /
charge /
approved Execution
Execution Engineer/
life jacket or buoyant work vests. Engineer/ Site
Ring buoys with at least 30 m of line shall be provided Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
and readily available for emergency rescue operations. (SSIC)
Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 60 m.
General Instructions for Usage of PPE in
Construction Site to all Employers and Employees
Page 244
Where work is carried out at different levels, all must

wear safety helmets.
Men working at height must wear standard full body
harness of approved quality and life line should not be
less than ¾” dia and 3 M long.
Persons doing material handling jobs, gas cutting,
welding or operating paving breakers should wear hand
glove prescribed for respective job.
While gas cutting, brick dressing, welding, grinding,
operating pavement breakers etc. men must wear safety
goggles recommended for the purpose.
Ear plug or Ear Muffs should be provided to those
working at places with high sound level, above 90 dB.
Nobody should wear loose dress.
Firefighting equipment of proper type to be used while
working, where there is a chance of the hazard.
Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials,
cement and lime mortar shall be provided with
protective
footwear and protective goggles.
Safety guards, safety devices of equipment’s should
not be tempered with.
All safety appliances should be properly maintained
and periodically serviced to maintain its original
strength.
While procuring safety appliances, due consideration
shall be given to refer the relevant IS Codes, or the
concerned safety engineers shall be consulted. (12)

Page 245
LISTING OF PPE SPECIFICATIONS:

Safety Equipment Standard/Specification
Head Protection
Helmet IS2925:1984 (II Rev)
Helmet-Inner Liner IS2925:1984 (II Rev)
Ear Muff, Ear Plugs, etc. IS 9167:1979 (Ear Protection)
IS 8520:1977 (Selection of eye, face,
ear protector)
Goggle (Eyes) IS 8520:1977 (Selection for eyes and
ear protection))
IS 8521:1871 (Part 1)
Welding shield IS 5983:1971
PVC Acid/Alkali other chemical resistant suit IS 4501:1981 (Rubber/Apron for
Acid/Alkali)
IS 8519:1977 (Selection of Body
Protection)
Breathing Apparatus
Closed Circuit (Compressed O2 Cylinder) IS 10245 Part 1 – 1982
Escape breathing apparatus (Short duration, self-contained) IS 10245 Part IV
Shower
Safety Shower/Eye Wash-fountain
Full Body Harness
Full Body Harnes EN 361:2002
Respirator (Gas Mask)
Chemical cartridge IS 8522:1977
Filter type particulate matter IS 9473:1980
IS 9473:1980
IS 9623:1980 (Selection, use &
maintenance)
Hand Protection
Hand Protection IS 8807:1978 (Selection for
Protection of arms and hands)
PVC gloves for Acid/Alkali BS 1651/1966
Rubber Gloves IS 4770/1968
Cotton Gloves IS 6694 Part 1/1973
Rubber Gloves for Electrical purposes. IS:4770:1968
Protection Of Feet
Safety shoes (without steel toe) (Leather safety boots and shoes) IS 1989
Safety shoes (with steel toe) (Protective steel toe caps for IS 5852:1977
footwear)
Industrial Gum Boot/Ankle shoes (Rubber shoes) IS 5557:1969

Page 246
SELECTION OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT FOR IDENTIFIED CONDITIONS:

Safety Wear/Appliance When To Use Why
To Use
Safety Helmet (Approved Safety Building construction site, while To protect head injuries in all
Helmet) working on high structure. In process cases of, impact from falling
plants, while working in enclose objects, accidental fall from
Shock and fire resistant. It should
vessels, pipes, drums; while working structures, collision with low
withstand -2 Deg C And +50 Deg.C.
in open trenches or pits deeper than structures and projecting
1.5 m, near crane, while riding in objects.
vehicles without hard cabin/hood,
beneath erection operations, at all
operational and
construction area
Safety Footwear (Approved As above and while welding, To protect legs from injuries
industrial safety shoes) & Gum excavation/digging, electrical from falling objects, injury
Boot. operations (rubber soled shoes with from cutting chips, steel
fibre-toe caps) when working for pieces, etc.
mixing asphalt materials, cement &
lime mortar concrete
(use Steel toe gum boot)
Safety Belt with full body harness to While working in closed spaces, on To arrest the fall, to pull out
be used and life line attached to heaps of loose material, in confined from gassy areas of confined
them. vessels, tanks, at all elevated areas if he drops in.
locations, on vertical ladders, in
digging deeper than 2 m, while
working with hose or gas mask in
confined areas/pits; on unsteady
working surfaces, at all working
heights more than 2 m from
ground/floor level.
Air respirators While gas cutting, welding, working in Protection from poisonous gas
hazardous gas areas, inside idling and dust.
boilers, process vessel in dusty
area.
Hand Gloves Rubber gloves while working with To protect hands and prevent
electrical equipment. Asbestos finger injuries.

Page 247
gloves while working in heat/high

temperature area.
Ear Plugs While working in areas with noise Protection to eardrum.
levels above 85 dBA.
(When noise level exceeds 85 to 90
decibels, Ear muffs/ear plugs are to
be used).
Welding Helmet While welding. Protection to eyes from
welding
light, chips from welding arc
etc.
Plastic face shield (transparent) While metal sawing/grinding, Face & eyes protection from
(Shield made of vulcanized fibre buffing, handling chemicals. flying particles and splashing
swivel type with adjustable sponge liquids.
padded head gear. Centre metal
frame aperture to accommodate
glass of 107 x 82 x 3 mm size dark
green colour of shade 11 DIN
Sandwiched with a pair of clear
protective glass of same size).
Metal Screen face Shield (with While working around blast Face and eyes protection from
openings for vision/breathing). furnaces, heating furnaces, heating heat and flying combers and
furnace, high radiant heat areas. sparks
causing blisters and blindness.
Acid/Chemical Hood While working with co Face and eyes protection from
chemicals. rr corrosive chemicals, causing
osi skin burns,
ve blind
ness
(temporarily/permanently).
Goggles Chipping, Riveting, sledge hammer Eyes protection from impact of
jobs. flying particles.
Spectacles with side shield plastic. While grinding metals, wood etc. Eyes protection from saw dust,
metal scales, ordinary dust. Etc.
Safety clothing (Proximity suit, Always clean, properly fitted clothes Loose clothes can cause
Diving suit, no loose clothing, clean to be used. While working with/near accident. Dirty clothes with
clothing) molten metal etc. proximity suit to oil/chemical soaked can cause
be used. fire accident etc. and even skin
diseases. Proximity suit
provides protection from
spillage/sparkles loose
clothing
tangles with moving parts.

Page 248
Rain Coat While working in rai Protection getting drenched

conditions. n/ and
we catching cold virus.
t
Safety Net While working on heights. To protect the workmen in case
of accidental fall.
(6 mm dia with twin rope inside for
50 mm x 50 mm meshing with
provision for intermediate rope of
12 mm dia every 1 M and 20 mm
dia rope on all four sides, with
provision for tying the net at every
one metre. All ropes should be
made of tested quality
polypropylene rope. There should
not be any joint in the mesh. The
safety net should withstand a load
of 500 kg. On 2.5 M span. The
safety net should pass through a
drop test which specifies that the
deflection should not be more than
2 M or half the length of shortest
side when a sand bag of 140 Kg
mass is dropped successively three
times on to the centre of the net
from a height of 50 feet.
Dust Mask While working in dusty areas To protect the workers
(cement bagging plant/storage from inhalation of
(Cloth dust mask flannel type made
area/handling practices). respirable dust.
from netting cloth outside and fine
canvas cloth inside sandwiched
with 3 mm foam padding, enclosing
the mouth and the nose, with
elastic head strap, ensuring safe
breathing in dusty atmosphere).

Page 249
Control Procedure (CP) for Height Pass REV.NO: 00
(Vertigo Test) Page 1 of 5
1.0 Purpose
To ensure Persons assigned to work at height are free from Vertigo and
Height phobia (Acrophobia - extreme or irrational fear of heights).
2.0 Scope
All activities related to work at height more than 1.8 meter above ground at project
sites shall comply with this Control procedure (CP).
The scope also covers and applicable to Manufacturing Facilities operated by the
Company.
3.0 Responsibility
Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors.

Site Safety In-charge / Officer/Supervisors.
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Details of Height Test Structure: Form Work Form Work
• A structure (ref. picture in Annexure 1) should be Engineer/ Engineer/
erected with Scaffolding materials or structural Execution Execution Engineer
members up to 6 meter height above ground with Engineer
adequate structural stability.
• 300/400 mm width walking platform to be erected
preferably 4 meter above the ground level. The total
length of the platform shall be 3/4.5 meters. Another
upper frame should be erected at a height of 2 meter
from the platform level, to enable person for
1
anchoring full body harness.
• Safe means of access (Standard ladder & landing
platform with hand rail, mid rail and toe guard) must
be erected at one side of the structure to reach the
walking platform.
• Double braided Safety Net must be provided at 1
meter below walking platform.
• Once a new structure has been erected, it needs be
certified for its structural integrity by a competent
engineer, before persons use the structure for the
Page 250
height test. The frequency of structural stability of

this Height Test Structure should be once a month or
after a major weather-related disruption
e.g. Storm, Earthquakes, Lightning etc.
Procedures of Height Test:
• After evaluating the skill levels of persons being HR/Admin/
engaged for height work and having been medically Execution Engineer SSIC
found fit, he/she will
be mandatorily required to undergo the “Vertigo
Test”, under the supervision of a
2
qualified medical practitioner/trained nurse,
as mentioned Annexure-2.
• Height Tests must not be allowed in case the wind
speed is above 25 Km/Hrs.
• Height Test shall be repeated once every 3
months after being declared fit for work at heights.
Blood Pressure (BP) shall be recorded by qualified
medical practitioner / trained nurse of the Person
required to work at height. The person then should
be instructed to walk on the walking platform to &
fro with double lanyard safety harness in secured
Form Work
position. Person should be allowed to get down
Engineer/
through the safe access only (shall not be allowed to
Execution
come down through other means viz., jumping).
Engineer
After reaching the ground, the BP will be recorded
3 & Qualified SSIC
again and variation of diastole more than 5 points
Medical
together with any other symptoms (giddiness,
Practitioner/Train
shivering, palpitations, sweating, breathlessness etc.)
ed
will disqualify the person to work at height. The
Nurse
results of Vertigo Test (including BP readings) shall
be recorded in the register maintained separately for
health checks.
Note: BP must be measured using manual mercury
BP apparatus.
Persons who clear the Vertigo Test will be issued
separate height pass/stamp on the gate pass with
signature of safety in charge. In addition, a separate
sticker shall be affixed on the helmet of the person
4 SSIC
authorized to work at height.

Page 251
The person who does not clear the Vertigo Test should not HR/Admin/ SSIC
be allowed to Work at height at least for a week. On Execution Engineer
successful passing of the Re-test (after one week) and he can
be allowed. If the person fails the Vertigo Test continuously
5
for 3 times, such person should not be considered for work
at height at TPL. Records of such individuals should be
readily available across all TPL sites to prevent them from
possibly working at any of our other sites.
• It should be ensured that a trained ERT (Emergency
Response Team) member must be readily available during
the Vertigo Test for handling any emergency.
• Emergency arrangement including Evacuation system,
Ambulance/Emergency vehicle with driver & first aider,
HR/Admin/
6 trained rescue team should be available and kept in SSIC
Execution Engineer
readiness.
• Rescue of person who may have slipped from the
platform and hanging from the lanyard or who may have
fallen on the net in case the lanyard fails, to be done as per
‘Rescue procedure’ mentioned in Emergency Response Plan.
• Training for people working at height. E.g.
Inspection of PPE, Training on Rescue, Use and
maintenance of tools, physical well-being (hydration),
heat stress, cold stress. (Internal training – 1 to 2 hour) HR/Admin/
7 Execution SSIC
• Certification for people working in high risk jobs.
Engineer
3rd party certification can be explored. E.g. Crane
operator, Lift operator,
• Use of Self Retractable fall arrestor.

Page 252
Note:
• The above OCP is mandatory at every site wherever work at height is involved.
• Wherever the OCP prescribed by client/customer is mandated for compliance,
the same shall be ensured. In case the client/customer OCP requires a lower
standard than TPL OCP, then TPL OCP must be followed while ensuring client
requirements.
Records:
• The recording of Blood Pressure readings Pre and Post Vertigo Test in the Health
Register.
• Records of individuals who have failed the height test 3 times, should be readily
available and made accessible to concerned, to prevent them from possibly
working at heights in any of our other sites.
• Records should also be maintained of all those who have been issue the height
pass.

Page 253
Annexure: Structure drawing

Page 254
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Permit to Work Page 1 of 4
1.0 Purpose
This Operational Control Procedure is to ensure that the level of defenses in

the system to prevent injury to employees and damage to property are of a
high order during all site execution activities.
2.0 Scope
This Control Procedure is applicable to all project sites.
3.0 Responsibility
Permit applicant/requester: Execution Engineer

Permit Reviewer: Area In-charge
Permit Issuing Authority: Client Execution engineer/ DRA Sec. In-charge
Additional Monitoring Authority: Site Safety In-charge/ Safety officer
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Before starting any work, the execution engineer
Execution
submits the PTW format along with activity-based Execution
1 Engineer/ Site
checklist to Area in-charge with all the details duly Engineer
Safety In-charge
filled in.
After getting the request for PTW for a specified
work, Area in-charge will ensure through physical
inspection of the work area and as per the activity-
based checklist PTW specific to the job being
carried out Area in-charge/ Site
2 Area in-charge
1st copy (white)-DRAIPL Engineer 2nd Copy Safety In-charge
(Yellow)-Contractor/ designated Supervisor. 3rd
copy (Green)-Book copy.
The flowchart for the PTW process is appended in
Annexure for ease of understanding.
After physical verification Area in-charge shall declare
that all necessary safety arrangements required for
Section In- charge
carrying out the activity for which the PTW is required, Site Safety In-
3 / Execution
including performance / non- performance of charge
Engineer
Simultaneous Operation (SIMOPS) interfering with the
intended activity.

Page 255
REV.NO: 00
Wherever High-risk activities (as defined in Master

HIRA) are being carried out, Sec. In-charge/DPM / PM
/ CPM must personally visit the location of such high-
risk activity area prior to approve the PTW.
SSIC / Supervisor will issue Stop Work Instruction
(SWI) if they finds that there are areas of
concern/Unsafe Conditions. Issuance of Stop Work
Instruction (SWI) will continue to be issued, till all
areas of concern/Unsafe Conditions are completely
addressed by the
Area In-charge / Execution Engineer.
The PTW should also be accompanied by a check
through the CP which has also been defined.
Based on SSIC’s clearance, Sec. In-charge /DPM / PM / DPM / PM / CPM
4 CPM will grant permission to proceed with the work. DPM / PM / CPM Site Safety In-
charge
In case the validity (time & date) of PTW extends
beyond the originally granted permission, the PTW can Section In- charge Execution
5 be extended formally for continuation of the work with / Execution Engineer/Superviso
due compliance of the requirements, as per checklist for Engineer r
extended hours of work (Maximum 4hours).
In case there is any change in the work condition which
could affect the safe conditions, the Site Safety In-
charge shall review the safety arrangements and their
Section In- charge Execution
adequacy and if not satisfied with the same, he shall
6 / Execution Engineer/ Site
inform the Are/Section In- charge /DPM / PM / CPM.
Engineer Safety In-charge
Who shall promptly address and comply the unsafe
conditions and confirm to the Site Safety In- charge
(SSIC)
Site supervisor/Foreman hold the permit for execute the
work safely.
Site Execution
Comply the safety measures/rules with close
7 supervisor/Forem Engineer/ Site
supervision as per permit & checklist.
an Safety In-charge
(Permit should be available nearby the workplace)
The Permit applicant & holder (Execution Engineer &

Supervisor) is required to surrender the PTW to Site Execution
Safety dept. at the end of the work completion Engineer/ Site Area in-charge/ Site
8 (including extended hours supervisor/Forem Safety In-charge
/ Night shift) and after ensuring the work area is made an
safe and tidy.

Page 256
REV.NO: 00
NOTE:
• The above CP is mandatory at every site & manufacturing unit of
DRAIPL wherever all site execution activities are involved.
• Wherever the CP prescribed by client/customer is mandated for
compliance. The same shall be ensured. In case the client /
customer CP requires a lower standard than DRAIPL CP, then
DRAIPL CP must be followed while ensuring client requirements.
RECORDS:
• Permit To Work Format.
• List of persons engaged for work.
• Checklist for specific activity attached with PTW.

Page 257
REV.NO: 00
Annexure: Permit To Work Flow Chart

Page 258
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Handling and storage of
chemicals (flammable/ Toxic/ Corrosive etc.) Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure safe working conditions while

Handling and storage of chemicals (Flammable/ Toxic/ Corrosive etc.).
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
Store In charge
Safety In-charge / Supervisors.
Contractor/ Store Supervisor
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Material safety data sheets for all chemicals stored / used
at site must be made available for ready reference.
Contractor/ Store
1 • Persons handling / using chemicals shall be advised of Store In charge
the dangers / health effects of chemicals Supervisor
• Appropriate respirators must be made available
• Hazardous and non Hazardous chemicals should
be stored separately.
• All the chemicals should be stored under cool and
dry shelter with proper ventilation / lighting.
• Chemical storage will be in secure areas e.g.
Contractor/ Store
2 fencing, locked doors, etc. Store In charge
Supervisor
• Liquid and solid hazardous materials storage
areas shall have rainproof floors with secondary
containment i.e. a spill kit (adsorbent pads, gloves,
container for waste, etc) shall be kept in all
hazardous chemical storage areas.
• Containers of chemicals should be closed, when Contractor/ Store Store In charge
not in use. Supervisor
3
• Name and other required details of chemical shall
be displayed on the container clearly.
Proper signage and Caution boards like Contractor/ Store Store In charge
“No smoking”, “Do not Touch”, “Dangerous Supervisor
chemicals” should be displayed and instructed to all
4
concerned groups.

Page 259
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Handling and storage of
chemicals (flammable/ Toxic/ Corrosive etc.) Page 2 of 2
• No use of open flame and spark producing devices or Contractor/ Store Store In charge
5 equipment in the surrounding. Supervisor
• No naked bulbs or lights.
Record of the persons authorized to enter/ handle the Contractor/ Store Store In charge
6 chemical storage yard/ chemicals should be available. Supervisor
All flammable waste should be kept in fire resistive Contractor/ Store Store In charge
7 Supervisor
covered containers until removed and disposed off.
• Firefighting equipment should be in place. Contractor/ Store Store In charge
• Emergency action plan must be displayed. Supervisor
If necessary, emergency evacuation route should be
defined such like, emergency door.
4.0 Records
4.1 MSDS
4.2 Record of the persons authorized to enter/ handle the chemical storage Yard
and chemicals stored in.

Page 260
Control Procedure (CP) for Demolition of REV.NO: 00
Building / Structure Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure safe working conditions during

Demolition of Building / Structure.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
Permit Initiator & Receiver: Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors.

Permit Reviewer: Site Safety In-charge / Supervisors.
Permit Issuing Authority: DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Intimate concerned authorities /client / residents and Site In charge Construction
1 Manager
obtain necessary permission for demolition.
Demolition plan should be prepared by Construction Construction Construction
Engineer and attach a copy for applying / obtaining Engineer Manager
2 the work permit.
Organize sequence of demolition as per the plan
If existing utilities like Gas, water, electricity Contractor Construction
connections (including over head lines) are present Engineer
then those services to be shut off and capped,
3 caution board / LOTO shall be in place.
Glass or similar material or articles in exterior

openings are to be removed.
If the structure is more than 7.5 m height, construct a Contractor Construction
protective shed on the side walk Engineer
4
(if the side walk is within 4.5 m distance from the
structure)
Water to be sprinkled before and after the process to Contractor Construction
5
minimize dust emission. Engineer
Cantilevers (canopies, balconies), temporary attachments to Contractor Construction
be demolished or removed or supported before removal of Engineer
main structure.
6

Page 261
Control Procedure (CP) for Demolition of REV.NO: 00
Building / Structure Page 2 of 2
Dismantled materials/ debris to be lowered through Contractor Construction

7 chutes/ buckets or hoists or openings on the floor, Engineer
carefully and nobody should be allowed during lowering
When demolition is by mechanical devices (weight Contractor Construction
ball, and power shavels), area to be barricaded/ Engineer
8
controlled for a minimum distance of 1 ½ times the
height of the wall and no worker to be allowed to enter.
All steel structure to be demolished column by column Contractor Construction
9 and tier by tier, structural members to be lashed to Engineer
prevent scurrying or dropping or falling.
No person should be allowed / engaged to those areas Contractor Construction
where already mechanized demolition was started. Engineer
10 No person should be allowed to take rest during lunch
time or other period of time under a semi demolished
building / structure
No conflicting / parallel works should be allowed Contractor Construction
11
Engineer
Proper work platforms to be provided for the workmen Contractor Construction
12
to work Engineer
Danger signs to be posted all around, openings to be Contractor Construction
13 barricaded or manned Engineer
(red lights to be provided at night)
Safety helmets, goggles made of celluloid lens, leather/ Contractor Construction
14 rubber hand gloves, safety belts, respirator shall be Engineer
used by workers.
If demolition is by blasting operation (controlled) OCP Contractor Construction
15
15 to be followed in addition to the above instructions Engineer
Safety helmets, goggles made of celluloid lens, leather/ Contractor Construction
16 rubber hand gloves, safety belts, respirator shall be Engineer
used by workers.

Page 262
Control Procedure (CP) for Handling & REV.NO: 00
Use of explosive substances Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose

Handling & Use of explosive substances.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
Store In-charge/Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors.

DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Handling of Explosive:
• No unauthorized person should be allowed for the

operation.
• All explosives are handled, used or stored in
Contractor Store in-
accordance with the instructions and the material data
charge/Construction
1 sheet supplied by the manufacturer of such explosive;
• Use of explosive is carried out in safe manner and In charge / Engineer
under the direct supervision of a responsible person;
• Before using any explosive, necessary warning and
danger signage should be displayed, at prominent places
of such use to warn the workers and the general public of
the danger involved in such use.
Transporting, handling, storage and the use of
explosive:
• Explosives should be transported in explosive van

only. Store in-
• Experienced manpower should be engaged for Contractor charge/Construction
loading, unloading and carrying of explosives. In charge / Engineer
2
• Use of cell phones, walkie talkie, transistors must
be restricted near to charging area.
• Detonators to be crimped by standard
method/tools.
• Following proper drilling, blasting pattern along
with prior information to all concerned.
• Records for issue / receive / used blasting

Page 263
Control Procedure (CP) for Handling & REV.NO: 00
Use of explosive substances Page 2 of 2
material and blasting check list, permit should be

maintained.
• Prohibition of smoking, naked lights and other
sources of ignition, spark producing activities in the
vicinity where explosives are handled, stored and
used;
• Maintain/ use safe distance and non-sparking
tools while opening packages containing explosives;
• Never use explosives and handling thereof while
the weather conditions are not suitable (i.e.
drizzling/ thundering) for such use or handling.

Page 264
Control Procedure (CP) for Hard rock REV.NO: 00
blasting Page 1 of 9
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this CP is for the protection of persons from injury and
illness and the protection of equipment and property from damage by
explosive hazards and other accidents arising from blasting processes.
2.0 Scope
This CP is to be viewed as a guideline for managers, Engineers and

supervisors in the safe setup of blasting and the safe performance of control
blasting operations. It is focused towards those safe practices for performing
blasting operation, which are generally within the implementation of control
blasting processes. This procedure is applicable for all project sites.
3.0 Responsibility
Store In-charge/Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors.

DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Blasting: Blasting is done to break the hard rock
coming in the way of any project using dangerous
explosives. It is usually measured in terms of M3
(Cubic. Meter).
Explosives: A solid or liquid substance or mixture of

substances, which on the application of suitable
stimulus to a small portion of the mass, is converted
into other more stable substances, largely or entirely
1
gaseous, with the development of heat and high
pressure. in a very short interval of time
Accidents during blasting have become a routine

feature. Though highly explosive materials are used
for blasting work, the workers who handle the
explosive materials are not aware of the safety
aspects involved. Starting from transportation, safety
is an inherent phenomenon in every step.

Page 265
GENERAL OPERATIONAL SAFETY

PRECAUTIONS:
Safe Location:
When blasting is done in congested areas or in
proximity to a structure, railway, or highway, or
any other installation that may be damaged, the
blaster shall take special precautions in the
loading, delaying, initiation, and confinement of
each blast with mats or other methods so as to
control the throw of fragments, and thus prevent
bodily injury to employees.
Hazard Communication:
Employees authorized to prepare explosive
charges or conduct blasting operations shall use
2 every reasonable precaution including, but not
limited to, visual and audible warning signals,
flags, or barricades, to ensure employee safety.
Personal Protective Equipment’s (PPE’s)
PPE’s shall be assured at all the times during
blasting operations.
Eye Face Protection: Eye wash fountain and
abundant water to be made available while
Handling the explosives.
Body Protection: Full body apron to be used by
the worker/mate handling the explosives
PPE Care: Safety Shoe, helmets, PVC hand
gloves and goggles shall be well maintained, and
should not be transferred from one employee to
another without being cleaned.
FACE MUFFLING AND BLASTING:
After the holes are charged and connected, the
blasting face should be covered preferably with
Heavy duty Blasting Mats or sand bags /steel sheets
combination to avoid fly rocks.
3 Clearing of people and posting of sentries at all entry

points to be done.
It is better to clear people for at least area of 200

meters all around the blasting area in controlled
blasting and 500 meters in open blasting. [Refer
Picture]
Page 266
Contractors Permit Form” to carry out Blasting:

Contractor / Sub contractor of TPL or agency
performing the blasting operation directly engaged by
TPL shall obtain the “Contractors Permit Form” from
TPL one day prior to the blasting operation. This permit
4
will provide the information about the amount of
explosives will be brought into the site, Date & Time of
blasting, No. of Holes, Depth of Holes, Type of blast,
Quantity of Explosives used & No. of detonators used
etc,.
TRANSPORTATION OF EXPLOSIVES
Containers: Transportation of explosives shall be under and in accordance with the conditions of license
granted under The Explosive Rules 1983. Every consignment should accompany a pass issued by consignor
in Form 16 and it shall be attached with invoice, dispatch note or waybill.
Construction: Specially designed insulated containers shall be used for carrying up-to 5 kg of
explosives. Construction material and thickness of the containers shall be as given in the following
table.
S.NO MATERIAL MINIMUM THICKNESS
5 1 Finished Wood 50 mm
2 Plastic 6 mm
3 Pressed Fibre 10 mm
Note: Metal components including nails, bolts, screws etc shall not be used in construction of
containers, which shall be waterproof and provided with lids. The containers shall be provided with
suitable nonconductive carrying device such as rubber, leather or canvas handle or strap.
Classification of Chemicals:
Class-1: Gunpowder,
Class-2: Nitrate-mixture
Class-3: Nitro compound
6 Class-4: Chlorate- mixture
Class-5: Fulminate
Class-6: Ammunition
Class-7: Fireworks and
Class-8: Liquid Oxygen Explosives
HANDLING AND USE OF EXPLOSIVES
Handling:
7
Handling of explosives shall be avoided during
thunderstorm or when thunderstorm is expected. All

Page 267
persons shall retire to the place of safety.

Any package containing explosives shall not be dragged,
dropped or handled roughly. The packages shall be
opened at a safe distance and at a shielded location vis¬a-
vis the magazine.
Sparking metal tools shall not be used to open the kegs of
explosives.
Smoking shall not be permitted nor matches, open lights,
fire, flame or any other device capable of producing
sparks or flame shall be carried while handling or using
explosives.
Unauthorized persons shall not be present where
explosives are handled or used.
The blasting powder, explosives, detonators, fuses, etc
shall be in good condition and not damaged due to damp
moisture or any other cause. They shall be inspected
before use and damaged articles shall be discarded totally
and removed immediately.
Two Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers, each of more
than 3 kg capacity shall be carried on vehicles carrying
the explosives.
All blasting works including transportation should be
done between sun rises to sunset.
Drilling & Loading:
Blasting shall be carried out only with the permission
of the engineer-in-charge. The blasting operation shall
remain in the charge of competent and experienced
supervisor and workmen, who are thoroughly
acquainted with the details of handling explosives and
blasting operations. All the materials, tools and
equipment used for blasting operation shall be of
8
approved type.
No drilling shall be started until the previous holes in
blasted area are flushed with water.
No person shall use explosives for blasting purposes
unless he employs a qualified shot-firer holding a Shot-
Firer's Permit granted under explosive rules.
The Blaster shall be competent and qualified by
reason of his training, knowledge or experience in the
Page 268
field of transporting, storing, handling and using of

explosives and having a working knowledge of rules
and regulations pertaining to explosives. The Blaster
shall: be in good physical condition and not be under
influence of drugs, alcohol, intoxicants etc.,
The face of rock shall be carefully examined before
drilling, to determine the possible presence of unfired
explosive. No attempt shall be made to drill at a site if
undetonated (misfire) explosives are suspected.
The position of all holes to be drilled shall be marked
out with white paint. The borehole shall be cleared of
water, dust etc. before explosive is inserted.
The diameter of the borehole should be greater than the
outer diameter of the explosive cartridge.
Loading and Drilling shall not be carried out at the
same time in the same area.
Blaster:
Every blaster should be aware of the blasting tools and
hazards associated in their use:
Able to understand and give written and oral orders.
In good physical condition and not be addicted to
narcotics, intoxicants, or similar types of drugs.
Qualified, by reason of training, knowledge, or
experience, in the field of transporting, storing,
handling, and use of explosives, and have a working
knowledge of State and local laws and regulations
which pertain to explosives.
Required to furnish satisfactory evidence of
competency in handling explosives and performing in a
9
safe manner the type of blasting that will be required.
Knowledgeable and competent in the use of each type
of blasting method used.
A tool made of wood suitable for charging and
stemming shot holes.
Scraper made of brass or wood, suitable for cleaning
out shot holes.
Where fuses are used, a knife for cutting off fuses and
unless machine capped fuses is provided also a pair of
suitable crimpers for crimping detonators.
Where detonators are used, a pricker made of wood or
a non-ferrous metal, for priming cartridges.
No attempt should be made to slit, drop, deform or
Page 269
abuse the primer.

No hole shall be loaded except those to be fired on the
next round of blasting.
Metallic devices of any kind shall not be used in
tamping the explosive cartridges. Wooden Tamping
tools can only be used.
Rock Drillers shall be equipped with approved
respirators for use in the silica dust atmosphere in
addition to other Safety gears like, Safety Helmet,
Goggles, Safety Shoes, Earplug, etc.
Use of Cell phones and Walkie-Talkies and Smoking
& Creating Open Flames shall be prohibited in the
blasting area.
Blasting with Safety Fuse:
The fuse shall be carefully handled to avoid damaging the covering. In very cold weather, the fuse
shall be slightly warmed before using so as to avoid cracking of the waterproofing.
The length of fuse, in any case, shall not be less than 750 mm. The maximum burning rate of the
fuse shall be such that it will allow sufficient time to all concerned persons to reach a safe place
before the blast occurs; the burning rate, in any case, shall not exceed 600 mm/min. As per IS
10 4081 - 1986, recommended minimum fuse lengths and maximum burning rates for normal
conditions are given in the table.
Number of holes to be blasted Minimum fuse Maximum burning
length / mm rate mm / min.
4-10 1800 450
11-12 2150 450
The fuse shall not be cut until all precautions have been
taken up to insert it into a blasting cap (detonator).
About 20 mm to 50 mm length of the fuse shall be cut
and removed to ensure a dry end. It shall be squarely
cut across with a clean and sharp blade. The fuse shall
be seated tightly against detonator charge and care
11 shall be taken to avoid twisting after it has been placed
in position.
The fuse shall not be lighted until sufficient stemming
has been placed over the explosives to prevent sparks
of live match coming into contact with explosives.
Explosives shall not be held in hands while lighting the
fuse.
As per IS 4081 - 1986, not more than 12 holes shall be
Page 270
loaded and shot at one time if detonation is done with

safety fuse.
Electrical short – Firing Circuit:
Firing circuit shall be completely insulated from the
ground or by the other conductor.
There shall not be any electric live wire or cable of any
kind near the electric blasting caps or other explosives
except at the time of firing.
Care shall be taken to ensure that all wire ends for the
12 electrical connections are bright & clean.
The electric cap wires or the loading wires shall be
kept short circuited until ready to fire.
All holes loaded on a shift shall be fired on the same
shift.
Each electric blasting cap shall be tested with an
approved galvanometer before & after tamping in a
hole to determine whether it will carry the current.
Before blasting:
All the approaches at the project site, where blasting
operations are undertaken, shall be sign-posted for
warning the public and indicating the days and timings
when blasting is to be carried out:
As per IS 4081 - 1986, all approaches to the project
site, shall be closed by barriers at a distance of not less
than 400m.
10 minutes before firing is to take place; Loud wailing
note of not less than 1-minute duration shall be
13
sounded in sirens to warn the public before
commencement of firing. The end of firing operations
must be followed by sounding an all-clear signal on the
sirens as a continuous long not less than 1 minute
duration.
Each borehole shall be thoroughly cleaned before a
cartridge is inserted. Wooden stemming rods (not
pointed but cylindrical throughout) shall be used in
charging the holes. The cartridges shall be gently
placed and not rammed.
After blasting (Dealing Misfire):
The Blaster shall not return to blasting site after firing
14 until at least 5 minutes have elapsed. In case of electric
shot firing, the shot holes shall be examined after
blasting and in case of misfire no person shall be
Page 271
allowed to approach the blasting site.

In case of blasting with safety fuse, utmost care shall
be taken to count the number of loud reports to ensure
that all the shots have fired. No person shall be allowed
to approach the blasting site for at least 30 minutes
after fuse blasting.
After notice of misfire all entrances to the misfire area
shall be barricaded or fenced so as to prevent
inadvertent access, and no work other than that of
locating or relieving the misfires shall be done therein
until the misfire has been located and relieved. In open
excavation work it shall be sufficient to mark the place
of the misfire with a red flag.
In any case, all the holes shall be carefully inspected
for residual undetonated explosives after firing the
shots. No other person than those duly authorized shall
approach the holes until one of the following
operations has been performed in respect of each of the
misfired holes
If the misfire is due to faulty cable or faulty electrical
connection, the defect shall be remedied and shot fired.
The stemming shall be floated out by use of water or
air jet from hose until the hole has been opened to
within 60 cm of the charge, whereupon water shall be
siphoned or pumped out, then a fresh charge with new
primer placed and duly detonated.
A new (relieving) hole shall be drilled in the presence
of blaster preferably same person who fired the shot.
That hole which shall be so placed and drilled in such a
direction that at no point shall it be nearer than 60cm
from the misfired hole.
After the relieving shot has been fired, a careful search
for cartridges and detonators, if any, shall be made in
the presence of the blaster.
If shift change is unavailable, the person in charge of
the outgoing shift shall, before leaving the
work, inform the person relieving him of any cases of
misfired shots, point out to him their positions, duly
cross-marked, and also state clearly what action
remains to be taken in each case.
In order to prevent inadvertent drilling of misfired
holes, they shall be plugged with wooden pegs

Page 272
Dealing with sockets

Before commencement of further drilling in working
area the competent person of the place shall inspect that
all loose rock is removed from there and the socket
laying after blasting should be cleaned or washed
thoroughly with water and carefully examined for the
presence of misfires.
No one shall try to bore out a hole that has once been
charged or attempt to withdraw a charge either before
firing or after a misfire, or deepen or tamper with any
empty hole or socket left after shot firing
ISSUE & DISPOSAL:
Explosive:
No explosive shall be abandoned. These shall be
disposed off or destroyed strictly in accordance with
the approved methods and in doing so the
manufacturers or the appropriate authority shall be
consulted.
Explosive Issue Register:
15
A careful day to day account of the explosives shall be
maintained in an approved register and manner, which
shall be open to inspection at all times.
Explosives shall be issued only by competent person
upon written requisition signed by the blaster or by an
official authorized for the purpose and only against the
signature or thumb impression. Such requisitions shall
be preserved by the person-in-charge of the magazine.
Blasting Register
A Register shall be maintained to record the following
details each
Blast:
• Date & Time of blast
16
• Number of holes blasted
• Type of explosive used
• Amount of charge per hole
• Firing pattern & Sequence.

Page 273
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Excavation Page 1 of 4
1.0 Purpose
This Control Procedure (CP) is to ensure that the level of defences in the
system to prevent injury to employees and damage to property are of a
high order during excavation work.
2.0 Scope
This Excavation Operation Control Procedure is applicable to all project

sites.
The scope also covers and applicable to Manufacturing Facilities operated
by the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
General Requirement:
Before work commences for excavation, following
actions should be initiated:
• If there is any structure near the excavation,
adequate care must be taken to prevent damage to
the structure.
• All underground utilities such as water & sewer
pipes, gas pipe and electric & telecommunication
cables should be identified by cable/ metal detector
and marked according to the existing layout
DPM/PM/CPM
drawings. Section In-charge
&
1 • In case there is hazardous gas, water & sewer pipe /Execution
Site Safety In-
line, gas pipe and electric & telecommunication Engineer
charge (SSIC)
cables and other utilities, the same should be shut off
or disconnected or diverted.
• If underground pipes and conductors cannot be
removed or disconnected or diverted, they should be
fenced / guarded / protected against damage.
• Trial pits are made to ascertain the underground
utilities in case of non-availability of layout
drawings.
• Before planning of excavation, prepare method
statement as per drawing and condition of location.

Page 274
REV.NO: 00
• The entire area should be hard barricaded.

• Proper signages & required illumination should
be provided.
• Goal post / Height Gauge should be installed to
prevent inadvertent contact with overhead power
line with any of the equipment / vehicles.
• Formal shutdown should be taken from the
competent authority / client for overhead power
lines.
• In case excavation is more than 6 m depth,
excavation scheme (MS) must be validated by
Section In-charge.
• Adequate control measures should be taken for
diverting Surface / runoff water to prevent
accumulation in the excavated pit, including
provision of dewatering pumps.
• Excavated Soil must be kept at least 2mt. away
from the edge of excavation. If not, indicate alternate
space for removal of excavated soil.
• Vehicle movement should be addressed as per IS
code nearby excavated area. If not, should provide
details on alternate methods (shoring / sheet piling
etc.)
• Stop blocks should be used to restrict the
vehicular movement near the excavation area.
• Suitable Emergency Evacuation arrangement
should be available and kept standby in case of deep
excavation.
• Emergency arrangements (Ambulance with driver
& first aider) must be ensured prior to
commencement of activity.
• Work permit should be taken from the concerned
authority.
• If necessary, permission must be obtained for
traffic diversion.
• Monitoring of Oxygen level and CO, CO2 and
other harmful gases in the pit must be done.
• All Plants & Machineries (as per ageing norms)
used for excavation should be checked by facility
engineering dept. and fitness certificate along with
valid license of operator must be available.
• Reverse horn and reverse camera should be

Page 275
REV.NO: 00
provided in all equipment’s & vehicles.
During Work:
• Section In-charge / Execution Engineer should be
examine the excavation area once in every day prior
to start of shift till the total excavation is complete.
• Appropriate sloping / benching / shoring system
should be provided as per the soil strata and method
statement.
• If shoring is required for more than three meters,
necessary props/struts/safety nets (for soil) to
support side shoring to avoid buckling or collapse of
soil.
• Adequate ventilation arrangement should be
provided for excavation > 6 metre depth.
• Adequate protection through guniting /
Shotcreting / continuous piling / rock bolting / rock
anchoring etc. to be provided to prevent the soil
collapse, based on soil condition and as per the
Method Statement .
• Sides of the excavation should be thoroughly DPM/PM/CPM
Section In-charge
inspected after/when: &
2 /Execution
o Interruption of work after one shift and before Site Safety In-
Engineer
commencement of the next shift. charge (SSIC)
o every blasting operation
o unexpected soil collapse, if any
o damage to supports noticed, if any
o heavy rain, storm or any natural calamities
o boulders are encountered
• Separate access and egress should be provided at
every excavated pit for pedestrian and vehicle
movement.
• No ladder shall be used for a height beyond 6
metre without a landing platform.
• If ladders are used as access, at least two ladders
should be provided for access and egress at alternate
sides. Ladders should extend from the bottom to at
least 1 meter above the ground with safe landings.
To ensure that ladders are properly anchored at
ground and top.
• No excavation should have undercut / cave
formation without adequate support. Undercutting
Page 276
REV.NO: 00
strictly prohibited.
• Safety net / wire mesh should be provided on
excavated surface as per the soil condition to prevent
soil collapse .
• Dedicated flagman should be made available at
excavated soil loading and unloading area to control
the earth movers / vehicle movement, together with
flags / traffic batten lights for night works.
• Do not allow anyone in the swing area of the
excavators.
• Dewatering arrangement should be provided, as
per the requirement.
• Area lighting /blinking lights & glowing signage
of caution should be provided during night work.
• Material, equipment and vehicle should not be
placed or moved near the edge (at least 2 metre form
edge) of any excavation, where it is likely to cause a
collapse of the side of the excavation and thereby
endanger any person or earth moving equipment.
• Excavated soil to be kept at least 2.00 metre away
from edge. Refer Excavation Code (IS:3764)
• All electrical cable should be overhead.
When loose masses or large boulders and rocks are
encountered:
• The entire area must be restricted for entry.
DPM/PM/CPM
• These should be removed as soon as possible. Section In-charge
&
3 • Workers should vacate the area and stay away /Execution
Site Safety In-
until it is safe to return. Engineer
charge (SSIC)
• No material should be placed or stacked near the
edge of any excavation so as to endanger persons
employed below.
Note:

DRAIPL wherever Excavation is involved.
• Wherever the CP prescribed by client/ customer is mandated for
compliance, the same shall be ensured. In case the client/customer CP requires a
lower standard than DRAIPL CP, then DRAIPL CP must be followed while
ensuring client requirements.
• Refer separate CP related to tunnelling / open cut excavation for
underground/ elevated metro rail project.

Page 277
Control Procedure (CP) for Handling of REV.NO: 00
Reinforcement work Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose

handling i.e. shifting, lifting, bending, cutting of reinforced steel for
Reinforcement work.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Use of basic PPE’S is compulsory for this activity Construction
1 Contractor
i.e. Hand gloves, safety shoes and helmets, etc. In charge / Engineer
• Avoid usage of make shift tools for separating /
lifting / shifting individual rebar, use only crowbars.
• Tie up rods in easily liftable bundles
• Maintain coordination while loading or unloading
the rebar’s unto the trailer
• Ensure proper access/egress at the area where
material to be shifted.
Construction
2 • Avoid wearing of loose clothes Contractor
In charge / Engineer
• Do not extend the rods 1/3rd of deck length of the
trailer/ vehicle or 1.5m whichever is less
• Use red flags at the end of extended
reinforcement or body of the vehicle in which rebar
to be shifted.
• Do not protrude the rods in front of or by the side
of driver's cabin.
Follow proper work methodology to prevent fall of
Construction
3 material (i.e. tying as a bundle or carrying in a cage) Contractor
from height in addition to safety nets.
Rebar Bending: Contractor Construction
It is always easier and safer to pulling than pushing
4
while bending rebar manually.
Required number of persons with coordination is needed
for this work.
Page 278
Reinforcement work Page 2 of 2
Ensure no other works conflicting with this activity at

that area.
If it is mechanized bending
Ensure Authorized operation
List of the authorized operators should be displayed
near the machine.
Implementation of all the instructions in accordance.
Ensure functioning of “Emergency stop switch” all the
time.
Rebar Cutting:
Avoid use of make shift tools for cutting the rebar.

Do not hold so close to the chisel.
Maintain coordination between chisel holders and
hammer operator.
Mushroom head of chisel and tightness of hammer
handle should be regularly checked.
Avoid use of welded hammer as it doesn’t show any
signage prior to failure.
If it is mechanized cutting follow 5 d, e,f and g

in addition to the following instructions
While cutting you should not hold the rebar so close to

the cutting blade of the machine.
Rebar should not be cut as a bundle.
Either pedal or handle should be used for cutting, but
not both at a time.
Rebar binding:
Use PPE like gloves, shoes, helmets, etc. Construction

5 Contractor
Avoid usage of shift tools In charge / Engineer
Use measuring devices like tape, measuring rods, etc instead
of using hand for checking of clear distance/ cover.

Page 279
Cement-Aggregates-Sand Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this control procedure is to ensure safe working conditions

while Handling of Cement and Concrete.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Loading/ Unloading & Storage of
Cement / Aggregates / Sand and Feeding of cement
into silo or feeder at Batching plant :
• Ensure effective usage of Dust masks, hand

gloves, Gum boot and Helmets
• Proper staking of cement bags i.e. only up to man
height i.e. 5ft approx
• Ensure sufficient illumination and functioning of
exhaust fans at cement storage yard.
• Avoid standing of persons over hooper or feeder
during loading of cement.
• Locate empty cement bangs collection point and Store / B-Plant and
Contractor/ All
1 train/ alert all for movement of snakes/ other Facility dept In
Operators
poisonous creatures while shifting/ disposing the charge
empty bags.
• Ensure back horn, banks man / helper, side
indicators, rear mirrors, head lights & banks man for
safe movement of transit mixers.
• Obey speed limits and traffic rules strictly, always
expect the unexpected and be a defensive driver
• All dumper / Transit mixer operators must get
down from the vehicle cabin for checking / clearance
before unloading any material or loading concrete.
• Blow horn at intersections and during overtaking

operations and do not overtake on curves, bridges

Page 280
Cement-Aggregates-Sand Page 2 of 2
and slopes
• Never allow any person to take rest at store house
or over aggregate, sand etc.
Movement of Scraper or Skip:
• Restrict personal entry in scraper swing area and

beneath skip (for cleaning sand, aggregate) while
plant is in operation.
• While running the plant in manual mode plant Contractor/ Construction/
2 operator should personally check for any personal Scraper/ b-plant facility dept
movement for each skip movement. Operator Engineer
• The bottom area of skip movement should be
fenced and warning board should be displayed there.
• Both Scraper and B-Plant operators should alert
the persons by blowing horn/ hooter before and after
their operation.
Routine Maintenance:
Store / B-Plant/
• Ensure strict implementation of all the
3 Contractor Facility dept
instructions in accordance
In charge
• Generated waste should be disposed as per the
waste management plan.
Concreting at site:
• Arrange firm access for the movement of Transit

Mixer.
• If chute is to be used while concreting at
excavations ensure it is extended up to safe clearance
from the edge of excavation.
Construction
4 • Avoid slips/ trips by maintaining good Contractor
Engineer
housekeeping at site.
• Ensure firm/ fixed staging and shuttering
arrangement before starting concreting and also during
concreting, but no one should be allowed to go exactly
beneath the shuttering where concreting is in progress.
• All persons engaged at concreting job must use
rubber hand gloves and gumboots, goggles and helmet.

Page 281
Control Procedure (CP) for Concreting REV.NO: 00
work Page 1 of 7
1.0 Purpose
This Operational Control Procedure is to ensure that the level of defences

in the system to prevent injury to employees and damage to property are of
a high order during Concreting Work.
2.0 Scope
This Concreting Work Operation Control Procedure is applicable to all

project sites.
by the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors: To ensure safe working
process & control measures are complied with, as per the Concreting Work
method statement.
Site Safety In-charge / QMD In-charge / Supervisors: To review all the control
measures are complied with.
RCM/PM/CPM: ensure all control measures are complied with before issuing
PTW for Concreting Work.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
General Requirements:
Before work commencement, following actions
should be initiated:
• Emergency arrangement including Evacuation
system, Ambulance / Emergency vehicle with driver
& first aider, trained rescue team should be available
and kept in readiness.
• Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA)
/ Job Safety Analysis (JSA) along with LMRA RCM/CPM/PM
Section In-charge
prepared for Concreting Work as per the Method &
1 / Execution
Statement. Site Safety In-
Engineer
• Workplace must be inspected prior to start of charge(SSIC)
work to ensure the working place is free from any
unwanted material, overhead electrical line and
access path must be clear from all obstacles.
• Area below where the Concreting Work is carried
out, should be hard barricaded, warning signs
displayed and Flagman deployed to control Transit
Mixer/ unwanted traffic / personnel movement.
• Persons who cleared the Vertigo Test & having

Page 282
work Page 2 of 7
valid HEIGHT PASS only should be engaged to

perform Concreting Work at height.
• Only competent Carpenter, Fitter and Scaffolder
should be deployed for continuous checking of
Scaffolding, Shuttering / Form work during
Concreting.
• Workforce must wear basic PPE along with job
specific PPE (Face Shield Goggles, rubber hand
gloves and Gumboots).
• Permit to Work (PTW) should be obtained from
the concerned
/competent authority, prior to commencement of
work.
• Adequate illumination should be provided, as
required.
• Blinking lights to be provided around Scaffolding
& Shuttering near road side at night.
Bar Cutting, Bending, Shifting and
Binding/Fabrication
• Reinforcement stacking / storage and scrap for
disposal shall be placed at assigned areas as per the
Site Layout Plan.
• Ensure cutting/bending machines are placed on
the standard foundation as recommended by OEM.
• Ensure all rotating parts are guarded and
workmen wearing loose clothing shall be strictly
prohibited.
• Ensure display of Inspection tag (Green /Red
Tag) on machine. Section In-charge
2 • Emergency stopper shall be ensured on both sides / Execution SSIC
of bar bending machines. Engineer
• Caution signs shall be displayed at bar bending &
cutting Machine.
• Ensure display of authorized operators with
photographs.
• Ensure workmen use Shoulder Pad, Cut resistance
(level-2) Hand Gloves, goggles along with basic
PPE during loading and unloading.
• No materials (PPE, tools, clothes & food carrier
etc.) are stored inside the bar bending machine.
• Temporary stacking of material around 1 meter
periphery of machine is strictly prohibited and safe
Page 283
work Page 3 of 7
access shall be ensured.

• Ensure rebars are not exposed from track/tailor
during transportation.
• Cutting of binding wire with grinding m/c and bar
cutting m/c is strictly prohibited.
• Working/walking platform shall be provided over
the reinforcement structure.
• Ensure re-bar caps are placed on all protruding
rebars.
Scaffolding and Formwork:
• Ensure all the components of Scaffolding &
Formwork material free from any defects are
available, as per the Scheme drawing before
commencing of work.
• Ensure Reinforcement and Formwork shall be
fixed as per Approved Drawings.
• Before pouring concrete, ensure all the control
measures of Scaffolding & Formwork are as per Section In-charge
3 OCP & Checklists (Scaffolding / Execution SSIC
/ Formwork Assembly & Dismantling). Engineer
• Acrospan must be supported at both the ends,
ensure props are interconnected as per drawing to
avoid horizontal movement.
• Ensure Concrete is ordered from the Batching
Plant only after completion of Reinforcement tying,
Shuttering and supporting arrangements and
necessary clearance obtained from Client,
Consultant and TPL Site FQE.
Batching Plant:
• Ensure compliance to all applicable legal
requirement for the establishment of Batching plant
from the pollution control board. Comply with Pollution
Control Norms of batching plant during its operations.
• Compressor must have valid TPI certificate. Section In-charge
• Ensure dust suppression by water sprinkling near / Execution
4 SSIC
Batching Plant area. Engineer / Fleet
• Cover all stockpiles to prevent spreading of dust. In-charge
• Ensure no person is below the scrapper during its
operation.
• Ensure the flexi pipe is free from defect / damage
while unloading cement from bulker into silos.
• Ensure all rotating parts of Batching Plant are

Page 284
work Page 4 of 7
properly guarded.
• Ensure Electrical cables of Batching Plant are
routed overhead / underground and earthed.
• Ensure ELCB/RCCB with 30 mAmp rating only
are used, checked every fortnight / month, Earth pit &
IR value to be checked and maintained as per the
standards.
• Ensure control room is locked and the key kept
with authorized person and strictly follow LOTO system
during maintenance of the batching plant.
• Ensure cleaning of all machinery and equipment
such as Transit Mixers, Mixing drum of Batching Plant
and Truck Washing, etc. in a designated washing area
and the used water is collected into a sedimentation tank
for reuse / recycle.
• All workers handling Cement must necessarily
wear basic PPE, work specific PPE viz., cotton Hand
Gloves, Goggles and Face Mask.
• Ensure adequate ventilation and illumination in
Cement Godown.
• Suitable & pre-qualified admixtures shall be
sourced from approved manufacturers and stored as per
MSDS.
Concrete with Mobile Mixer Machine
• Ensure Mixer Machine is placed 1.5 meter away
from excavation edge.
• Ensure guards are intact and secured for all
rotating parts of the concrete mixer.
• Ensure that the chute for pouring concrete is Section In-charge
anchored to prevent any incident. / Execution
5 SSIC
• Appropriate PPE shall be used to avoid direct Engineer
contact with skin and eye. /Supervisor
• Waste concrete shall be collected immediately.
• Concrete if spilt, should be cleaned immediately.
• Ensure water, concrete slurry and waste concrete
are removed from the workplace immediately to prevent
slip and trip hazards.
Transportation & Pouring of Concrete:
• Allowed to operate only authorized experienced Section In-charge
operator and workers / Execution
6 SSIC
• Check the OHE line in the vicinity while extending the Engineer
boom. /Supervisor
Transportation with Transit Mixer

Page 285
work Page 5 of 7
• Concrete shall be transported to site by means of

Transit Mixers
/ Self Loader only.
• Ensure Transportation Mixer is fit for use and fitted
with reverse horn, parking light and tail light, rear view
camera, mirror etc.
• Signal man deployed for movement and control of
TM and other vehicles.
• Put water barriers or safety cone at the edge of sharp
turning & road crossing.
• Press long horn before start the TM.
• Maintain the designated speed at site
• Use Wheel stopper on both front & rear tire during
parking and pouring of concrete.
• The Boom Placer shall not be left unattended for
extended idle periods during work.
Concreting with Placer Boom

• The concrete shall be placed in position using chutes,
buckets or directly with Placer Boom hose.
• Barricade the concreting area.
• Ensure boom placer’s outriggers are free from
hydraulic leakages, are fully extended and placed on firm /
compact ground.
• Ensure the boom placer pipe thickness should not be
less than
3.2 mm.
• Ensure concrete crew members are not standing on
building periphery to prevent knocking down by Boom
Placer.
• Ensure use of walkie-talkie for communication with
the operators (pump & concrete boom placer) and pouring
point personnel.
Concreting with Concrete Pump

• Discharge pipe should be connected firmly with the
clamp & secondary protection to be provided with a chain.
• Extra supports shall be placed under the concrete
carrying pipes (for Pump Concrete) to avoid sudden jerks &
loads on formwork
• Never open the delivery line when the pipe is
pressurised.
• Ensure workmen sitting on concrete pipe line is

Page 286
work Page 6 of 7
• Direct dropping of concrete more than 1.5 m height
shall be avoided.
• Operator should not clean the discharge of concrete
pump by hand, use tools for cleaning the concrete pump.
• Ensure concreting area is barricaded during the use of
Ball Catcher.
• Constant vigil shall be kept on formwork and
supporting system during the concreting work.
Concrete Through Paver Machine:
• Access Road width for movement of Transit
Mixtures should not be less than 4 meter. Ensure
provision of turning radius / area for reversal at intervals
of 150-200 meters.
• Ensure proper compaction of the access road
especially during rainy season.
• Edge of access should be demarcated with
suitable props for easy identification, especially in the
night.
• Ensure the rails and fixing arrangements of paver Section In-charge
machine before commencement of work. / Execution
7 SSIC
• Check the Soil compaction condition before Engineer
running of paver. /Supervisor
• Ensure the closing of dead end before running of
Paver.
• Ensure no worker should wear loose clothing.
• Ensure the life line and proper anchoring
arrangements for hooking of fall arrester/full body
harness for concreting on the slope.
• Ensure all rotating parts of the machine are
guarded.
• Don’t allow any person to pass inside the paving
area, when the paver is in motion.
Access & Work Platform:
• Safe access to be provided to reach the work Section In-charge
platform like ladder, staircase with hand rail & toe / Execution
8 SSIC
guard etc. Engineer
• Ensure scaffolding and walking/working /Supervisor
surfaces have adequate guardrails, safe accessibility
Page 287
work Page 7 of 7
and no tripping hazards or holes.

• Ensure that all scaffold boards / walk-way
Gratings or planks are tied / hooked with the horizontal
member.
• Ensure 500 mm width walk-way on re-
enforcement cage for personnel movement and work.
• Ensure that overhang of the platform scaffold
boards / Gratings is restricted to 300 mm.
• All the tools on the platform should be properly
secured to avoid fall hazards.
Lifeline: Section In-charge SSIC
• A common Horizontal lifeline (≥ 8 mm Ø steel / Execution
wire rope / ≥ 16 mm Ø polyamide rope free from any Engineer
defect & knots) must be provided wherever linear
movement at height is required viz., surrounding slab,
9
intermediate beam, canopy etc. Ensure lifeline should
be protected from abrasive or sharp edges.
• A vertical lifeline (16 mm Ø polyamide rope)
along with fall arrestor should be used by only one
person at a time.
• Execution engineer/supervisor & Safety officer
must be present at site throughout concreting work
until the completion of the critical concreting viz., huge
raft foundation etc., Slip form & Jump form concrete in Section In-charge
10 Silo & Chimney, Offshore, Bridge concreting etc. / Execution SSIC
• Look for what can go wrong and address Engineer
additional safety requirements, appropriately.
• For Concreting work in the night, follow Night
work OCP & comply with the checklist.

Page 288
Control Procedure (CP) for Assembly & REV.NO: 00
Dismantling of Formwork Page 1 of 5
1.0 Purpose

a high order during Assembly & Dismantling of Formwork.
2.0 Scope
3.0 Responsibility
Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Formwork Supervisors: To ensure safe
working process & control measures are complied with, as per the Formwork
drawing & method statement.
CM/PM/CPM: ensure all control measures are complied with before issuing PTW
for Assembly & Dismantling of Formwork.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
- Emergency arrangement including Evacuation
- Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA)
/ Job Safety Analysis (JSA) along with LMRA
prepared for Formwork as per the approved Scheme RCM/CPM/PM
Section In-charge
drawing. &
1 / Execution
- Workplace must be inspected prior to start of Site Safety In-
Engineer
work to ensure the working place is free from any charge (SSIC)
- Area below where the Assembly & Dismantling
of Formwork is carried out, should be hard
barricaded, warning sign should be displayed and
Flagman deployed to control unwanted traffic /
personnel movement.
- Persons who has cleared the Vertigo Test &
having valid HEIGHT PASS only should be

Page 289
engaged to perform Assembly & Dismantling of

Formwork.
- Only competent carpenter should be deployed for
Assembly & Dismantling of Formwork activity.
- Workforce must wear basic PPE along with job
specific PPE (Full body harness and goggles).
- All Workmen should have tool bag to carry bolts,
nuts, nails and hand tools. Arrangement for tag line /
fastening hand tools must be available.
- Permit to Work (PTW) should be obtained from
the concerned
/Competent authority, prior to commencement of
work.
Formwork Component:
• Ensure all the components of Formwork materials
Section In-charge
are available as per the Scheme drawing before
2 / Execution SSIC
commencing of work.
Engineer
• Ensure all the components of Formwork material
should be free from any defects.
Ground Condition and Props:
• Load bearing capacity of the ground should be
assessed and declared fit for Formwork.
• Ensure that base/ground is properly levelled,
compacted, without water logging and clear from Section In-charge
3 obstacles. / Execution SSIC
• All props shall be erected in perpendicular and Engineer
verticality of props shall be checked using a spirit
level/ Plumb bob.
• Prop should not be used if it is bent, creased /
rusted / bent head / bent base plate, damaged pin etc.
Other Condition:
• Props support of Formwork structure must have
safe distance from excavated pits, pavements &
manhole covers to avoid collapse.
• All Props or verticals / load bearing poles of
Section In-charge
Formwork must be securely braced to prevent
4 / Execution SSIC
swaying/displacement.
Engineer
• Safe distance should be maintained from
Overhead Electrical Lines as per standard.
• Vehicle movement should be restricted minimum
3 mt away from vertical support. If not, to provide hard
barricading & signage f or avoiding any unsafe incident.

Page 290
Assembly/ Fixing of Formwork:

• Shift the required materials to desired location &
ensure damage free handling/transport.
• Provide timber planks/sole plate/concrete sleeper if
the soil strata is not hard enough to bear the load.
• Shoring shall be done in adjacent pit/trenches, using
Prop or Cup lock system as per approved formwork scheme.
• When using prop system – Section In-charge
5 Select appropriate props based on the load. / Execution SSIC
All main props shall be provided with tripod for self - Engineer
standing & stability.
Maintain the required level by adjusting the props
and lock using inbuilt G-pin.
If prop is required to be extended of height beyond
its permissible
limits, necessary tie bracing on props shall be provided both
ways as per the scheme drawing.
Dismantling of Formwork:
• Ensure all General Requirements as stated section 1
above.
• Obtain approval from concerned authority before
start of dismantling of formwork.
• All formwork shall be dismantled in the reverse order
of the Assembly sequence.
• Formwork components shall not be dropped or
thrown from height, building or structure and shall be
shifted to ground safely and stacked at designated place.
• Remove beam side panels after loosening all the Tie
rods & alignment support.
Section In-charge
• Loosen the support (Prop/u-head) till the casing is
6 / Execution SSIC
completely free from slab/beam and remove the casing,
Engineer
bottom, inner sides & secondary member.
• In sequence, remove Primary members, U-head/jack
at top and lower the working platform.
• Dismantling of Formwork sequence to be followed as
per support condition of structure:
In case of simply supported/fixed – To start from the
center.
In case of cantilever – To start from the free end.
Finally remove the supports, bracings etc. from top to
bottom and ensure no falling of any object while lowering to
ground.
After the concrete has achieved its safe working

Page 291
strength, necessary re-props to be provided depending upon

the span length of the beams mentioned in IS-456 before
formwork is removed.
Similarly, if the next level slab is planned, adequate
prop support to be provided to the existing slab till it attains
complete strength.
Timber components are de-nailed, cleaned and
stored or stacked
safely for reuse or removal from site shifted to the next
work spot.
Barricading & signage:
• Warning signs must be properly displayed at
prominent places.
• Area below Shuttering and De-shuttering work Section In-charge
7 should be evacuated & barricaded. / Execution SSIC
• Adequate illumination should be provided, as Engineer
required.
• Blinking lights to be provided around Shuttering
and De-shuttering near road side at night.
Access & Work Platform:
• Safe access to be provided to reach the work
platform like ladder, staircase etc.
• Ensure that all scaffold boards / walk-way Jallies Section In-charge
8 are tied / hooked with the horizontal member. / Execution SSIC
• Ensure that overhang of the platform scaffold Engineer
boards / Jalli is restricted to 300 mm.
• All the tools on the platform should be properly
secured to avoid fall hazards.
Lifeline: A common Horizontal lifeline (≥ 8 mm Ø
steel wire rope / ≥ 16 mm Ø polyamide rope free from
any defect & knots) must be provided wherever linear
Section In-charge
movement at height is required. Ensure lifeline should
9 / Execution SSIC
be protected from abrasive or sharp edges.
Engineer
A vertical lifeline (16 mm Ø polyamide rope) along
with fall arrestor should be used by only one person at
a time.
• Execution engineer/ supervisor & Safety officer
must be present at site throughout Assembly & Section In-charge
CM/CPM/PM
10 Dismantling of Formwork until the completion of the / Execution
& SSIC
activity. Engineer
• Look for “what can go wrong” and address
Page 292
Note:
• The above CP is mandatory at every site wherever Assembly &
Dismantling of Formwork is involved.
compliance, the same shall be followed. In case the client / customer CP
requires a lower standard than DRAIPL CP, then DRAIPL CP must be followed
while ensuring client requirements.
• Refer separate CP related to specific system formwork (eg. Slipform,
Tunnelform, Jumpform, Aluminium formwork etc.)
Reference:
• IS: 14687 False Work for Concrete Structures - Guidelines
• IS: 4990 Plywood for Concrete Shuttering Work
• IS: 456 Code of practice for Plain & Reinforced concrete
• IS: 800 General Construction in steel — Code of practice
• IS: 2750 Specification for Steel Form Work
• IS: 3696 (Part 1 & 2) Safety code for Formworks and Ladders

Page 293
Dismantling of Scaffolding Page 1 of 6
1.0 Purpose
high order during Scaffolding Work.
2.0 Scope
This Operation Control Procedure for Scaffolding Work is applicable to all

project sites.
The scope also covers and applicable to Manufacturing Facilities operated by
the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Scaffolding Supervisors: To ensure safe
working process & control measures are complied with, as per the Scheme
Drawing.
CM/PM/CPM: ensure all control measures are complied with before issuing PTW
for scaffolding.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Scaffolding In-
/ Job Safety Analysis (JSA) prepared for Scaffolding CM/CPM/PM
Charge / Section
Work as per the approved scheme drawing. &
1 In- charge /
- Workplace must be inspected prior to start of Site Safety In-
Execution
work to ensure the working place is free from any charge(SSIC)
Engineer
- Area below where the scaffolding is carried out,
should be hard barricaded, warning sign should be
displayed and Flagman deployed to control
unwanted traffic/ personnel movement.
- Persons who has cleared the Vertigo Test &
having valid HEIGHT PASS only should be

Page 294
engaged to perform scaffolding work.

- Only competent scaffolder should be deployed for
erection / dismantling of scaffolding.
- Workforce must wear double lanyard full body
harness & work specific PPE.
nuts and hand tools. Arrangement for tag line /
- Permit to Work (PTW) should be obtained from
the concerned
/competent authority , prior to commencement of
work.
- Scaffolding verticality to be ensured through
plumb.
Scaffolding Component: SSIC
Scaffolding In-
• Ensure all the components of scaffold materials
Charge / Section
are available as per the scheme drawing before
2 In- charge /
commencing of work.
Execution
• Ensure all the components of scaffold material
Engineer
should be free from any defects.
Ground Condition: SSIC
• Load bearing capacity of the ground should be
assessed and declared fit for scaffolding work.
Scaffolding base should be levelled before
commencing of work.
3 • First Level Scaffold should be properly levelled
and using Water level / bubble tube.
• Scaffolding structure / vertical pipes are
supported over floor opening/ elevated on structural
members, shall be erected as per the approved
drawing only.
Other Condition: SSIC
• Scaffolding structure must have safe distance
from excavation pit s, pavements & manhole covers to
avoid collapse of scaffolding. Scaffolding In-
• Scaffolding verticals / load bearing p oles, legs or Charge / Section
4 uprights of scaffolding must be securely braced to In- charge /
prevent swaying/displacement. Execution
• Safe distance should be maintained from OHE Engineer
lines as per standard.
• Vehicle movement should be restricted minimum
3 mt away from scaffolding structure. If not, provide

Page 295
hard barrication & signage for avoiding any unsafe

incident.
Stability of Scaffolding: SSIC
• Scaffolding Height: smaller base dimension ratio < 4 :
1 . If not possible:
- Scaffold is tied with permanent structure at every 4.5
m height/length intervals . Scaffolding In-
- Racker (inclined) support provided for stability. Charge / Section
5 • Diagonal bracing must be provided at every 4th bay In- charge /
(from bottom to top) of scaffolding. Execution
• Verticality of the scaffolding structure must be Engineer
maintained as per the scheme drawing.
• SIMOPS work should be prohibited wherever
scaffolding (during erection or dismantling) is being carried
out .
Assembling of Scaffold: SSIC
• Scaffold should be erected using Base jack/ Base plate
and on a compacted surface and avoid erection over
pavements & manhole covers.
• Ledgers should be provided at bottom, top and levels
next to the joints.
• All Spigots to be fixed using nut – bolt on the top OR
bottom of each cup lock vertical joint. Reinforcement steel
rod should not be used in spigot instead of Nut-Bolt.
• Scaffolding to be braced using NB 40 ledger pipes and
swivel couplers (including Face brace, Transverse brace &
Plan brace) if the free standing height is more than 4 times Scaffolding In-
the smaller base dimension. Charge / Section
6 • All cup lock cups to be properly tightened to avoid In- charge /
loosening of ledgers . Ensure that base/ground should be Execution
levelled, properly compacted, no water logging and clear Engineer
from obstacles.
• Ensure Gap between the scaffolding and permanent
structure shall not be more than 300 mm.
• Before erection of vertical and ledger, its layout
should be done as per the scheme drawing for the first bay
in their positions. Then insert an adjustable base jack into
each of the first pair of standards.
• Scaffolding erection should be done in sequence as
per the scheme drawing.
7 Barricading & signage: Scaffolding In- SSIC

Page 296
• Warning signs must be properly displayed at Charge / Section

prominent places. In- charge /
• Area below scaffolding should be evacuated & Execution
Engineer
hard barricaded.
• Adequate illumination should be provided at
night / as required .
• Blinking lights to be provided around scaffolding
near road side at night.
Working Platform: Scaffolding In-
• Safe access to be provided to reach the working Charge / Section
platform like ladder, staircase etc. In- charge /
• Ensure that proper width is maintained for Execution
working platforms according to design / specifications Engineer
/guidelines (Min. 500 mm for men
+ tools, 900 mm for men + tools + materials).
• Ensure that every work platform is fitted with
handrail / top rail (at 1000 mm high), mid rail (at 500
mm high) and toe board (150 mm high) and they are
8 SSIC
properly secured.
• Ensure that working platform is fully covered ( if
not possible, gaps should not be more than 25 mm
wide).
• Ensure that all scaffold boards / walk-way Jallies
are tied / hooked with the horizontal member.
• Ensure that overhang of the platform scaffold
boards / Jalli is restricted to less than 300 mm.
• All tools for erection / dismantling on the
platform are properly secured to avoid fall hazards.
Additional Checks for Mobile Scaffold:
• Ensure that Wheels / castors used are of
appropriate Safe Working Load capacity along with
locking arrangements.
• Mobile scaffolds should be used on a firm and Scaffolding In-
levelled surface. Charge / Section
9 • Height of mobile scaffold should not be more In- charge / SSIC
than four times of smaller base dimension. Execution
• Safe access should be provided to reach the Engineer
working platform.
• Guardrails and Toe boards must be provided on
working platform.
• All tools for erection / dismantling on the
Page 297
platform are properly secured to avoid fall hazards.

• All obstructions should be cleared in pathway
before the scaffold is moved.
• Safe distance as per the standard from live
electrical lines is maintained while Erection and
Dismantling.
• Ensure nobody should ride on scaffold while it is
in motion.
• If scaffolding work is in specific location (such
as height, underground, elevated metro and onshore
etc.), specific methodology and permit from the
concerned authority is obtained.
Dismantling of Scaffolding:
• Ensure approved plan / methodology available
for a sequence of dismantling Scaffolding In-
• Ensure scaffolding components should not be Charge / Section
10 thrown from height. In- charge / SSIC
• Ensure that a designated place is available for Execution
stacking the dismantled scaffolding materials. Engineer
• Ensure that all the materials are stacked properly
after dismantling.
Lifeline: A common Horizontal lifeline (≥ 8 mm Ø
steel wire rope / ≥ 16 mm Ø polyamide rope free from
any defect & knots) must be provided wherever linear Section In-charge
11 movement at height is required . Ensure lifeline should / Execution SSIC
be protected from abrasive or sharp edges. Engineer
A vertical lifeline (16 mm Ø polyamide rope) should
be used by only one person at a time.
Safety nets: Double braided Safety net must be Section In-charge
12 installed as per job requirement to avoid free fall of / Execution SSIC
men & material. Engineer
• Execution engineer/ scaffolding in-
charge/supervisor & Safety officer must be present at
Section In-charge
site throughout scaffolding work until the completion CM/CPM/PM
13 / Execution
of the activity. & SSIC
Engineer
Note:
Page 298
• The above CP is mandatory at every site wherever scaffolding is involved.

• Wherever the CP prescribed by client/ customer is mandated for compliance, the
same shall be followed. In case the client / customer CP requires a lower standard than
CP, then CP must be followed while ensuring client requirements.
Reference:
• IS: 2750 Specification for Steel Scaffoldings .
• IS: 3696 Part-1 & 2 Safety code for Scaffolds & Ladders.
• IS: 4014 Part-1 & 2 Code for Practice for Steel Tubular Scaffolding .
• IS: 1161 Steel Tubes for Structural Purposes .
• IS: 800 General Construction in steel — Code of practice.
• IS: 4138 For HSE of the working personnel.
• BS: 1139 Part 1 to 11 Metal Scaffolding .

Page 299
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Ladders Page 1 of 4
1.0 Purpose

handling ladders.
2.0 Scope
This procedure is applicable at all our project sites, stores, offices which
gives guidance about
▪ Know when to use a ladder.
▪ Decide how to go about selecting the right sort of ladder for the
particular job.
▪ Understand how to use it.
▪ Know how to look after it.
▪ take sensible safety precautions
3.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO PROCEDURAL STEPS
1 Ensure the ladder or stepladder is in a safe condition
before using it by checking the following
• have no visible defects i.e. bends, dents,
cracks and components (not loose, missing, splitting,
excessively worn, secure) etc
They should have a pre-use check on each
working day
• are suitable for work use i.e. selection of height
according to work area, area of placing i.e. in the Construction
Contractor
vicinity of electrical lines, on uneven surfaces, Engineer
slippery floors and stability of landing area etc
The feet should be in full contact with the ground
and also they are free from dug soil, loose soil and
oil/grease.
• Ladders that are part of a scaffold system
still have to be inspected every seven days.
The options for securing a ladder are as follows:

• Tie the ladder to a suitable point, making sure both
top and bottom stiles are tied. Construction
2 Contractor
• Where it is not possible to tie at top one person Engineer
should hold the ladder.

Page 300
REV.NO: 00
You should only use ladders or stepladders:

• Built ladders not more than 6 M and
rung spacing not more than 300mm
• where they will not be struck by vehicles, by
protecting them with suitable barriers or cones.
• where they will not be pushed over by other hazards
such as doors or windows, by securing doors (not
fire exits) and windows where possible.
• If this is not possible, have a person standing guard
at a doorway, or inform workers not to open
windows until they are told to do so; Construction
3 Contractor
• where pedestrians are prevented from walking under Engineer
them or near them, by using barriers, cones or, as a
last resort, a person standing guard at the base;
• the stiles of some ladders or the 1 in 4 rule (1 unit
out for every 4 units up, as shown in Figure 1).
• Don’t use the top three rungs of a ladder.
• ladders used for access should project at least 1 m
above the landing point and be tied. (Figure 1)
• Alternatively a safe and secure handhold should be
available.
Do’s and Don’ts while using the ladders:
Avoid overreaching and not maintaining three points of

contact i.e. two hands and one foot or two foot and one
hand should always in contact with the ladder. Construction
4 Contractor
Avoid multiple persons accessing the same ladder at Engineer
same time.
Avoid overloading it: the person and anything they are
taking up should not exceed the highest load stated on the
ladder
Avoid makeshift arrangements at ladders i.e. placing Construction
5 Contractor
wooden planks, metal pieces below the ladder footings Engineer
Avoid side loading when working on stepladders such as
side-on drilling at walls, doors etc. Construction
6 Contractor
Engineer
Steps of the ladder should face the work activity
Avoid carrying material while ascending or descending Construction
7 Contractor
the ladder Engineer
8 Avoid using metallic ladders in the vicinity of electrical Contractor Construction
Page 301
REV.NO: 00
lines Engineer
Avoid combining or jointing two individual ladders to Construction
9 Contractor
access heights Engineer
Avoid using ladder as walk way or working platform. Construction
10 Contractor
Engineer
Avoid accessing the ladder with shoes having the soles
hanging off, have long or dangling laces, or be thick with Construction
11 Contractor
mud or other slippery contaminants like grease, waste Engineer
oil etc
Avoid trying to move / relocate any ladder while user is Construction
12 Contractor
at ladder. Engineer

Page 302
REV.NO: 00
Figure 1
Figure 2

Page 303
Control Procedure (CP) for Selection and REV.NO: 00
usage of Lifeline Page 1 of 6
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to detail the usage of lifeline (Horizontal /

Vertical) at work place especially while working at height.
2.0 Scope
This procedure is applicable for all project sites.

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Life line rope shall be used while working at height Frontline
1 and where the both Horizontal / Vertical movements Contractor Engineer/supervisor
are associated. /SSIC
Steel wire rope of 8 mm dia shall be tied with Frontline
minimum 03 no’s of U-clamp per each tying side at Engineer/supervisor
2 the dead end side of the rope.(Where ever, tying of Contractor /SSIC
steel wire rope is not feasible, then fiber ropes shall
be preferred)
For fiber lifelines, usage of Nylon, polyester, Frontline
polypropylene / polyethylene blend are good, but Engineer/supervisor
3 Contractor
rope made up of only polypropylene is not /SSIC
recommended to use.
Polyamide / Kernmantle ropes are highly recommended Frontline
4 to use as a life line.(Preference shall be given for steel Contractor Engineer/supervisor
rope) /SSIC
Do not use utility rope for lifelines and vice versa. Frontline
5 Contractor Engineer/supervisor
/SSIC
For vertical movement, lifeline rope shall be of 16 mm dia is Frontline
6 recommended and one person at a time only should ascend Contractor Engineer/supervisor
/ descend the structure. /SSIC
For horizontal movement, lifeline rope of 18 mm dia is Frontline
7 recommended and maximum of two persons only shall Contractor Engineer/supervisor
anchor to rope at a stretch of 10 meters. /SSIC
For horizontal life line, the maximum deflection [i.e. Frontline
8 Contractor
sag] angle should not exceed 15 degree, when tied at Engineer/supervisor
Page 304
both ends. /SSIC

The factor of safety for lifelines should be minimum Frontline
9 02. Contractor Engineer/supervisor
/SSIC
Lifelines should not be used for any other purpose Frontline
10 other than for lifeline. Contractor Engineer/supervisor
/SSIC
Every day check the tension of the lifeline. Frontline
/SSIC
Always tie the lifeline where, exposure to sharp edges Frontline
12 is prevented. Contractor Engineer/supervisor
/SSIC
The fall factor should be from 0 – 2 only Frontline
/SSIC
14
15 What is Fall Factor?

Page 305
Fall Factors are something that every rescuer and climber should understand. Understanding fall
factor
will help a climber/rescuer determine when and how often to place anchor points. Because it is
impossible to fall farther than twice the length of the rope the highest possible fall factor are 2.
A fall of 8 meters on 4 meters of rope (8 divided by 4) is a fall factor 2. So is a fall of 40m on 20m
of rope (40 divided by 20, fall factor 2). It is important to remember that fall factor is not the only
determinant when calculating impact force; overall length of the fall, friction from anchors, weight
of load, also greatly affects the impact force. In order to limit the impact force created it is important
to place protection whenever possible.
How To Calculate the SWL of Fiber Ropes
Formula to calculate SWL of Fiber Ropes = F X D2
Where,
D = Diameter in mm & F = Factor of Safety
Material Factor of Approximate S.W.L.

Safety
Natural Fiber 1 D2
Polyamide (nylon) < 50 mm 3 3D2
Polyamide (nylon) > 50 mm 2.5 2.5D2
Polyester (Terylene) 2.5 2.5D2
Polypropylene 1.8 1.8D2
Polyethylene (Mono) 1.8 1.8D2
Polyethylene (Staple) 1.2 1.2D2
Wire 8.0 8D2
Example:
Find SWL for 30 mm Nylon rope,
SWL (kgs) = F X D2 [Note: From the above table, ‘F’ value for Nylon rope is 3]
= 3 x 302
= 3 x 900
= 2700 kgs

Page 306
Minimum Clearance calculation

A – LIFELINE DEFLECTION
B – LANYARD LENGTH
W – WORKER’S HEIGHT

Page 307
2 FT. SAFETY MARGIN

MC – MINIMUM CLEARANCE
Important instructions to be checked:

Page 308

Page 309

Page 310
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Work at height Page 1 of 5
1.0 Purpose
system to prevent injury to
employees and damage to property are of a high order during Working at
Height.
2.0 Scope
This Work at height Operation Control Procedure is applicable to all project

sites.
The scope also covers and is applicable to Manufacturing Facilities operated
by the Company. All activities related
to work at height more than 1.8 meter above ground, this procedure is
applicable at all our project sites, stores &
offices.
3.0 Responsibility

DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Before work commencement, following actions should be
initiated:
Emergency arrangement including Evacuation system,
Ambulance/Emergency vehicle with driver & first aider,
trained
rescue team should be available and kept in readiness.
Section In- CM/CPM/PM &
Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA)/Job
1 Safety
charge/ Execution Site Safety In-
Analysis (JSA) prepared for Working at Height Engineer charge (SSIC)
as per the method statement.
Workplace must be inspected prior to start of work to
ensure the
working platform free from any unwanted material,
overhead
electrical line and access path must be clear from all
obstacles.
Page 311
REV.NO: 00
Area below where the work at height is carried out,

should be
barricaded, warning signs displayed and Flagman
deployed to
control unwanted traffic/personnel movement.
Persons who cleared the Vertigo Test & having valid
HEIGHT PASS
only should be engaged to perform activity at height.
Workforce must necessarily wear double lanyard full
body
harness & work specific PPE, in addition to basic PPE.
Permit To Work (PTW) should be obtained from the
concerned
/competent authority, prior to commencement of work.
All Workmen should have tool bag to carry bolts,
nuts and hand
tools. Arrangement for tag line /fastening hand tools
must be
available.
Ladders: All ladders must be of standard make and
made of MS/
Aluminium/FRP. In case of Electrical work at
height, only FRP ladder
is allowed to be used. Ladders should be periodically
Section
inspected and
In charge / Site Safety In-
2 maintained in good condition. Ladders should be
Execution charge
properly secured to
Engineer
prevent slipping, sliding or falling and should extend
1 meter above
the top of landing and placed at 75° angle at the
base. Ladder Rungs
distance should not be more than 300 mm.
Walkways: All walkways must have hand-rail/top rail,
mid-rail & toe
guard. Ensure that all chequered plates, gratings are
properly
fastened/welded/bolted. Ensure all walkways, aisles & Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
3 overhead / Execution
charge
workplaces are cleared of loose & unwanted materials, Engineer
free from
oil/grease or other slippery material.
In case of staircases under construction, temporary
barricading on

Page 312
REV.NO: 00
the edges of the staircase, will also need to be hard

barricaded.
Floor & Wall Openings: All the Floor openings, cut outs
& Wall
opening must be covered & hard barricaded which must
be able to Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
4 withstand the weight of the human being and adequate / Execution
charge
warning Engineer
signs must be displayed.
Standard handrails must be provided on the sides of
ramps.
Edge Protection: All edges should be protected with Hard
Barricading. Do not use PP Rope for use as Life line. Any
Section In- charge
individual working within 1.8 meter of an edge should wear Site Safety In-
5 / Execution
appropriate PPE. Arrangements should be made during charge
Engineer
reinforcement stage, so that extended Pipe can be installed
for fastening the life line.
Working platforms: All working platforms should be of
adequate
strength & ergonomically suitable for working at height.
Ensure that Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
6 the work at one location/elevation is not carried out / Execution
charge (SSIC)
above or below Engineer
levels, where the activity for which PTW is being
issued, to avoid
falling of material/tools.
Lifeline: A common Horizontal lifeline (≥ 8mm Ø steel
wire rope / ≥ 16mm Ø polyamide rope free from any
defect & knots) must be provided wherever continuous Section In- charge
tie off and linear movement at height is required. Ensure Site Safety In-
7 / Execution
charge (SSIC)
lifeline should be protected from abrasive or sharp edges. Engineer
A vertical lifeline (16 mm Ø polyamide rope) should be
used by only one person at a time.
Safety nets: Double braided Safety net must be installed as
per job requirement to avoid free fall of men & material.
Safety nets shall be installed as close as possible to the Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
working level but in no case, more than 7.7 meter below / Execution
charge (SSIC)
the working level. Material, equipment and other items Engineer
that fall into the net must be promptly removed. Safety
nets are to be inspected before use and then daily for wear

Page 313
REV.NO: 00
or damage caused by falling materials. Safety net

installation shall be inspected by the concerned
construction supervisor. The Safety nets must meet the IS
5175 standard.
Crawler board: Crawler boards/safety system
(Retractable fall Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
arrestor and life line), second line of defence must be / Execution
charge (SSIC)
provided on Engineer
fragile roof.
Guard Rails and Toe-boards Protection: All guard rails
and toe-boards for fencing of floor openings, wall
openings, gang ways, elevated work places and at other
places to be provided to prevent fall of men & material.
Section In- charge
Material used for guard rails and toe-boards should be Site Safety In-
/ Execution
of standard/good quality material with adequate charge (SSIC)
Engineer
strength and be at least 1.5 m high with an intermediate
pipe at 0.5 m height for handrail, mid rail and provided
toe boards to prevent persons slipping or falling
objects.
Floor Openings Protection:
Floor openings through which person could fall must
be guarded by
covers by guard rails and toe – boards on all exposed
sides or by MS
floor plates which are fixed in position and are able to
withstand the
weight of person(s). The size of the plate should be
larger than size
of the opening by 40 mm and must be secured.
If protection is removed to allow passage of person Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
or goods or for / Execution
charge (SSIC)
other purpose, PTW should be taken and ensuring all Engineer
check points
are complied.
Covers of the floor openings must be safe and sturdy
to enable
walking of men or material movement.
Covers for floor opening should be secured by
hinges, grooves, stops
or other effective means against sliding, falling or
lifting.
Wall Openings Protection: Wall openings must be

Page 314
REV.NO: 00
protected to a height of at least 1.5 meter by guard rails

along with mid rail and toe boards.
Use of Ladders:
Ladder should not be used as working platform. Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
Ladders should be ofstandard with no missing or / Execution
charge (SSIC)
defective rungs. Engineer
Ladder must be secured firmly at top and base.
Execution engineer & Safety officer must be present at
site
throughout height work until the completion of the
activity.
Look for “what can go wrong” and address
additional safety
requirements, appropriately.
Note:
The above CP is mandatory at every site wherever work at height is involved.
Wherever the CP prescribed by client/ customer is mandated for compliance,
the same shall
be followed. The same shall be ensured. In case the client / customer CP

Page 315
Control Procedure (CP) for Rope REV.NO: 00
Suspended Platform Page 1 of 6
1.0 Purpose

a high order during working on Rope Suspended Platform (RSP).
2.0 Scope
This Procedure is applicable to all project sites where Work is performed

using RSP.
by the company, as relevant.
3.0 Responsibility
Section In-charge / P&M engineer/Execution Engineer / Supervisors.
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Before work commencement, following precautions
should be taken:
• Suitable emergency arrangement including
Evacuation system, Ambulance / Emergency vehicle
with driver & first aider, Fire extinguisher should be
available and kept in readiness.
/ Job Safety Analysis (JSA) prepared for Work on
RSP as per the approved Method Statement.
Section In- CM/CPM/PM
• Workplace must be inspected prior to start of
charge/Execution &
1 work to ensure the work area free from any
Engineer/ Facility Site Safety In-
unwanted material, no work planed above or below
Engineer charge (SSIC)
the RSP.
• RSP movement area shall be cordoned off on the
ground.
perform activity on RSP.
• Ensure that all workmen working on the RSP are
adequately trained for operating RSP and the actions
to be taken in case of any emergency like power
failure or sudden adverse weather condition etc.

Page 316
• Permit To Work (PTW) should be obtained from

the concerned / competent authority, prior to
commencement of work. Work on RSP should be
performed during Day shift only.
• Workforce must necessarily wear work specific
PPE, in addition to basic PPE along with every
worker must have separate fall arrestor.
• All Workmen should have tool bag to carry hand
tools. Arrangement for tag line / fastening hand tools
must be available.
• RSP work shall be carried out under the
supervision.
• The maximum safe working load (SWL) should
be marked on the RSP and valid TPI certificate
should be displayed.
• During RSP operations, no person should be
allowed below
the RSP moving zone.
Assembly & Dismantling:
• Assembly & Dismantling shall be done only by
authorized persons from concerned Department as
Facility Engineer/
per the manufacture’s guidelines.
Section In- Site Safety In-
2 • After each assembly, the RSP shall be thoroughly
charge/Execution charge (SSIC)
inspected (Refer Annexure-1: RSP Major
Engineer
Components & Safety Gadgets and Annexure-2:
Schematic picture of RSP) and TPI
certification shall be obtained.
RSP Operation:
• Ensure authorized workmen only are allowed to
work on RSP and the list is displayed at appropriate
place and a register is maintained.
• Ensure daily tool box talk explaining the safety
requirements of day to day operation.
Facility Engineer/
• Ensure monitoring of workmen on RSP that their
3 harnesses are tied to the fall arrestor , individually.
• Ensure RSP is not used for materials shifting etc.
Engineer
• Ensure all RSP Electrical panel boards are
equipped with Lock & Key.
• Ensure that the keys are passed from one gang to
other gang
only through authorized TPL Engineer/Supervisor
and the keys are deposited at the end of the day /
Page 317
work.
Look for “what can go wrong” and address additional Facility Engineer/
4 safety requirements, appropriately. Execution SSIC
Engineer
5 Annexure-1: RSP Major Components & Safety Gadgets
Safety lock: If the primary rope breaks, the safety lock gets
activated and arrests RSP operation through secondary rope
within 100 MM.
Electromagnetic Brake with Manual Release: Hoist motor is

provided with electromagnetic brake as primary holding device.
Manual release mechanism shall help the cradle to be lowered to
the ground level in case of power failure.
Anti-Tilting Cut Off: This is a protection system to ensure

uniform loading across the platform. This device gets actuated once
the platform angle is tilted more than 4o and disconnects the
electrical supply.

Page 318
Overload Cut-off using Load cell and digital display: This is to

prevent overloading of the cradle by alarming the workers. The load
is measured by electronic load cell fitted on the platform.
Centrifugal overspeed limiter: If RSP travelling (Up or Down)

speed increased beyond the limit, this device gets activated and stop
RSP operation. This device generally activated during free fall and
brake failure.
10
Over Hoist/Top limit switch: Function of over hoist limit switch is

to prevent over run of the cradle and hitting the suspension
mechanism. When the limit switch lever touched upper end, power
supply of electrical motor gets stopped.
11
Anti-Sway Restriction: This avoids the swaying of RSP in

horizontal plane. A separate wire rope (Laid from building top to
ground) will pass through the sway arrestor roller fitted on the
platform. This will thrust the platform to remain in the horizontal
12 plane without swaying action.

Page 319
Overcurrent Protection through Relay: This is a part of electrical

control system. If electrical motor draws beyond rated current due to
overloading, this protection device will cut - off the electrical supply.
13
Hammer weight for wire rope locking: Operating wire rope must
be firmly anchored at the ground level using hammer weight
arrangements.
14
Panel Board Lock & Key: RSP Electrical panel must be locked
with lock & key arrangements to avoid unauthorized operation.
15
Galvanized Wire rope with proper U Clamps:

Galvanized Wire rope with proper U clamps to
be used.
16

Page 320
Annexure-2: Schematic picture of RSP
17

Page 321
Control Procedure (CP) for Hot Work REV.NO: 00
(Gas Cutting, Grinding & Welding) Page 1 of 6
1.0 Purpose
This CP (Control Procedure) is to ensure that the level of defences in the

high order during Hot work in the areas of Welding, Grinding and Gas
Cutting.
2.0 Scope
This Hot Work Operation Control Procedure is applicable to all project sites.
the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Before work commences for hot work, following
actions should be initiated:
Evacuation system, Ambulance/Emergency vehicle
with driver & first aider, Fire extinguisher/Fire
bucket, fire hose, fire watch (trained person looking
out for fire exclusively), should be available and
kept standby in case of gas leakage, fire &
explosion. CM/CPM/PM
Section In-charge
• Workplace must be inspected prior to start of &
1 / Execution
work to ensure the work area free from any Site Safety In-
Engineer
combustible material and access path must be clear charge (SSIC)
from obstacle.
• Competent welder/gas cutter/grinder should be
engaged to perform activity.
• Ensure all power cables should be underground or
over head as per safety standards.
• All floor openings and cut outs shall be covered
with fire blanket (in addition to covering the floor
opening and cut outs with reinforcement mesh/hard
barricading).

Page 322
• Ensure availability of metal tray or fire retardant

cloth beneath & sides of working place to arrest hot
molten slag/spatter/spark before hot work, to ensure
closed container (e.g. Storage tank)/existing
hydrocarbon pipe line should be purged/pigging for
flammable vapours.
• Before hot work, ensure all closed container (e.g.
Storage tank)/existing hydrocarbon pipe line should
be purged/pigging for flammable vapours.
PPE, in addition to basic PPE.
• Work permit for Hot Work should be obtained
from the concerned/competent authority along with
appropriate applicable permits e.g. Hot Work at
Height.
• Ensure that all equipment/tools/spares should be
clean before use.
• Permit initiator should ensure that Simultaneous
Operations (SIMOPS) which may affect Hot work
are not being carried out.
Welding: Execution Site Safety In-
Welding set, cable and electrode should be Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
2 conforming to BIS standard and checked at regular sor
intervals for any defects.
The power supply to the welding machine should be Execution Site Safety In-
3 given through RCCB/ELCB whose sensitivity Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
should not be higher than 30 mA. sor
Welding machine preferably should be equipped Execution Site Safety In-
4 with Voltage Reduction Device (VRD). Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
sor
Power supply cable should be properly connected Execution Site Safety In-
5 through switchboard/isolator by a certified Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
electrician. sor
The welding machine should be grounded to protect Execution Site Safety In-
6 against any leakage of current. Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
sor
Welding cables with lugs should be tightened with Execution Site Safety In-
7 secondary terminals. Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
sor
A return earthing cable should be provided through the Execution Site Safety In-
8
welding lead to the work place directly. Open metal Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
Page 323
wire, strip or rod should not be used for earthing. sor

Caution: Earthing should not be given to pipe rack,
column, Instrument supports or vessel/tank.
Ventilation arrangement should be provided through Execution
Site Safety In-
9 Local Exhaust Ventilation (LEV) wherever work is Engineer/Supervi
charge (SSIC)
carried out in confined places. sor
To avoid over heating due to loose connection, Execution Site Safety In-
standard lugs & connector (spark free clamp) should be Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
10 used for cable joint & connection with rigid crimping. sor
All joints should be properly insulated. Welding holder
should be properly insulated.
Portable oven should be checked for its fitness and safe Execution Site Safety In-
11 electrical connection. Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
sor
Adequate safety measures should be ensured wherever Execution Site Safety In-
12 Argon gas is used for welding including handling of Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
gas cylinders. sor
Welding helmet with the correct shade lens in good Execution Site Safety In-
condition to be used along with leather gloves & high Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
ankle shoes sor
Additional precautions when working on metals
covered with lead or zinc to be taken.
13
Electrode holders should NOT be cooled by immersing
in water.
No welder is allowed to carry out welding operation
over wet floor / areas.
Welding on closed containers is prohibited.
Grinding Execution Site Safety In-
Checking of Grinding Machine: Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
• Check inspection Tag of grinding machine sor
before use.
• Disconnect machine from power source before
changing wheel.
• Match the machine’s speed before mounting
14
wheel.
Caution: Do not use mismatched, undersized and
damaged flanges.

Page 324
Checking of Grinding Wheel: Execution Site Safety In-

• Use only BIS standard wheels, which are Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
properly labelled and follow the instructions for use. sor
• Before starting the cutting-off or grinding
operation, the wheel guard must be in position and
fixed securely.
15 • Cracked wheels can be identified by doing ring
test. To ensure quality of wheel ring test should be
done by gently tapping wheel with a light non-metallic
implement (such as the handle of a screwdriver for
light wheels, or a wooden mallet for heavier wheels).
Clear ringing sound indicates the wheel is free from
cracks and dead sound indicates presence of cracks.
Use of grinding wheel: Execution Site Safety In-
• Gap between tool rest and face of the wheel is Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
not more than 1/8th of an inch. sor
• Distance between the wheel periphery and the
adjustable tongue at the top shall not exceed 1/4th inch
grinding wheel should be guarded.
Gas Cutting Execution Site Safety In-
Checking of gas cylinder: Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
• All cylinders such as Acetylene, Industrial LPG sor
& Oxygen cylinders should always be kept in an
upright position and fastened to a secured support.
• Sliding, dropping & rolling of cylinders is
• No source of ignition is allowed including
smoking at work area.
Storage of Cylinders:
• Gas cylinder should be stored only at designated
area for a limited period of time.
• They should be kept chained in Vertical
position so that they do not fall off.
• No flammable material should be stored in the
close vicinity of this cylinder or in the same room in
which it is kept.
• The cylinders shall be handled carefully and not
be allowed to fall upon one another or otherwise
subjected to any undue shock. Sliding, dropping or
playing with cylinders is prohibited.
• Cylinders shall be stored in a cool, dry, well
ventilated place under cover, away from boilers, open
Page 325
flames, steam pipes or any potential sources of heat

and such place of storage shall be easily accessible.
• Cylinders containing flammable gases and toxic
gases shall be kept separated from each other and from
cylinders containing other types of gases by an
adequate distance or by a suitable partition wall.
• During transportation Acetylene and Oxygen
cylinders should be kept on an inclined trolley and
properly secured to prevent any fall.
Others
• Non return valve and flashback arrestors (both at
nozzle end & cylinder end) to be used.
• Never use cylinders as rollers or supports even if
they are empty.
• When work is to be carried out in a confined
space, use extended hose and keep the cylinder away
from the confined space.
• Never tamper with, nor attempt to repair oxygen
cylinder valves, do not apply grease for loosening it.
• Never try to lift the cylinders by holding the
valve cap and cylinders should be lifted to height
through cradle arrangement only.
During Gas Cutting Operation: Execution Site Safety In-
• Open flames, gas lighter, lighting of fires, Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
welding and smoking shall be prohibited in close sor
proximity to any cylinder containing flammable gases
except those while in use for welding, cutting or
heating.
• Check hose for its colour coding, discolour,
surface cracks and kinks. Hose to be securely
connected to the cylinder with hose clamps.
• Before lighting/igniting torch, ensure availability
of Flash back arrestor at both ends and check for any
leaks from screwed joint. If suspected of a leak, use
soap solution to confirm the leak and take corrective
action by replacing the flash back arrestor.
• Always use a spark lighter for lighting the
cutting torch. Never use lighted ropes, cloth, match
sticks etc.
• Cylinder should be located at safe place so that
sparks, hot slag, slag flame of welding /cutting work
will not reach them.
Page 326
• Never allow cylinders to come in contact with

live wire or ground wires from electrical equipment.
• Do not expose cylinders to direct sunlight.
After completion of hot work, first stop acetylene Execution Site Safety In-
supply by closing knob/valve on torch and then oxygen Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
supply. Close both cylinder valves. Then after release sor
the pressure in the hoses by opening knobs on torch.
Execution engineer must be present at site during hot Execution Site Safety In-
work until the completion of the activity. Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
sor
Look for “what can go wrong” and address additional Execution Site Safety In-
safety requirements, appropriately. Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
sor
Prevention of Fire Hazards: Execution Site Safety In-
The nozzle should be of good quality and suitable for Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
the job sor
Be sure about the pressure of the gas that needs to be
applied. Never apply overpressure.
Open cylinder valve slowly; Never apply too much
force/leverage to open/close valves.
When the job is completed, close the cylinder valves.
Just closing the regulator is not safe.
After the operation is completed, proper inspection for
detecting any probable fire incident should be
performed prior to leaving the work area and watch for
at least 30 minutes.
Prevent flame, heat, sparks or hot spatter from landing
on the hoses
At the time of cutting and welding, Fire extinguisher to
be kept near the area of work
Note:
The above CP is mandatory at every site & manufacturing unit of DRAIPL
wherever Hot Work is involved.
Wherever the CP prescribed by client/customer is mandated for compliance, the
same shall be ensured. In case the client/customer CP requires a lower standard
than CP, then CP must be followed while ensuring client requirements. While
doing Hot work at height - follow Height work CP.
For more details, refer: IEC 61008 – RCCBs/ IEC 61009 – RCBOs,
VRD- Australian Standards 1674.2 2003, Gas
Cylinder Rules 2016.

Page 327
Control Procedure (CP) for Handling and REV.NO: 00
storage of gas cylinders Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose

Handling and storage of gas cylinders.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Ensure that Gas cylinders are secured in upright
position. Oxygen cylinders should be kept separately Contractor/ store
1 Store In charge
from acetylene / other flammable gases. supervisor
Gas cylinder should be handled with care and rough

handling shall be definitely avoided. Contractor/
2 Store In charge
Store supervisor
The valve cover/ cap should always be in place

while in storage and the same to be confirmed prior Contractor/
3 Store In charge
to receiving cylinders from supplier Store supervisor
Cylinders should be stored properly in well-ventilated

location apart from
- heat production areas like DG rooms, battery
rooms, workshops and canteens Contractor/
4 Store In charge
- near to electrical equipment, DB’S, cables Store supervisor
- site traffic
- magnetic fields etc.
Avoid lubricating the cylinder valves/ fitting threads with

Contractor Construction
5 grease/ oil to loosen them
Engineer
Never place gas cylinders exactly beneath the erection jobs
Store In charge/
which can result to Contractor/ store
6 Construction
- Fire accidents by the spark or hot metal produced by supervisor
Engineer
the parallel works carried at top levels

Page 328
Control Procedure (CP) for Handling and REV.NO: 00
storage of gas cylinders Page 2 of 2
- Valve/ thread damage by the loose material fallen

from height.
Gas cylinders shall be secured in cages/ buckets before Store In charge/

Contractor/ Store
7 lifting to heights. Construction
Supervisor
Engineer
Trolleys should be used for transporting gas cylinders
from one location to one location. No rolling of Contractor/ Store
8 Store In charge
cylinders permitted. Supervisor
There should be no electrical apparatus or line electric

Construction
9 wire in contact with cylinder. Contractor
Engineer

Page 329
Control Procedure (CP) for Openings, REV.NO: 00
Shafts, Edge Protections Page 1 of 8
1.0 Purpose
To establish, implement and maintain a procedure for,

Barricading/ covering the openings in the floors/ walls
Providing protection to the entry to shafts in all the floors to prevent men
and materials falling through the same, and
Ensuring barricades on all the edges of floors/ stairs and to regulate the
removal of all of the above
2.0 Scope
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
OPENINGS IN FLOORS AND WALLS
• All the floor openings shall be closed and secured
against any movement. In addition to the covers
used, it shall also be barricaded. This shall be
provided immediately after de-shuttering
• Annexure 1 at the end of this procedure gives the

fabrication details for the covers and annexure 2
gives a photo of a typical cover and barricade for the
openings in floor Section In-charge
Site Safety In-
/ Execution
1 charge /
• All the lift shafts shall be provided with a pre- Engineer /
Supervisors.
fabricated work platform, with a provision for lifting Supervisors.
it using tower crane, as indicated in annexure 3
• All the service shafts shall be provided with fully

boarded platform and/ or soft-landing nets (well
supported) to prevent persons falling through, as an
added protection to the covers/ barricades
• All the openings in the walls shall be protected at

least by two horizontal bars (fully embedded into the

Page 330
wall or by props. Concrete shall not be ordered more

than the permissible variations
LIFT SHAFTS
• All lift shafts shall be provided with a temporary
gate, which shall be locked. This shall be provided
immediately after the de-shuttering of the slab above
Section In-charge
Site Safety In-
/ Execution
2 • It is preferable to provide lift gates in such a way charge /
Engineer /
to ensure that it need not be removed, while carrying Supervisors.
Supervisors.
out lift installation, flooring and false roofing works
(till the permanent landing gates of the lift is
installed, as indicated in the photos given in
Annexure 4)
FLOOR EDGE PROTECTIONS
• Specially fabricated modular edge protections are
Section In-charge
to be ordered, as per the requirement, well in Site Safety In-
/ Execution
3 advance for each of the project (based on the total charge /
Engineer /
requirement) and all the open edges of the floors Supervisors.
Supervisors.
shall be fixed with this. (photos are given in
Annexure 5
PROCEDURE FOR THE REMOVAL OF
PROTECTIONS/ BARRICADES/ GATES/ COVERS
• If the protection indicated in the above three
sections (for floor openings, shaft gates and floor edge
protections) are to be removed (for any specific
reasons), the site shall follow a very strict work
procedure indicated below
• Necessary form (ref number: CP 02-7) shall be
filled up by the concerned site engineer and he/ she shall
get the approval from the concerned tower in charge Section In-charge
Site Safety In-
(who shall justify the removal, without which the / Execution
4 charge /
referred activity can not be carried). Tower in charge Engineer /
Supervisors.
shall consider all available alternative options to carry Supervisors.
out the referred activity without removing the
protection.
• If the tower in charge is fully convinced of the

need for removing the protection, he/ she shall inspect
the site to confirm the alternative arrangements made
before authorizing the removal of the protection
• At this stage, the permit is submitted to the EHSO

Page 331
of the site who shall authorize the removal of the

protection, without which nobody at site has the
authority to remove any of the protections provided
ANNEXURE 1 – FABRICATION DETAILS FOR COVERING THE SHAFT OPENINGS

Page 332

Page 333
ANNEXURE 2: PHOTO INDICATING THE SHAFT COVER AND BARRICADE
ANNEXURE 3: LIFT SHAFT PLATFORM PROVIDED WITH HOOKS FOR HANDLING IT

WITH CRANE

Page 334
ANNEXURE 4: ALTERNATIVE OPTIONS TO PROVIDE LIFT SHAFT GATES

Page 335

Page 336
Both the photos given above and the drawing relates to the conventional gates (which is a bare
minimum requirement.)
Above photo indicates the alternative design, which will help to retain the temporary lift shaft gate
in place till the permanent landing gates are fixed. This has a provision to get support either from the
wall or from the floor
ANNEXURE 5: FLOOR EDGE PROTECTION (MODULAR)
10 Above photo indicates the base plates into which the modular edge protection posts are fixed

Page 337
Control Procedure (CP) for Lifting REV.NO: 00
appliances & lifting gears Page 1 of 5
1.0 Purpose

Working with all kinds of Lifting appliances and Lifting gears.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
P&M In-charge / Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors.
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
General
• Lifting appliances shall be installed under the
supervision of a competent person.
• No structural alternation or repair shall be made
on any part of the lifting appliances that affects the
safety without the permission of the competent
person.
• Every lifting appliance being operated outdoors
should have a cabin for the protection of the operator
against weather. All panes should be intact to stop
P&M In-charge /
rainwater.
Section In-charge Site Safety In-
• The maximum safe working load (SWL) shall be
1 / Execution charge /
marked on the lifting appliance.
Engineer / Supervisors.
• No crane, hoist, winch or other lifting appliance,
Supervisors.
shall, except for testing purposes, be loaded beyond
the SWL.
Operators shall not leave lifting appliances
unattended with power on or with a load suspended.
During hoisting operations, effective precautions
shall be taken to prevent any person from standing
or passing under the load.

Page 338
Cranes P&M In-charge / Site Safety In-

• Every crane shall be tested and thoroughly Section In-charge charge /
examined by a competent person after erection at / Execution Supervisors.
site before put to use. Engineer /
• Every crane shall be fitted with: Supervisors.
- Angle indicator
- Plate inside the cabin showing safe working load
at various radius of operations (Load Chart).
2 - Limit switches for boom and hoist
- Boom light, swing horn, flashing beacon
- Safe Working Load (SWL) prominently painted
on the crane body.
- ASLI (Actual Safe Load Indicator) or LMI (Load
Mean Indicator) which will be shown weather lifting
load is
within the limit of SWL or not.
(if possible)
Cranes shall not be used for the following
operations:
- To pull out fixed objects;
- To drag objects or move vehicles; or
- To lift an object with a slanting pull whether out
3
of radius or sideways reach
- To lift material during bad weather which likely
to endanger its stability
- To do lifting operations close proximity to
electric power lines.
• Swing area of the crane shall be barricaded and
no one will enter the area when the crane is in operation.
• When more than one crane is required to lift or
lower one load i.e. Tandem Lifting
- Arrangements shall be such that none of the

cranes will at any time be loaded beyond its SWL or be
4 rendered unstable in the hoisting or lowering of the
load; and
- A competent person shall be specially appointed
to co-ordinate the operation of the cranes working
together.

Page 339
Lifting appliances
• Lifting appliances (other than cranes, crabs and
winches) shall be tested and thoroughly examined by a
competent person after erection and thereafter tested every
5 years and inspected every 12 months.
• A-frames and sheer legs shall be erected on a firm,
5
level base.
• A-frames and sheer legs shall be adequately guyed
and anchored to prevent overturning or displacement.
• A-frames and sheer legs shall be of adequate strength
to support safely the maximum loads that they will have to
carry.
Winches
• Frames of winches shall be securely anchored to
substantial foundations.
Hoists for carrying materials

• The hoist way of the hoist where persons are liable of
being struck by a moving part of the hoist shall be protected
by a substantial enclosure.
• If access to and egress from the hoist is required,
6
then the enclosure shall be provided with gates which shall
be kept closed except when loading and unloading.
• The SWL shall be marked clearly on the platform of
cage.
• The cage or platform shall be clearly marked that
carriage of personnel is prohibited.
• All hoists shall be tested and thoroughly examined by
a competent person after manufacture and thereafter every
6 months.
Hoists for carrying persons (Builders Lift)
• Design, construction, installation, maintenance,
test, examination and use shall be governed by the
Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulations
of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and
7 Central Rules 1998.
• It shall be provided by a cage, which is
constructed such that persons shall not fall out of the
cage or be trapped between any part of the cage and any
fixed structure or moving parts of the lift or be struck by
articles or materials falling down the lift.

Page 340
• The cage shall be fitted with a gate which has

efficient interlocking or similar device to prevent the gate
from being opened except when the cage is at the landing
place and to prevent the cage from being moved away
from the landing place until the gate is closed.
The lift cage shall be fitted with
• effective automatic devices to stop it above the
lowest point
8
• overload sensing device with audible alarm
• effective safety device and over speed governor
• effective driving machine brake
Maximum number of persons to be carried and the
9
SWL shall be marked clearly on the cage.
Test and examination shall be carried out by a
registered examiner when:
• after each installation (or re-installation)
10
• after major alternation
• after alteration of height of travel
• at intervals not exceeding 6 months.
Lifting gear used in connection with cranes and lifting
appliances
• A competent person shall inspect all lifting gear
before they are put in use.
• Manufacturers shall issue a test certificate.
• When not in use, ropes, chains and accessories
shall be stored under cover in clean, dry, well-
ventilated places where they are protected against
corrosion or other damage.
• Slings that show evidence of cuts, excessive
wear, distortion or other dangerous defects shall be
11
withdrawn from use.
• Wire rope slings shall be kept well lubricated.
• Sharp bends of loads shall be padded by
semicircular metallic pipe pieces or rubber pads etc.
• When multiple slings are used, load shall be
equally distributed.
• Where double or multiple slings are used, the
upper ends of the slings shall be connected by means of
a shackle or a ring and not be put separately into a
lifting hook.
• Eye splices and loops of wire ropes shall be
Page 341
provided with thimbles.

• Hooks shall be provided with a spring-loaded
safety latch to prevent the load from slipping.
• Slings shall be colour coded periodically.
12
13
14
15

Page 342
Control Procedure (CP) for Mechanical REV.NO: 00
Material Handling Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose

Mechanical equipment’s handling (Using Cranes / winches etc)
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
P&M In-charge/Section In-charge / Execution Engineer / Supervisors.
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
General:
Plant and machines shall only be operated by trained
and competent operators over 18 years of age.
Unauthorized movement of plant and machines on
site is not allowed.
All, plant, equipment and machines shall be
inspected and maintained regularly. P&M In-charge /
Right equipment for right work must be ensure. Sec.
Construction
1 Material dragging/pulling by crane/F-15 not allowed In charge/Site
Manager/ SSIC
Excavator/Backhoe loader (JCB) not take in use for Engineer/Supervi
any kind of material loading/unloading/shifting. sor
All, plant, equipment and machines shall not be used
for any purpose other than its intended use i.e.
horseplay or using as working temporary platform.
Ear protection shall be provided to operators of all,
plant, equipment and machines if the noise level is in
excess of 85dB.
Mechanical Equipment
Before operation of mechanical equipment, provide:
temporary fencings and warnings at edges of
P&M In-charge /
embankments, excavations and pits against risk of
Sec.
roll over; Construction
2 In charge/Site
goal posts and warning signs in the vicinity of Manager/ SSIC
Engineer/Supervi
overhead power lines;
sor
adequate site access road;
flashing lights or flags for smaller vehicles for easy
identification;

Page 343
Control Procedure (CP) for Mechanical REV.NO: 00
Material Handling Page 2 of 2
• stop logs/stoppers for dumping pits.
Before operation of mechanical equipment, it shall:

• check the mechanical equipment for any physical
damage;
• check the level of all the fluids in the system;
Construction
3 • check all controls, safety device and warning Contractor
systems;
• check the condition of ground, working
environment and the nearby site activities
undertaken and make sure it is safe to operate
• All the moving parts shall be effectively
guarded.
• It shall always work in an area, which is having
adequate ventilation and lighting.
• It shall avoid side hill travel whenever possible
when working on slopes.
• It shall avoid operating the machine too close to
4 an overhang, deep ditch or a hole and be alert to Contractor Construction
falling rocks and slides, rough terrain, obstacles and
overhead lines.
• It shall park only on level ground, in neutral with
the parking brake applied.
• The ignition key shall be removed and kept in a
secure place.

Page 344
Control Procedure (CP) for Lifting & REV.NO: 00
Erection Page 1 of 5
1.0 Purpose
high order during Lifting and Erection of material & equipment.
2.0 Scope
This Lifting and Erection Operation Control Procedure is applicable to all

project sites.
the Company.
Any lifting and erection activities not covered by this CP, separate CPs
relevant to such activities may be referred (e.g. Metro, Marine/Offshore and
railway works).
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
should be taken:
Evacuation system, Ambulance/Emergency vehicle
with driver & first aider, Fire extinguisher/Fire
bucket, Fire hose, fire watch (trained person looking
out for fire exclusively) should be available and kept
in readiness. CM/CPM/PM
Section In-
• Job Safety Analysis (JSA) prepared for lifting & &
1 charge/Execution
erection as per the Method Statement/Lifting Plan. Site Safety In-
Engineer
• Workplace must be inspected prior to start of charge (SSIC)
work to ensure the work area free from any
unwanted material, underground/overhead utility
line and access path must be clear from obstacle.
• Lifting & Erection area should be barricaded,
warning sign displayed and Flagman to be deployed
to control unwanted traffic/personnel movement.
• Use guide ropes/tag line to avoid swing of
material when it is raised or lowered by crane.

Page 345
• Competent operators and riggers/signalman

should be engaged to perform activity.
• Ensure all power cables should be underground or
overhead as per the guideline.
• Work permit should be obtained from the
concerned/competent authority.
• Lifting appliances shall be installed under the
supervision of a competent person.
• No structural alternation or repair shall be made
on any part of the lifting appliances that affects the
safe work without the permission of the competent
person.
• The maximum safe working load (SWL) shall be
marked on the lifting appliance and crane, hoist,
winch or other lifting appliance. No load shall be
lifted beyond the SWL.
• Operators shall not leave lifting equipment &
appliances unattended in power
on/running/suspended load conditions.
• During hoisting operations, no person shall be
allowed to stand or pass under the suspended load.
• Execution engineer & Safety officer must be
present at site throughout lifting/erection work until
the completion of the activity.
Cranes:
• Every crane shall be tested and thoroughly
examined by a competent person for its fitness
before put to use.
• All crane operators must possess valid work at
height pass, competency certification and medical Section In- CM/CPM/PM
fitness certificate to operate the crane. They should charge/Execution &
2
also undergo breath analyzer test before they begin Engineer/Facility Site Safety In-
their shift (100% check). This should be a part of the Engineer charge (SSIC)
PTW.
• Appropriate Test certificates as per the legislative
requirement should be available in the crane and
updated in the Asset Register.
• Cranes should not be operated beyond a wind
Page 346
speed of 25 Km/Hrs.
• Every crane shall be fitted with:
Angle indicator.
Load indicator for SWL (safe working load) at
various radius of operations as per the Load Chart
should be displayed. ASLI (Actual Safe Load
Indicator) or LMI (Load Mean Indicator) should be
below SWI.
Working of Limit switch for boom, hoist, swing
& reverse horn should be in working condition.
Cranes shall not be used to the following operations:
• To pull out fixed objects.
• To drag objects or move vehicles.
charge/Execution &
3 • To lift an object with a slanting pull whether out
Engineer/Facility Site Safety In-
of radius or sideways reach.
• To lift material during bad weather which is
likely to endanger its stability.
When more than one crane is required to lift or
lower one load i.e.
Tandem Lifting
• Arrangements shall be such that none of the Section In- CM/CPM/PM
cranes will at any time be loaded beyond its SWL or charge/Execution &
4
be rendered unstable in the hoisting or lowering of Engineer/Facility Site Safety In-
the load. Engineer charge (SSIC)
• A competent person shall be specially appointed
to coordinate the operation of the cranes working
together.
Winches:
• Frames of winches shall be securely anchored to
substantial foundations.
Hoists for carrying materials:
• If access to and egress from the hoist is required,
then the enclosure shall be provided with gates
which shall be kept closed except during loading and
charge/Execution &
5 unloading.
• The SWL shall be marked clearly on the platform
of cage.
• The cage or platform shall be clearly marked that
carriage of personnel is strictly prohibited.
• All hoists shall be tested and thoroughly
examined by a competent person after manufacture
and thereafter every 6 months.
Page 347
Hoists for carrying persons (Builders Lift)

• Design, construction, installation, maintenance,
test, examination as per standard.
• It shall be provided by a cage, which is
constructed such that persons shall not fall out of the
cage or be trapped between any part of the cage and Section In- CM/CPM/PM
any fixed structure or moving parts of the lift or be charge/Execution &
6
struck by articles or materials falling down the lift. Engineer/Facility Site Safety In-
• The cage shall be fitted with a gate which has Engineer charge (SSIC)
efficient interlocking or similar device to prevent the
gate from being opened except when the cage is at
the landing place and to prevent the cage from being
moved away from the landing place until the gate is
closed.
The lift cage shall be fitted with:
• Effective automatic devices to stop it above the
lowest point. Section In- CM/CPM/PM
• Overload sensing device with audible alarm. charge/Execution &
7
• Effective safety device and over speed governor Engineer/Facility Site Safety In-
effective driving machine brake. Engineer charge (SSIC)
• Maximum number of persons to be carried and
the SWL shall be marked clearly on the cage.
Lifting gear used in connection with cranes and
lifting appliances:
• Slings showing evidence of cuts, excessive wear
& tear, distortion must be discarded.
• Wire rope slings shall be kept well lubricated.
• Sharp bends of loads shall be padded by rubber
pads.
• When multiple slings are used, load shall be
charge/Execution &
8 equally distributed & upper ends of the slings shall
be connected by means of a shackle or a ring and
should not be put separately into a lifting hook.
• Eye splices and loops of wire ropes shall be
provided with thimbles.
• Hooks shall be provided with a spring-loaded
safety latch to prevent the load from slipping.
• All lifting tools & tackles shall be appropriate
colour coded, periodically.
Erection
9

Page 348
Before Erection:
• Ensure ground condition & stability suitable for
lifting operations.
• Ensure outriggers of the crane are fully extended Section In- CM/CPM/PM
before lifting & placed on proper saddles. charge/Execution &
10
• Weight of the heavy items shall be painted on the Engineer/Facility Site Safety In-
items to assist erection engineer to decide about the Engineer charge (SSIC)
crane capacity, boom angle of erection etc.
• Shall ensure proper access and working platform
for erection and de-slinging.
During Erection:
• Anchor the unsupported columns with stay/guy
ropes.
• When placing structural members, the load shall
not be released from the hoisting line until member
is fully secured.
• Authorize personnel with safety gear only should
be allowed on to the temporary structural members.
charge/Execution &
11 • In case of tandem lift ensure
Strict and continuous supervision.
Load allocation to individual cranes must be
decided prior to starting the lifting activity.
Effective signaling system between rigger and
crane operators.
• Suspend the work and lower down the crane
boom during heavy winds/bad weather/natural
calamities.
After Erection:
• Crane should be released after ensuring the load
is stable and secured position.
• Operator of crane, winches & other lifting
charge/Execution &
12 equipment should not leave before de-slinging of
erected materials.
• Execution engineer and other concerned person
should not leave the area till the erection crew has
reached on ground, safely.

Page 349
Control Procedure (CP) for Electrical REV.NO: 00
Work Page 1 of 5
1.0 Purpose
This Control Procedure is to ensure that the level of defences in the system
to prevent injury of employees and damage of property are of a high order
during any type of Electrical work.
2.0 Scope
This CP is applicable to all project sites , store and offices for any Electrical
Work.
the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
• Only authorized and licensed electricians shall be
allowed to work, helpers will be restricted to only
carry tools, materials and assist in holding ladders
and similar such tasks.
• Only industrial type electrical fittings shall be
used in project site.
• Electricians will use suitable hand gloves as per
the voltage while carrying out electrical work in live
condition and shall stand on rubber mat of minimum
Electrical CM/CPM/P M
6 mm thick.
Engineer / &
1 • Appropriate DANGER signs shall be provided
Execution Site Safety In-
outside electrical installations.
• All works on Live electrical installation to be
carried out under PTW.
• Loose / Open / Uninsulated electrical connections
are strictly prohibited.
• The workforce must wear specific PPE such as
Electrical resistant Induction safety helmet with face
shield, electrical safety shoes, and electrical hand
gloves according to the Voltage, in addition to basic
PPE.
• Electrical Insulated tools/tackles should be

Page 350
Work Page 2 of 5
inspected by electrical engineer/supervisor and place

valid Tag.
• All electrical testing equipments should have a
valid Third Party Inspection certificate .
perform activity at height.
• Adequate illumination & Emergency lighting
systems should be available in the work area.
Underground Electrical Work
• Location and depth of existing underground
Electrical cables should be obtained from customer/
Client, before commencing of new connection,
maintenance & shut down work.
• Before excavation, identify underground cables
and other utilities with cable/metal detector and treat
Electrical
them as LIVE. If identified, do manual excavation
Engineer / Site Safety In-
2 using insulated tools and through trial pits .
Execution Charge (SSIC)
• Provide adequate support to existing U/G cables
Engineer
and other utilities once the soil underneath was
removed.
• Immediately report to the concerned if any
damage to U/G cables, no matter however small.
• Even if the U/G cable appears to be disconnected,
do not attempt to drill or cut into it, till approved by
the concerned authority.
Working Near Overhead (O/H) Electrical Lines
• Shutdown to be obtained from the concerned
authorities in writing.
• Treat any O/H lines found anywhere as LIVE.
• Working too close or causing damage to O/H
lines is dangerous as it can lead to flashover, Electrical
explosion or fire (use induction detector safety Engineer / Site Safety In-
3
helmet, shock proof cloth and other precaution taken Execution Charge (SSIC)
as per the standard). Engineer
• Before commencing work near overhead
electrical line, ensure & confirm the ground
clearance, safe working distance as per the Voltage.
• If there is any vehicle movement beneath the O/H
lines , a barrier with safe clearance from O/H lines,
Page 351
Work Page 3 of 5
to be arranged.
DBs / Panel Board / Switchboards

• Access to the switchboards / Panel Boards shall
be free from obstructions.
• All Distribution Boards (DBs) / Panel Boards
shall be lockable and should be connected with
standard separate Double earth pits, both earth pit
Electrical
shall be interconnected.
Engineer / Site Safety In-
4 • All DBs shall be provided with 30 mAmp rating
Execution Charge (SSIC)
ELCBs / RCCBs.
Engineer
• All switchboards and DBs shall be provided with
adequate protection from rainwater i.e. canopy
(avoid covering with polythene or plastic sheets).
• Ensure installation of Fire Extinguishers (DCP
type or CO2 type and Sand Buckets) near the PBs
and DG Sets.
Conductors
• No bare conductor shall be permitted.
• All wiring shall be supported on standard
insulators and the insulation of all electric portable
cables shall be of heavy -duty type.
• Overhead lines shall be carried on wooden
supports of adequate strength and at a minimum
height of 6 mtrs above ground level and they should
not be tied with any conducting materials like
binding / GI wire. Electrical
• Only armoured cable shall be laid underground Engineer / Site Safety In-
5
and their route shall be marked & displayed by cable Execution Charge (SSIC)
markers. Engineer
• If plug socket (Industrial types socket used at
project site) connections are required for connecting
cables to the mains, they shall be: -
a. water proof type;
b. adequate strength as per the requirement.
• All flexible cables shall be joined by means of a
proper connection or by appropriate industrial plugs
and sockets.
• Only insulated flexible cables shall be used.

Page 352
Work Page 4 of 5
Electrical Equipment
• Double earthing is must. Electrical
• Control appliances shall not be installed at places Engineer / Site Safety In-
6
where there are flammable liquids / gases i.e. nearer Execution Charge (SSIC)
to Diesel / Gas cylinder storage yard. Engineer
• Cable shall be branched through junction boxes.
Generators
• Only a trained & authorised person will operate
the generator.
• Suitable firefighting equipment shall be placed Electrical
near the generator room. Engineer / Site Safety In-
7
• Should be properly earthed (two earthing pits Execution Charge (SSIC)
interconnected). Engineer
• Shall be installed in a suitable enclosure, which is
lockable and will not be used for any other purpose.
• All rotating parts of the DG must be guarded.
Application of Locks and Tags for LOTO
• Place Locks and Tags DANGER - DO NOT
OPERATE on the equipment used to de-energize
circuits on which the work is to be performed
• Attach a lock to ensure that u nauthorized
personnel cannot open the circuit
• The person who placed the Lock and Tag is only
authorized to remove the Lock and Tag.
Isolating of Electrical Circuits
• Shut down the equipment / circuit to de-energize,
prior to commencement of work.
• Prior to working on the equipment, ensure all Electrical
energy sources are locked out and verify that no Engineer / Site Safety In-
8
residual energy exists following LOTO. Execution Charge (SSIC)
• Verify isolation by testing the equipme nt. Engineer
Repair, re-energization and LOTO removal.
• No person shall be in the vicinity of circuits /
equipment when it is re- energized.
• Remove all electrical jumpers and other devices
prior to re- energization.
• Only authorized person shall perform tests and
visual inspections to ensure re-energization.
• Re-energize the equipment, remove locks and/or
tags and notify concerned persons.
• After completion of the work, it shall be ensured
that the working area is safe & tidy
Page 353
Work Page 5 of 5
• Electrical In-charge must ensure to close the

permit and hand over to
site safety in-charge for the record.
Note:
DRAIPL wherever Electrical work is involved.
REFERENCES:
• The Indian Electricity Act, 1910
• IS 732 (1989): Code of practice for electrical wiring.
• 29 CFR 1910.147 The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock Out/Tag
Out).
• ANSI Z-244.1-2003 Safety Requirement for the Lock Out/Tag Out of
Energy Sources.
• NFPA 70E-2015 Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.

Page 354
Control Procedure (CP) for Cable REV.NO: 00
laying/tray work Page 1 of 1
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that cable laying/tray work is

done in a safe manner.
2.0 Scope
This procedure is applicable at all our project sites.

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Cables, trays for laying & installation work should
1 be placed in such a manner that it does not obstruct Contractor Electrical In charge
access to other.
Ensure welding of supports for trays are done using Contractor Electrical In charge
proper PPE
2
Ensure that proper fasteners are used without Contractor Electrical In charge
3 wastage
Ensure proper PPE like safely shoe, gloves are used Contractor Electrical In charge
4 for handling of trays.
After erection of trays, ensure proper earthing of Contractor Electrical In charge

5 same is done as per drawing.
For cable laying between panels/switchgear which is Contractor Electrical In charge

6 already electrically powered up, electrical work
permit shall be obtained from the authority
For cable termination work, it is to be ensures that Contractor Electrical In charge
7 equipment at both ends is electrically isolated as per
work permit provision.
Store cut piece cables in store yard till disposed as Contractor Electrical In charge
8 scrap.

Page 355
REV.NO: 00
1.0 Purpose

a high order during working in confined space.
2.0 Scope
This Confined Space Operation Control Procedure is applicable to all project

sites.
the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
/ Job Safety Analysis (JSA) prepared for confined
space Work as per the approved Method Statement.
CM/CPM/PM
- Workplace must be inspected prior to start of Section In- charge
&
1 work to ensure the working place is free from any / Execution
Site Safety In-
unwanted material, free from live electrical lines and Engineer
charge (SSIC)
- All personnel entering in confined space and
standby person are trained for handling of
emergency situation.
- Workforce must necessarily wear work specific
- Self-contained breathing apparatus and Automat
ed External Defibrillator (AED) be made available
before commencing work in confined space.
- Calibration and maintenance of the breathing

Page 356
REV.NO: 00
apparatus shall be done as per manufacturer’s

recommendations.
- Safe access must be ensured and demarcated for
rescue
operation, also ensure manhole size should be > 450
mm dia.
- The personnel working inside the confined space
are trained.
- Persons who cleared the Vertigo Test & having
perform activity at height in confined space.
- Permit To Work (PTW) should be obtained from
the concerned
/ Competent authority, prior to commencement of
work.
nuts and hand tools. Arrangement for tag line /
- FIT FOR ENTRY signage must be displayed at
the entrance of
the confined space.
No one shall enter in confined space in which it is
reasonable to expect that toxic, asphyxiating,
flammable or other dangerous gases may be present
or may accumulate, or oxygen may be deficient,
unless:
• Temperature 30 - 350 C maintained in confined
space.
• Involved worker(s) shall be communicated
through whistle/hooter/PA system about the end of
shift or any emergency, as per Method Statement. Section In- charge
Site Safety In-
2 • Necessary tests periodically must be carried out at / Execution
charge (SSIC)
specified intervals for presence of harmful gasses Engineer
• Oxygen level is maintained at 19.5% to 23.5%.
If the O2 level is not within 19.5% to 23.5% or toxic
/ flammable gases are beyond permissible limit
(Dangerous if O2 <19.5% to
>23.5%, C > 0.01%, CO2 > 1%, H2S > 0.002% &
NO2 > 0.002% etc.
by volume), the work shall be stopped and all
workers are evacuated from the confined space.
• Adequate ventilation and lighting is provided.
Page 357
REV.NO: 00
A trained stand by person (trained for supervision, Section In- charge Site Safety In-
Emergency rescue and communication) is deployed / Execution charge (SSIC)
3
at the entrance of confined space to maintain the Engineer
details of persons entering & exiting in a register.
Use of 24 V electrical supply only for lighting Section In- charge Site Safety In-
4 arrangement providing ELCB/RCCB. Use / Execution charge (SSIC)
pneumatic tools as far as possible. Engineer
Any equipment emitting Carbon Monoxide shall be Section In- charge Site Safety In-
prohibited to be used inside the confined space. / Execution charge (SSIC)
Engineer
Smoking in confined spaces is strictly prohibited and
5
Frontline
Supervisor / Engineer shall ensure that Bidi /
Cigarette from workers, if
any is collected before they enter the confined space.
Supervisor or concerned person must ensure Section In- charge Site Safety In-
workmen are provided a break as per the standard / Execution charge (SSIC)
6
(concentration of harmful gases) in the confined Engineer
space.
After Completion of Work: Section In- charge Site Safety In-
Permit holder (Execution Engineer) shall ensure all / Execution charge (SSIC)
7
persons Engineer
involved and all material in the work are removed.
Look for “what can go wrong” and address Section In- charge Site Safety In-
8 additional safety / Execution charge (SSIC)
requirements, appropriately. Engineer
Note:
The above CP is mandatory at every site & manufacturing unit of DRAIPL
wherever Confined Space activity involved.
Definition of Confined space: Any place in which, by virtue of its enclosed

nature, there arises a reasonably foreseeable specified risk of fire or explosion;
loss of consciousness of any person due to an increase in body temperature; loss
of consciousness or asphyxiation of any person due to gas, fume, vapors or la ck
of oxygen; drowning of person due to an increase in the level of liquid; or
asphyxiation of any person who is trapped by collapse of soil in trench/tunnel
etc.
Examples of confined spaces include any chamber, tank, pit well, sewer, tunnel,
pipe, boiler, receiver and shaft or silo etc.

Page 358
Control Procedure (CP) for Grit or shot REV.NO: 00
1.0 Purpose

a high order during Grit / Shot Blasting.
2.0 Scope
This Procedure for Grit/ Shot Blasting is applicable to all project sites.
by the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
should be taken:
Evacuation system, Ambulance /Emergency vehicle
with driver & first aider, Fire extinguisher/ fire hose
should be available and kept in readiness.
• Job Safety Analysis (JSA) prepared for grit/ Shot
blasting as per the procedure
• The blasting team should be informed about the
risk & hazards associated with the activity and CM/CPM/PM
Section In-charge
precautionary measures to be taken. &
1 / Execution
• Workplace must be inspected prior to start of Site Safety In-
Engineer
work to ensure the work area free from any charge (SSIC)
unwanted material.
• Sufficient no. of experienced operators shall be
made available as per work requirement.
• Grit blasting area shall be fully concealed.
• Adequate illumination & ventilation provided
inside blasting shed.
• Operator’s medical fitness to be checked for the
operation. Other than general medical fitness,
operator should also undergo the Pulmonary
Function test & chest X -Ray.

Page 359
Control Procedure (CP) for Grit or shot REV.NO: 00

PPE viz. Blasting hood, ear muffs and suit, in
addition to basic PPE.
• Suitable Gauntlets gloves & overalls shall be
provided for all persons while performing grit / Shot
blasting or assisting blasting operation.
• Blasting work shall be carried out under the
supervision.
• The compressors used for grit / Shot blasting shall
have valid TPI certificates and compressed air hose
should be properly selected to avoid its unexpected
failure.
• Ensure all the check points mentioned in Grit /
Shot Blasting checklist is compiled before blasting is
commenced.
• Blasting zone shall be marked and mandatory
PPE list (pictorial) to be displayed at entry point.
• No operator shall be allowed to carry out blasting
work for more than 12 minutes, each time.
• The trigger of shot blasting gun should be
checked for its effective functioning (i.e. free press/
release) before starting the operation.
• All electrical connections shall be as per standard
industrial practices.
• Dead-man switch should be available along with
nozzle.
During Blasting:
• The gun should never be pointed at anything Operator /
Site Safety In-
2 other than the work piece. Execution
charge (SSIC)
• No other person except operators to enter the area Engineer
during blasting operation.
After Grit Blasting:
• All the electrical supply shall be turned off and
Operator /
equipment shall be switched off. Site Safety In-
3 Execution
• The area should be cleaned. charge (SSIC)
Engineer
• Permit shall be closed by permit initiator/holder
after ensuring that the site is tidy .
Look for “what can go wrong” and address Section In-charge Site Safety In-
4 additional safety requirements, appropriately. / Engineer charge (SSIC)

Page 360
Control Procedure (CP) for Pressure REV.NO: 00
Testing Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose

performing Pressure testing.
2.0 Scope
This procedure is applicable at all our project sites, plants.

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Prior to carrying out pressure testing client approval Construction
1 Contractor
must be taken Engineer
Area should be barricaded and warning board to be Contractor Construction
displayed. Unauthorized people should not to be Engineer
2 allowed to enter.
Ensure that electrical earthing is provided to the Contractor Construction

3 pump and checked Engineer
Test medium disposal method should be agreed. Contractor Construction

4 Engineer
All Personnel should wear necessary personal Contractor Construction

5 protective equipment (eye glasses / helmet / safety Engineer
shoe etc)
Pressure gauges must be calibrated and of sufficient Contractor Construction
6 rating. Engineer
Ensure that temporary supports / blanks used for Contractor Construction

7 testing are stable / appropriate. Engineer
Ensure that air is removed (De aerate the vessel / Contractor Construction
8 pipeline etc) before pressure testing (not for Engineer
pneumatic testing)

Page 361
Control Procedure (CP) for Pressure REV.NO: 00
Testing Page 2 of 2
Welding of blinds should be as per the specification

Construction
9 and checked. Contractor
Engineer
No person should stand in front of the blind joint and
Construction
10 flanged joint. Contractor
Engineer
Test pump should be located in a safe place such that
operator is not exposed to injury in the event of Construction
11 Contractor
failure, pressure gauges are upright in vertical Engineer
position.

Page 362
Control Procedure (CP) for Radiography REV.NO: 00
Test Page 1 of 3
1.0 Purpose

in the system to prevent injury are of high order during Radiography Test.
2.0 Scope
This Radiography Test Operation Control Procedure is applicable to all

project sites.
by the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
GENERAL REQUIREMENT:
Before work commences for Radiography Work,
following actions should be initiated:
system, ambulance/emergency vehicle with driver &
first aider, trained rescue team should be available
and in readiness.
• Emergency contact details of DPM/PM/CPM,
Radiography In- charge* and Site Safety In-charge
have been mentioned/displayed before issuing of
CM/CPM/PM,
Radiography work permit prior to start of work.
Field Quality
• Ensure availability of approved Radiography Test Radiography In-
1 Engineer (FQE) &
procedure. charge
Site Safety In-
charge (SSIC)
/ Job Safety Analysis (JSA) should be prepared for
Radiography work as per the Test procedure.
• Ensure weather condition suitable for
Radiography.
work to ensure that the area of activity is free from
any unwanted material and access path must be clear
from all obstacles.
• Adequate illumination should be provided at
Radiography Zone / as required.

Page 363
Test Page 2 of 3
• Radiography work permit should be obtained

from the concerned authority (client).
• Radiography In-charge, Quality & Site Safety
personnel must be present at site throughout
Radiography Work until the completion of the
activity.
*Appointed by the Radiography Agency.

Ensure that Agency engaged is authorized by BARC
/ Authorized Agency and having qualified persons Site Safety In-
2 FQE
with valid certificate to carry out Radiography Test . charge (SSIC)
All concerned agencies/persons working in the FQE Site Safety In-

3 vicinity are informed about charge (SSIC)
radiography work being carried out.
Radiation level along the barricading is monitored
by a calibrated radiation Radiography In-
4 FQE & SSIC
survey meter to confirm that the cordoned distance is charge
adequate.
The area is cordoned off/ barricaded with
5 Radiography signage tape; Blinking warning lights
provided to restrict unauthorized entry.
Separate vehicle is used for source transportation
Radiography In-
6 and movement register maintained. SSIC
charge
Radiography technician wearing the Dosimeter
Radiography In-
7 while carrying out the radiography test. FQE & SSIC
charge
Radiography Team must be aware on how to act if
any source or Isotope is damaged or lost.
- Immediately seal or restrict the work
area/suspected areas for all traffic, pedestrians or Radiography In-
8 FQE & SSIC
vehicle movement. charge
- Inform ‘BARC” authorities, Directorate of
Atomic Energy Regulatory Board and local
authority.
PTW for Height Work (if carried out at height) and
9 Hot Work (as required / client’s requirement) is also
obtained for Radiography test.

Page 364
Test Page 3 of 3
The radiography source shall be stored in a pit in an

exclusive storage room with Lock & Key
10 CM/PM/CPM FQE & SSIC
arrangement. An in-out log register to be
maintained.
If any person is suspected to have been exposed to
11 radiation, he / she must be sent immediately for
medical examination and treatment.
Radiography In-Charge must ensure to close the
Site Safety In-
12 permit and hand over to site safety in-charge for FQE
charge (SSIC)
record. (For details refer to OCP for Permit to work)
Note:
DRAIPL wherever Radiography Work is involved.
compliance, the same shall be followed. In case the client / customer OCP
Reference:
• IS 2925:2008: Industrial Radiographic Testing — Code of Practice.
• ASME Code Section V, Article 2: 2019.
• Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC) / Country Specific Agency’s
Guidelines.
• Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) / Country Specific Agency’s
Guidelines.

Page 365
Control Procedure (CP) for DG set (Usage- REV.NO: 00
maintenance) Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose

using DG set.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
P&M In-charge /
DPM / PM / CPM.
Construction of earth pits should be properly as per Section In-charge
Site Safety In-
1 the IE rules and double earthing must be provided / Execution
charge /
for the DG. Engineer /
Supervisors.
Supervisor.
The connections of earthing should be tight to drain P&M In-charge /
DPM / PM / CPM.
the resistance to earth pits. Section In-charge
Site Safety In-
2 / Execution
charge /
Engineer /
Supervisors.
Supervisor.
• Shall be housed in a suitable enclosure, which is P&M In-charge /
lockable and will not be used for storing equipment, Section In-charge
clothes, food containers etc, display of warning / Execution
boards stating / showing the same. Engineer / DPM / PM / CPM.
• It should also be ensured that no water logging in Supervisor. Site Safety In-
3
and around the DG area charge /
• Provide secondary containment below the DG set Supervisors.
to take care of leakage / spillage.
• Exhaust of the DG set should be at considerable
height and provided with filters.
• Only a trained person without loose clothing will P&M In-charge /
operate the generator. Section In-charge
DPM / PM / CPM.
• Suitable firefighting equipment shall be placed / Execution
Site Safety In-
4 near the generator room. Engineer /
charge /
• Load connections will be carried out only when Supervisor.
Supervisors.
the generator is off
• All rotating parts of the DG must be guarded.
Page 366
Control Procedure (CP) for DG set (Usage- REV.NO: 00
maintenance) Page 2 of 2
Only authorized and licensed electricians shall be P&M In-charge / DPM / PM / CPM.
allowed to work, helpers will be restricted to only Section In-charge Site Safety In-
5 carry tools, materials and assist in holding ladders / Execution charge /
and such like tasks. Engineer / Supervisors.
Supervisor.
The following details should be displayed at DG P&M In-charge / DPM / PM / CPM.
Room: Section In-charge Site Safety In-
• List of mobile numbers of all electricians and / Execution charge /
6 Electrical In charge Engineer / Supervisors.
• Record of the individual Earth pit resistance Supervisor.
• Electrical “Cable layout” diagram and “First Aid
for Electrical shock” charts
All switchboards shall be free from obstructions and P&M In-charge /
to be barricated. Section In-charge
• Shall be fitted with signs of the supply voltage / Execution
DPM / PM / CPM.
and DANGER. Engineer /
Site Safety In-
7 • All distribution boards (DB’s) shall be lockable. Supervisor.
charge /
• Proper earthing from more than one earthing pit
Supervisors.
duly interconnected shall be provided.
• All DB’s shall be provided with 30mA rating
RCCB’s.
Make proper maintenance such that noise vibration P&M In-charge /
DPM / PM / CPM.
is minimized and kept within the limits. Section In-charge
Site Safety In-
8 / Execution
charge /
Engineer /
Supervisors.
Supervisor.
No hot works should be allowed in the vicinity of P&M In-charge /
DPM / PM / CPM.
DG room and signboards like “No Smoking / No Section In-charge
Site Safety In-
9 open flame / No spark generating activities” should / Execution
charge /
be displayed. Engineer /
Supervisors.
Supervisor.

Page 367
Control Procedure (CP) for Air REV.NO: 00
Compressors (Operation/ maintenance) Page 1 of 2
1.0 Purpose

handling Air Compressors (i.e. Operation/ maintenance).
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
P&M In-charge
Section In-charge
Only trained and job knowledgeable person should P&M In-charge/ Site
1 / Execution
be allowed to operate. Safety In-charge
Engineer /
Supervisors.
Ensure the air-receiving tank is tested and certified P&M In-charge P&M In-charge/ Site
by a competent person. Section In-charge Safety In-charge
2 / Execution
Engineer /
Supervisors.
Ensure the air-receiving tank is tested and certified P&M In-charge P&M In-charge/ Site
by a competent person. Section In-charge Safety In-charge
3 / Execution
Engineer /
Supervisors.
• Tapping point of the compressor has positive P&M In-charge P&M In-charge/ Site
opening / closing valve or quick shut off valve. Section In-charge Safety In-charge
• Hose connecting nipple at the tapping point and / Execution
all joints tied with metal wire etc. and clamped to Engineer /
prevent whipping of hose end. Supervisors.
4 • Temporary joints shall be of proper couplings
only.
• Before drawing air, moisture-purging provisions
must be available.
• Quick shut-off valve should be available at the
down end.

Page 368
Control Procedure (CP) for Air REV.NO: 00
Compressors (Operation/ maintenance) Page 2 of 2
Do’s : P&M In-charge P&M In-charge/ Site

Section In-charge Safety In-charge
• Do proper maintenance so that noise and / Execution
vibration could be minimized. Engineer /
• Hoses to be protected from damage i.e. against Supervisors.
sharp edges, hot objects, vehicle movement etc. and
cautionary signs must be displayed.
• Checking of all pneumatic tools and supply lines
fittings and accessories must be done on regular
basis.
5
• Before connecting to tools, the air line should be
cleared by blowing and kinks should be avoided.
• While carrying out repairs to tools, compressed
air connection shall be removed and de-pressurized.
• Surroundings should observed for any personal
movement while releasing the compressed air
through relief valve/
Vent line.
• Control noise pollution by providing barrier to
transmission path (if possible)
Don’ts : P&M In-charge P&M In-charge/ Site
Section In-charge Safety In-charge
• Not to allow workers to blow dirt etc. from hands / Execution
/ body/ clothes/ cleaning of vehicles and floor with Engineer /
compressed air. Supervisors.
• Never try to bypass the safety release systems,
6
gauges which will overload/ heat the compressor.
• Do not try to fill the oil or water at radiator when
compressor is in running condition.
• No person must be present in the immediate
vicinity of running compressor, if present use of
protective wear shall be ensured.
Use of PPE’S: P&M In-charge P&M In-charge/ Site
• Compulsory usage of ear plug/ear muff. Section In-charge Safety In-charge
7 / Execution
Engineer /
Supervisors.

Page 369
REV.NO: 00
1.0 Purpose

doing tower erection.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Check that only erection team members are allowed
Engineer/
1 to stand near the tower while erection is in process Gang Leader
Supervisor
and should wear the safety helmet & Safety Shoes.
Ensure that person working at height has been
provided with double lanyard full body harness and Engineer/ Engineer/Supervisor
2 they are anchoring the same continuously Supervisor & Safety Officer
Ensure that all workmen working at height is

Engineer/ Engineer/Superviso
3 provided with rope grab fall arrestor attached to the
Supervisor r & Safety Officer
loop of the full body harness
Ensure that polyamide rope for anchoring the rope Engineer/
4 grab fall arrestor is fixed with the two legs of the Gang Leader Supervisor/Safety
tower members on which the step bolt is fixed. officer
Ensure that workers are using PPE provided to them Engineer/
Engineer/
5 Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
officer
Workers trained and identified shall only be allowed Engineer/
Engineer/
6 for working at heights. Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
officer
The workers deployed for working at heights must Engineer/
Engineer/
7 undergo medical examination. Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
officer
Check proper communication facility is available at Engineer/
Engineer/
8 site during Tower erection. Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
officer

Page 370
REV.NO: 00
Ensure that the derrick used before tower erection Engineer/

Engineer/
9 has been checked for adequate strength/ size. Verify Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
the copy of test certificate. officer
Ensure that the pulleys used before tower erection
has been checked for adequate strength / proper size
Engineer/
(diameter). Also in case of open type pulleys proper Engineer/
10 Supervisor/Safety
locking arrangements like providing of Safety Pin is Supervisor
officer
made.
Verify the copy of test certificate.
Ensure that the ropes used before tower erection has Engineer/
Engineer/
11 been checked for adequate strength / physical Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
condition (Free from break of strands and knots etc.) officer
Check that the lifting tools and tackles i.e. Winch
Engineer/
Machine, Chain Pulley Block, D - Shackle etc. are Engineer/
in healthy condition and has been tested periodically. Supervisor
officer
Verify the copy of the test certificate.
Check that the safety measures has been taken Engineer/
Engineer/
13 before undertaking for the Road / Rail / River Xing Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
jobs involving likewise stretches. officer
For rail or road crossing check whether written
working plan is available at site with specific
Engineer/
reference to safety e.g. local earthing, skilled & Engineer/
experience manpower, proper T&P, strength and Supervisor
officer
height of scaffolding to maintain the required
clearance etc.
Ensure that all the members and proper size of Nuts Engineer/
Engineer/
15 and Bolts Of lower section are fitted properly before Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
erection of the upper section of tower is taken up. officer
Use tool lanyard for securing tools to the top. Engineer/
Engineer/
Supervisor
officer
Use guide ropes to prevent dangerous swing of the Engineer/
Engineer/
17 tower members when being raised or lowered Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
officer
Working area of the tower should be barricaded by
Engineer/
warning tape. Warning signs should be displayed. Engineer/
No one should be allowed/ working below the Supervisor
officer
suspended load/overhead works.
Check that proper guying arrangement has been Engineer/
Engineer/
19 made. And also to see that proper size of the crow Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
bars has been used which has been fixed at hard officer
Page 371
REV.NO: 00
surface in case of sandy soil or loose soil
Check that proper arrangement is made while lifting

Engineer/
the tower members and fixing them at height i.e. Engineer/
Supervisor/Safety
Proper size and strength of the hook used for lifting Supervisor
officer
the tower members.
Check sufficient numbers of guys are made while
Engineer/
lifting the assembled cross arm and also avoid use of Engineer/
Supervisor/Safety
single sheave pulleys while lifting the assembled Supervisor
officer
cross arm / heavy load.
When the lifting/pulling is in progress, no one Engineer/
Engineer/
should be allowed to touch/work (cleaning, Supervisor/Safety
Supervisor
Greasing) on the moving parts. officer
If any work to be done on moving/running parts,
Engineer/
stop the activity by proper Engineer/
Supervisor/Safety
instruction/communication to the concerned Supervisor
officer
personnel and do the work.

Page 372
REV.NO: 00
Control Procedure (CP) for Stringing Page 1 of 3
1.0 Purpose

carrying out stringing activity.
2.0 Scope

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Ensure that only stringing team members are
allowed to stand near the work area while stringing
Engineer/Supervi Engineer/Superviso
1 is in process and should wear the safety helmet &
sor r & Safety officer
Safety Shoes. Workers working at height must wear
full body harness
Ensure that all workmen working at height is
provided with rope grab fall arrestor attached to the Engineer/Supervi Engineer/Superviso
2 loop of the full body harness sor r & Safety officer
Workers trained and identified shall only be allowed

3 for working at heights.
The workers deployed for working at heights must
4 undergo medical examination.
Ensure that drivers are holding the valid driving
5 license.
Ensure that all members are fitted in tower before
6 undertaking conductor stringing work.
Ensure that Nuts and Bolts is rigidly tightened and
7 punching / tacking / tack welding is done in towers
before undertaking stringing job.
Ensure that the permit has been obtained from the
8 Competent Authority for stringing of conductor
while crossing through Road / Rail / River etc where
Page 373
REV.NO: 00
necessary.
Ensure that proper scaffolding arrangements made

9 during stringing of conductor (While Road Xing /
Power Line Xing etc.
Ensure that the discharge rod is in good condition
10 before use.
Ensure that the Stringing Machine / Tension puller
11 Machine are properly earthed.
Ensure the brake arrangement of the TSE Machines
12 is working.
Ensure that the pulleys used for conductor stringing
has been checked for adequate strength / proper size
(diameter),also in case of open type pulleys proper Engineer/Supervi Engineer/Superviso
13
locking arrangements like providing of Safety Pin is sor r & Safety officer
made. Verify the copy of test certificate for all the
lifting machines and tackles.
Ensure the ropes used before conductor stringing has
14 been checked for adequate strength / physical
condition (Free from break of strands and knots etc.)
Check that the lifting tools and tackles i.e. Winch
P&M In-
Machine, Chain Pulley Block, D - Shackle etc. are in &M In-charge/&
15 charge/Engineer/
good condition and has been tested. Verify copy of Safety officer
Supervisor
test certificate.
Check for the brake arrangement of the Drum reel of
16 conductor during laying / paying out of conductor.
Check that proper communication facility is
17 available at site during of stringing of conductor (If
required)
Ensure deployment of Flagman on each tower
18 during stringing activity
While clamping of conductor / EW to be done,
19 check for earthing.

Page 374
REV.NO: 00
Before stringing starts check that the villagers do not

20 come underneath the job of the concerned section.
Only nylon or polypropylene ropes should be used
21 during conductor stringing in vicinity of live
overhead lines.
Ensure that Winch, Pulleys etc. are properly earthed.
22
For LT lines, whether special persons are posted at
23 each point of isolation till return of permit (PTW).
Check the provision and proper positioning for the
24 guying and back staying (Where necessary).
Ensure that all the insulator strings are thoroughly
25 checked for availability and proper fixing of cotter /
split pins before hoisting the same.

Page 375
Control Procedure (CP) for Shut Down REV.NO: 00
Job of Tower Line Page 1 of 4
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is safe execution of shut down jobs in TL.
2.0 Scope
This procedure is applicable for all SBU T&D project sites.

3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
The DPM/PM/CM should give requests for
shutdowns for each area of work involving LT / HT
DPM / PM / Site Safety In-
1 crossing, working near charged line etc., separately,
CPM. charge
to the concerned authorities / Client, at least one day
prior to the day of work.
The DPM/PM/CPM should request concerned
authorities to inform their sub-ordinates about the DPM / PM / Site Safety In-
2 shutdown programme. CPM. charge
The DPM/PM/CM shall approve detailed action plan DPM / PM / Site Safety In-
3 of work (PTP) already prepared for the next days’ CPM. charge
work.
No work shall be taken up unless the above criteria Execution
Site Safety In-
4 are fulfilled. Engineer /
charge
Supervisors.
Supervisor & Safety Officer shall explain, on the Execution Site Safety In-
date of work, nature of the shutdown work to all the Engineer / charge
5
gang members who shall work on the network. This Supervisors.
shall be done at the work place / location.
In addition to the above, before starting work, the Electrical
Supervisor & safety Officer shall demonstrate that engineer/Executio Site Safety In-
6
the Net Work, where stringing work is to be done, is n Engineer / charge
‘DEAD’ through a discharge rod or induction tester. Supervisors.
Further the Supervisor shall earth both the ends and
Execution
all the ends of lines leading to the working area and Site Safety In-
7 Engineer /
keep them continuously earthed, before handing charge
Supervisors.
over the work permit to the gang leader / Execution

Page 376
Supervisor.
One Execution Supervisor, should be specifically

deployed to check and confirm that:
The work permit should be issued for the particular
section and received by him, before the activity Execution
Site Safety In-
8 starts. Engineer /
charge
Red colored flags & Caution (Danger) boards are Supervisors.
provided at all the switching points, which can be
inlet / feeder points for switching on electricity to
the Net Work, under shut down.
Execution Supervisor shall receive along with the
work permit, the keys for the various padlocks
Execution
provided in the switching points, after the switches Site Safety In-
9 Engineer /
have been earthed and padlocked. (The charge
Supervisors.
accountability to ensure that padlocks are locked,
rests with the Supervisor).
The Execution Supervisor shall authorize the gang
leader to start work and indicate to him the boundary
Execution
limits within which the gang leader should work. Site Safety In-
10 Engineer /
The Execution Supervisor should also inform the charge
Supervisors.
gang leader regarding time duration of the shutdown
within which he has to complete the work.
Each worker, who has to climb-up on the Tower,
Execution
shall be given a metallic numbered token before start Site Safety In-
11 Engineer /
of work, by the gang leader. A list of tokens issued charge
Supervisors.
shall be given to the Supervisor.
The worker before climbing the tower should ensure Execution
Site Safety In-
12 that there is no supply in the conductors by using the Engineer /
charge
induction tester. Supervisors.
After completion of the work as per the work
procedures, the following checks shall be completed
before energizing the line:
❖ The gang leader shall ensure that all the metallic
Execution
tokens issued to workers prior to the work are Site Safety In-
13 Engineer /
returned back to him by all workers personally (not charge
Supervisors.
through proxy.)
❖ After receiving all the tokens, the gang leader
shall inform to the Group Members that the line is
being energized and the workers should not work

Page 377
anymore on the line or near the line portions.

❖ The gang leader shall discharge the work permit
and return the same to Execution Supervisor along
with the metallic tokens.
❖ The Execution Supervisor shall return all the
work permits to the area (in case of more than one
gang), metallic tokens, as well as the keys of various
padlocks to the Supervisor.
❖ The Supervisor shall re-confirm that the tokens
as listed have been received by him, remove the
caution boards as well as red flags on the various
poles and then discharge the permit at his level and
return the permit to the concerned authorities.
One copy of discharged work permit shall be given
to the DPM/PM/CPM along with list of tokens.
❖ Caution boards shall be removed only by the
person who had fixed it. In the event of his presence
being not available for removal, this should be done
only by the DPM/PM/CPM / Section In- charge of
the Project, after ascertaining safety of system.
❖ The Authority is then free to switch on the
system.
❖ The DPM/PM/CPM should keep a copy of
discharged work permits for Safety Audit purposes.
During shut down, an extra care is to be taken to see
that the earthing is provided in a proper sequence:
❖ At the time of providing the discharge rod, it
should be connected to the earth point first & then to
the conductor, so that, the residual current will pass
through the earthing to the ground.
Discharge rod shall be removed from the
conductor first and secondly, from the earthing Execution
Site Safety In-
14 point. This sequence shall be followed always. At Engineer /
charge
the time of removing the discharge rod, first to be Supervisors.
removed from the conductor & then from the earth
point.
All the shut down principles must be strictly
adhered to, like work permit system, lock and tag
system to supply point. For giving clearance for
cancelling the shut down, the concerned engineer /
supervisor should ensure that all workmen and tools
Page 378
are removed from the area.
Authorization for receiving or issuing of work

permit (PTW)
❖ The concern site engineer / section in-charge /
Safety Officer are only authorized to take / issuing
of PTW from client /sub- contactors
❖ No sub-contractors are authorized to take PTW
directly from client for any activity for on live work.
❖ The department workmen / supervisor are not
authorized to sign the PTW documents.
❖ PTW should not be accepted / confirmed Over
phone,
Execution
15 ❖ The prescribed PTW format should be Engineer /
Site Safety In-
completely filled by charge
Supervisors.
consent engineer / section in-charge.
❖ The required PTW time to be estimated properly
and projected in the PTW format keeping a half an
hour cushion to cover unwanted incidental delay.
❖ In case any delay in for the return of PTW in
time, the site
engineer should be approach the client
immediately or before
half an hour for extension of PTW time.
❖ Similarly the same information is to be
communicated to sub¬contractor by written.

Page 379
Control Procedure (CP) for Pre- REV.NO: 00
Commissioning Commissioning Works Page 1 of 11
1.0 Purpose
This Control Procedure is to ensure that the level of defences in the system
to prevent injury of employees and damage of property which are of a high
order during any type of pre-commissioning / commissioning activities.
2.0 Scope
This pre-commissioning / commissioning Operation Control Procedure is

applicable to all project sites. The scope also covers and applicable to
Manufacturing Facilities operated by the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
Pre-commissioning and commissioning General
Safety guidelines
• Before planning of Pre-commissioning and
commissioning, prepare method statement as per site
condition.
/ Job Safety Analysis (JSA) should be prepared for
Pre-commissioning and commissioning as per the
method statement.
• Ensure all statuary permit obtained from
concerned authorities before commencement of Commissioning DPM/CM/CPM
work. In- charge / /PM &
1
• Ensure all necessary documents and certificates Execution Site Safety In-
shall be confirmed and approved by the concerned Engineer charge (SSIC)
authorities.
• Ensure work related PTW is obtained from
concerned authority before start of work.
• TPL will deploy pre-commissioning in-charge to
execute the pre commissioning activities. Daily Pre-
commissioning and commissioning meeting shall be
held to address the overall plant Pre-commissioning
and commissioning activities including weekly look
ahead, progress, interfaces, simultaneous work
activities, safety, emissions, utilities requirements,

Page 380
security, etc. Representatives for all related

personnel
include EHS Lead shall attend this meeting.
• The Commissioning in-charge shall issue written
Commissioning Notice before main commissioning
activities (e.g., power supply, nitrogen in, hydro-
carbon in, main rotating machine test and in service,
etc.) are started in the plant and/or system. The
notice shall be sent to the all-related stakeholder
(including night shift staff and medical team),
defining the impending change in plant status with
enough detail to enable clear understanding of the
nature and location of the changes.
• Ensure only trained and competent personnel are
engaged.
• Person who attends the commissioning safety
training shall be recorded, identified by badge,
helmet sticker and commissioning pass card.
• EHS Trained security guards shall be deployed to
ensure access control, usage of mobile phone (fire
prone area), control of ignition sources and other
flammable material. Guards shall be provided at
charged panel rooms, battery rooms, control room
each personnel entry point until handover to client.
• Ensure the area is barricaded with warning
signage, displayed.
• Colour coding system shall be strictly followed
for all the Lifting Tools & Tackles.
• Ensure use of Walkie-Talkie for two-way
communication.
• Ensure use of only non-sparking hand tools at
locations where flammable Liquids / vapors /
explosive dusts exist.
• Ensure all power operated tools shall be
disengaged from power supply when not in use.
• Ensure equipment are positive isolated before any
adjustment and cleaning or maintenance.
• Multi gas detectors shall be used at specified
intervals for measuring the presence of harmful
gasses and their permissible levels. Oxygen level is
maintained at 19.5% to 23.5%. If the O2 level is not
within 19.5% to 23.5% or toxic / flammable gases

Page 381
are beyond permissible limit (Dangerous if O2

<19.5% to >23.5%, C > 0.01%, CO2 > 1%, H2S >
0.002% & NO2 > 0.002% etc. by volume), the work
shall be stopped and all workers should be evacuated
immediately from the confined space.
• Persons engaged for Pre-commissioning and
commissioning must necessarily wear basic PPE,
along with Job specific PPEs like Safety Face
Shield, Dust/Chemical Mask, Gas mask, SCBA,
boiler suit, arc flash suit, Full Body harness with
double lanyard, respirator, ear protection, etc. shall
be decided by the TPL Site EHS Manager with
advice of the commissioning manager and client
representative. Arrangement for tag line / fastening
hand tools must be available.
• Ensure emergency response plan is established,
communicated and all arrangements are made
available.
Pre-commissioning and commissioning In-charge
and Site Safety In-charge have been mentioned /
displayed before issuing of Pre-commissioning and
commissioning Permit prior to start of work.
system, Ambulance/Emergency vehicle with driver
• Ensure availability of required no. of fire
extinguishers and standby fire tender, as necessary.
• Once hydro-carbons have been introduced, no
mobile phone shall be allowed and all
communications shall use either dedicated land lines
or approved intrinsically safe radio systems (Walkie-
Talkie), e.g. explosion-proof type radios.
• Spark arrestors shall be provided on the vehicle
and engines exhaust outlet.
• Waste effluent such as waste gas, chemical, oily
water, etc. will be generated during commissioning,
these waste effluents shall be controlled as per Client
and legal requirements. Dust control shall be
accomplished by proper housekeeping. Disposal of
the chemical wastes shall be in accordance with the

Page 382
Client Specification and Legal Requirements.

Permanent drainage system or temporary
arrangement shall be ready for use prior to
chemical/oil handling. Flare and oily sewer systems
shall be in service prior to Hydro-Carbon
Introduction.
• In case live drain system connect into a
construction area drain system, segregation of the
drain system between the construction area and Pre-
commissioning and commissioning area is required
to avoid flammable liquid / vapor leakage into the
construction area.
• All the workers have been explained regarding
related hazards, safe work-procedures, emergency
procedures in TBT before commencement of any
Pre-commissioning and commissioning
activities.
Electrical Equipment, Hand tools and Power Tools
• All portable electrical equipment and hand tools
shall be inspected & tagged (Red/Green) before each
use.
• Temporary electrical cables shall be above ground
or underground.
• Electrical installations and equipment shall be of
rated capacity, fitted with the approved RCCB and
grounded/earthed as per the approved design.
• Ensure use of industrial type Electrical cables are
double insulated.
• Weather Protection Cover / shed shall be
2 provided over electrical panels / boards.
• Ensure all rotating power tools such as angle
grinders, threading machines, drills etc. are fitted
with a, Dead Man Switch.
• The voltage for all portable equipment e.g.,
drilling machines, temporary lighting etc. will not
exceed 240 volts. Ensure all portable hand lamps are
only 24 Volt DC supply through step-down
transformer.
• Ensure all electrical Tools are switched off when
not in use.
• Ensure only non-sparking tools are used near or
in the presence of flammable Liquids / vapors or
Page 383
explosive dusts or vapors.

• All tools shall be stored at designated location.
• Tool bags/kits shall be provided to carry bolts,
nuts and portable hand tools for height.
Electrical Panel / Substation / HT & LT Line Testing
& Commissioning:
• Ensure electrical substation / panel area is
barricaded with warning signage Electrical Testing
in Progress – Keep Away in vernacular language.
• Ensure Dos & Don't Caution Sign Boards are
placed at prominent location.
• Ensure engagement of only valid license holder
electricians.
• Ensure stability of all electrical panel before
commencing of testing and commissioning as per
PSSR checklist.
• Establish LOTO system for electrical safety
control and isolate all other circuits. Ensure
shutdown has been taken for entire panel, while
working on a particular feeder.
• While working on power circuits (LT or HT), all
power sources must be isolated by opening and
withdrawing the circuit breakers and also ensure
3
circuit earthing is provided.
• Ensure usage of Arc flash suit (complete ARC
Suit including Hand gloves and hood of rating for
HT: 40Kcal /cm2, / MV: 25Kcal /cm2, / LT: 8 to
10Kcal /cm2) during testing and commissioning
activity.
• Ensure all rotating parts are suitably guarded and
wearing loose clothing is strictly prohibited.
• Ensure usage of Rubber mat, Induction Tester and
provision fire extinguishers (CO2 Type) during
testing and commissioning activity.
• Use padlocks wherever required.
• Ensure all cable trench openings are covered.
• Ensure use of Walkie-Talkie for communication
between the concerned person in control room &
field commissioning crew.
• Ensure availability of Manufacturer’s personnel
during the Testing / Commissioning.
• Ensure double body earthing for all electrical
Page 384
Panel and all local earthing and lightening arrestor

connected with grid earthing system.
• Ensure Emergency Stop facility should be in
working condition.
• Ensure control of associated switchgear is in local
mode during working on any equipment (Remote
operation must be suspended).
• Ensure usage of tested and authentic tools and
instruments, also, ensure usage of multi-meter for
checking supply voltage.
• Ensure no hand tools left inside the panel.
• Ensure equipment isolation after testing by
tripping the circuit breaker or disconnection from the
source. Also, ensure the equipment is earthed.
• Ensure Proper illumination must be available in
Panel / Equipment Area.
• Emergency Entry-Exit Access shall be clear.
Motor Solo Run / No Load Motor Run /
Commission of the Pumps, Motors and Compressor
• Ensure motor run area is barricaded with warning
signage Equipment in Service - Keep Away or Test
Runs in Progress – Keep Away in vernacular
language.
• Ensure only valid license holder electricians,
trained & competent personnel are only involved in
the Electrical Activity.
• Ensure compliance to Pre Start up Safety Review
(PSSR), prior to commissioning.
• Ensure rotating parts are guarded.
4 • Ensure strict supervision of commissioning
activities.
• Ensure Isolation of power source from
motor/turbine after trial run.
• Ensure personnel working shall not wear loose
clothing.
• Ensure rubber mates are placed at operating of
rotating panel.
• Follow Permit to work system, LOTO Permit
system is in place.
• Ensure all rotating parts are suitably guarded and
wearing loose clothing is strictly prohibited.
• Ensure the energization of the system is done
Page 385
under competent person.

• Isolate motor/turbine properly from its power
source after completion of run test.
• Ensure machinery tests shall be monitored
continuously and should not be left unattended under
any circumstances.
• Ensuring proper communication & coordination
between the Field & the panel operators.
• Ensure the Checklist for pump commissioning is
complete, such that guards are in place, interlocks
are positioned, coupling is aligned etc.
• Ensure earthing of the machines as per
specification.
• Ensure all emergency controls are functional
conditions.
• Ensure all safety instructions are in place as per
the manufacture’s guide book.
Card Board Blasting & Air Blowing
• During card board blasting, compressed air will
be suddenly released with high energy and along
with foreign particles come out from other end, hard
barricades the exit blow out points and put a warning
notice indicating Air Blowing is in Progress – Keep
Away in vernacular language.
• Ensure use of Ear muffs along with basic PPE at
high noise area.
• Ensure existing facilities are protected around the
discharge points.
• Ensure hose couplings and any other temporary
5
connection or pipe spool are secured.
• Ensure pipe line and equipment are supported
prior to start of air blowing.
• Ensure testing pressure is not greater than design
pressure of pipe line.
• Ensure all joints, pressure gauges and flanges are
free from any leakages and defects before
commencement of Card Board Blasting & Air
Blowing.
• Ensure all unwanted materials and temporary
arrangement are removed from the tested area after
completion of the activity.

Page 386
Water Flushing
• Ensure discharge points are barricaded and
warning signage Water flushing is in Progress –
Keep Away displayed.
• Ensure discharge point are protected with metal
sheet.
• Ensure surface drains are clear & capable of
disposing of the waste water.
• Ensure positive isolation is done for other
equipment and pipelines during
Testing/commissioning.
6
• Ensure hose couplings are secured with whip-
chain for temporary connection, and free from
defects.
• Ensure Pressure Safety Valves are installed as per
the Specification.
• Ensure all electrical equipment, welding
machines, temporary electrical supply systems etc.
are covered or removed from the water discharge
area.
• Ensure waste water is disposed as per the legal
and client requirements.
Steam Blowing
• Ensure discharge point of steam is barricaded and
warning signage
Steam blowing in Progress – Keep Away & Noise
Hazard displayed.
• Ensure Pressure Safety Valve is installed as per
the Specification.
• Ensure Valve handle keys readily available at
designated area to operate the valves, in case of any
emergency.
7
• Ensure insulation is provided on pipe surface
before steam blowing.
• Ensure personnel movement is restricted at vents
and drain points during steam blowing.
• Ensure positive isolation is done for other
equipment and pipelines during steam blowing.
• Ensure usage of Face shield & Ear muffs
including basic PPE by all personnel engaged in
Steam Blowing activity.
• Ensure Leak test of the system is conducted prior
Page 387
to charging of pressurized steam.

• Ensure steam is flowing slowly for warming up.
Open all drain valves on the steam header and/or
steam traps to drain condensate until warming up
completion.
• Ensure all drain valves of Steam header or steam
traps are opened till completion of warming up.
Oil Flushing
• Ensure Oil flushing discharge point is barricaded
with warning signage
Lube oil flushing in Progress – Keep Away in
vernacular language.
• Ensure required number of suitable fire
extinguishers are placed.
8 • Ensure availability of oil spill kit.
• Ensure hot work is strictly prohibited in the
proximity of oil flushing area.
• Ensure use of Face shield including basic PPE.
• Ensure waste oil is stored in drum for safe
disposal as per Waste Management plan.
• Ensure running water hose/ Fire extinguisher is
available before commencing of Oil Flushing.
Chemical handling and Cleaning
• Ensure all Chemicals are handled as per MSDS.
• Ensure chemical handling & cleaning area is
barricaded with warning signage Chemical Handling
& Cleaning in Progress – Keep Away in vernacular
language and display MSDS.
• Control of Substances Hazardous to Health
(COSHH) assessment to be done and same to be
discussed in daily tool box meetings.
• Secondary containment (Drip Tray) shall be
9
provided for chemical storage & handling area.
• Ensure spill kit is placed at chemical storage area.
• Provide eye wash and emergency shower at
chemical storage area.
• Ensure Pipe line and equipment are adequately
supported.
• Leak test of the system shall be conducted prior to
charging.
• Inspect temporary hoses & connections prior to
use.
Page 388
• Do not attend leakages without proper PPE.

• Foam type fire extinguisher to be provided.
• Ensure chemical drainage system is ready for use
of spillage.
• Ensure surface drainage System is available for
chemical spillage.
• Disposal of the chemical wastes shall be in
accordance with the client specification and Legal
Requirements.
Nitrogen Introduction / Purging
• Ensure Nitrogen Purging line is barricaded with
warning signage
Nitrogen Purge in Progress – Keep Away in
vernacular language.
• Ensure Pipes are free from dirt/ chemical, before
10 Nitrogen Purging.
• Ensure other activities are restricted near N2
purging area.
• Ensure use of cold burn resistant hand gloves
including basic PPE.
• Ensure availability of medical Oxygen cylinder in
case of emergency.
Hydro-Carbon/Toxic Fluid Introduction
Commissioning In-charge and Site EHS Lead must
confirm and agree that the system is safe and
suitable to introduce hydro-carbon.
• Ensure compliance of Pre-Start up Safety Review
(PSSR), prior to commissioning.
• Ensure communication of Hydrocarbon
commissioning hazard and control measures.
• Ensure Hydro-Carbon Induced area barricaded
and warning signage Hydro-Carbon Induced is in
11
Progress – Keep Away displayed and access
restricted for unauthorized persons.
• Ensure all others works are suspended or hold or
reject all Permit-To- Work during hydro-carbon
introduction.
• Ensure specific training is conducted prior to
introduction of Hydro- carbon
• Ensure running water hose/ Fire extinguisher is
available before commencing of Hydro Carbon
induce.
Page 389
• Ensure fire and gas detection systems are in

working condition and calibrated.
• Ensure public address system are readily
available.
• Ensure smoking / open flam / hot works /
ignitions resources are strictly prohibited around the
hydrocarbon introducing area.
• Ensure use/carrying of mobile phone is strictly
prohibited in hydrocarbon introducing area
• Ensure usage of vehicles and temporary diesel
generators are strictly prohibited.
• Ensure all vehicles are fitted with muffler (spark
arrestor).
• Ensure waste gas system (flare stack, vent stack,
incinerator, etc.) and drainage system (oily water
sewer, waste water treatment, etc.) are in
working condition.
Central Control Room (CCR)
• Access to CCR and rooms where control systems
are stored shall be limited and controlled by the
Commissioning In-charge.
• Personnel working in CCR shall undergo training
related to CCR building for emergency response and
evacuation.
• Communications for both commissioning and
operations shall use radio system compatible
intrinsically safe equipment.
• Mobile phone use is not permitted in the CCR
building to avoid any effects to control system.
Note:
• The above CP is mandatory at every site & manufacturing unit of TPL
wherever Electrical work is involved.
• Refer separate CP related to Lifting & Erection, Assembly &
dismantling of Scaffolding, and Electrical Work.
REFERENCES:
• IS - The International Electro Technical Commission standards
• Indian Electricity rules 2005
• OEM safety guidelines.
Page 390
Control Procedure (CP) for Night Working REV.NO: 00
Procedure Page 1 of 3
1.0 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure additional controls and checks

to be put in place while performing work in night shift /extended hour of
work.
2.0 Scope
This Night Work Procedure (CP) is applicable to all project sites, stores &
manufacturing units of DRAIPL.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
General condition of night work to be ensured:
• Section in charge/Execution engineer based on
the activity should assess the time duration required
for completing the activity. In the event of a
probability of work activity continuing beyond the
sunset/night, the Section in charge/Execution
engineer shall initiate Nightshift work
permit/extended hour work permit with intimation to
HR/Admin/Facility Management/Site Safety In-
charge and this permit shall form part of the PTW.
• No lone worker is allowed to work during night
DPM/PM/CPM
shift and is strictly prohibited.
1 • No Woman worker is allowed to work after
sunset and is strictly prohibited.
Engineer
• No worker/Person of one shift shall be allowed to
continue in the next shift, especially in the night shift
for more than two extended hours. Any deviations in
this regard will be viewed seriously.
• If any critical activities are planned in night shift
(e.g. Excavation, work at height, erection, lifting &
shifting of materials and Hot work etc.) Execution
engineer will take the job specific permit along with
night work permit.
• Any deviations from the above will result in
stoppage of work/permit cancellation by SSIC.

Page 391
• Night permit can be initiated by Execution

Engineer and approved by DPM/PM/CPM only. In
absence of DPM/PM/CPM, designated officer will
act as permit approver.
• While issuing night shift permit, approver will
ensure emergency vehicle/ambulance with driver,
qualified first aider and area lighting at the site as
well as emergency lighting arrangement. DPM/PM/CPM
• Workers, supervisors, operators, engineers, safety Section In- Site Safety In-
2
officers, HR/Admin, Facility engineering dept. and charge/Execution charge (SSIC)
electrician must be deployed as per night shift roster. Engineer
• Before initiating permit, permit initiator
(Execution engineer) must ensure all control
measures of PTW (viz., adequacy of all Safety
arrangements, drawings and other resources, Method
Statement, HIRA & Equipment proposed & people
competency required for carrying out the activity)
are complied with.
• Site HR/Admin must ensure no worker/operator
are under influence of Alcohol, and a breath
analyzer test must be conducted for 100% of the
personnel in high-risk jobs e.g. Height Work, DPM/PM/CPM
3 Excavation, Electrician, crane operators and random HR/Admin Site Safety In-
sampling for other workers as per norms already put charge (SSIC)
in place for night work.
• Execution Engineer and HR/Admin must ensure
all welfare facility including rest shelter is in place.
• Ensure that all workmen are using safety helmet,
Shoes and high visibility vest, including Job specific
PPE.
• Implementation of Emergency procedure Execution
Site Safety In-
4 (emergency assembly point, availability of Engineer/Supervi
charge (SSIC)
ambulance and contact numbers of ERT and sor
ambulance driver) should be communicated to all
persons through TBT.
• PTW must be displayed at work locations.
• HR/Admin must ensure availability of Tea for
Site Safety In-
5 workers at scheduled intervals. HR/Admin
charge (SSIC)
• There should be scheduled breaks during work at Execution Site Safety In-
6 defined intervals. Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
• Execution engineer should ensure no bonfire at sor
Page 392
their respective site in winter season.

• Execution engineer must be present at site
throughout the night shift until the completion of the
activity.
• After completion of the work, it shall be ensured Execution Site Safety In-
that the working area is safe & tidy. Engineer/Supervi charge (SSIC)
• Execution Engineer must ensure to close the sor
7
permit and hand over to site safety in-charge for
record. (For details please refer to CP for Permit to
work)

Page 393
Control Procedure (CP) for Loading REV.NO: 00
unloading of material in night Page 1 of 3
1.0 Purpose
high order during Loading / Unloading of material after sunset or at night.
2.0 Scope
This OCP is applicable to all project sites during Loading & Unloading
activities of material, after sunset or at night.
by the Company.
3.0 Responsibility
DPM / PM / CPM.
4.0 Procedure
Sl. RESPONSIBILITY
NO
PROCEDURAL STEPS
system, Ambulance/Emergency vehicle with driver
Store In-charge and Site Safety In-charge have been
mentioned / displayed prominently.
DPM/PM/CPM
• Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment (HIRA) Store In- charge/
&
1 / Job Safety Analysis (JSA) should be prepared for Execution
Site Safety In-
Loading Engineer
charge (SSIC)
/Unloading of material after sunset or night.
• Any special / heavy / equipment / Over
Dimensional Consignment (ODC) requires a Method
Statement and Stores In-charge shall ensure
preparation of such statement with the help of
Execution Engineer or follow the guidelines
provided by the Manufacturer / Supplier for such
special equipment / material.
• Ensure weather condition suitable for Loading
/Unloading of material after Sunset or night.

Page 394

work (either loading or unloading) to ensure that the
area of activity is free from any unwanted material,
overhead electrical line and access path must be
clear from all obstacles.
• If Loading/ unloading place is near/on road,
adequate traffic diversion arrangements should be
done and with prior approval obtained from
concerned authority.
• No worker/Person of one shift shall be allowed to
continue in the next shift, especially in the night shift
for more than two extended hours.
• Loading /Unloading area should be barricaded,
warning sign displayed and Flagman to be deployed
to control unwanted traffic/ personnel movement.
• Adequate illumination & Emergency lighting
systems should be available in work area.
• Competent operators and riggers/signalman
should be engaged to perform activity.
• Use guide ropes/tag line to avoid swing of
material when it is raised or lowered by crane.
• Lifting equipment, tools/tackles are inspected and
having valid Third Party Inspection certificate and a
competent person from Facility Engineering
Department is deployed to supervise the equipment’s
operations.
• Load bearing capacity of the ground assessed and
declared fit for Loading / Unloading.
• Operators shall not leave lifting equipment &
appliances unattended in power on / running /
suspended load conditions.
• During lifting operations, no person shall be
allowed to stand or pass under the suspended load.
• Store In-charge & Safety officer must be present
at site throughout loading / unloading work until the
completion of the activity.

Page 395
• Ensure no worker/operator is under influence of

alcohol. Site Safety In-
2 HR/Admin
• Ensure availability of Tea for workers at charge (SSIC)
scheduled intervals.
Loading Unloading of material after sunset or night
permit can be initiated by Store In-charge and DPM/PM/CPM
Store In- charge/
approved by DPM/PM/CPM only. In absence of &
3 Execution
DPM/PM/CPM, designated officer will act as permit Site Safety In-
Engineer
approver (Follow CP- charge (SSIC)
Night shift Protocol).
Cranes, Tandem Lifting for Loading /Unloading & Store In-charge
Site Safety In-
4 Lifting gear used in connection with cranes and / Facility
charge (SSIC)
lifting appliances (Refer CP – Lifting & Erections) Engineer
After Loading of Material:
• After completion of the work, it shall be ensured
that the working area is safe & tidy. Site Safety In-
5 Store In-charge
• Store In-Charge must ensure to close the permit charge (SSIC)
and hand over to site safety in-charge for record.
(For details please refer to CP for Permit to work)

Page 396
DINESHCHANDRA R. AGRAWAL INFRACON PVT. LTD. CSA
REV.NO: 00
Contractors Safety Agreement Page 1 of 17
CSA - (Contractors
Safety Agreement)
Annexure-2

Page 397
REV.NO: 00
At DRAIPL, as a responsible organization, we consider Health, Safety & Environment Protection

(EHS) as an integral part of our business. We are committed to protect the environment in which
we operate and to ensure the health and safety of the Client’s employees, contractors, visitors
and community. In addition to relevant statutory requirements, we have adopted these safety
guidelines and Contractor Safety Agreement for contractors and their workmen in order to
maintain the desired standard of safety at work. The guidelines and Contractor Safety
Agreement given in this document forms an integral part of the contract.
It is the responsibility of the contractors and Client’s representatives to ensure that the
workmen of contractors and any sub-contractors are fully informed about safety procedures
and that they follow them in their work place. We strive to make all DRAIPL Projects and sites
“ZERO ACCIDENTS” projects with a Goal of “ZERO INCIDENT", where we will ensure that our
societal responsibility is fulfilled without any reservations.
To revise this document, discuss your suggestion with the Project EHS manager in
writing and seek approval to change in consultation with DRAIPL Corporate EHS team.
If your proposal is relevant / accepted, the document will be revised to include
suggestions and then re-issued with current revision and approvals posted on the cover
sheet. (This should not be a part of safety agreement)
Scrap doesn’t just represent a cost to a metal stamper that didn’t fully maximize the value
of raw material when processing a job. It also represents the potential risk/costs resulting
from injuries if the scrap is handled or stored improperly.
Many work tasks, such as manual loading and unloading, lift truck operating, and
breaking and cutting, involved in the management of scrap metal have the potential to
injure workers. The most common types of injuries that occur when handling scrap metal
are sprains and strains, cuts, lacerations, and punctures. Other potential dangers include
workers getting caught in, struck by, or crushed by the equipment used to move the scrap;
amputation from that same equipment; and respiratory illnesses from chemicals or dust
on the scrap.

Page 398
REV.NO: 00
A. Scope
This document gives broad guidelines on the EHS Requirements to be followed by each
selected CONTRACTOR on completion of safety evaluation process and before
accepting WO (Work Order), it is to ensure safe working conditions in and around the
site location, and it isn’t limited to EHS requirements mentioned elsewhere in this
document.
This Contractor Safety Agreement for EHS is applicable to all Sub-contractors / Suppliers /
Service providers deployed at company’s project sites, stores & offices.
B. Objective
This Contractor Safety Agreement (CSA) for Environment, Health & Safety (EHS) is to
ensure that the level of defenses in the system are of a high order to prevent injury to
employees, workmen & other stakeholders and damage to property in all the business
operations in DRAIPL Projects.
C. Responsibilities of the Contractor:
Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider shall always comply and ensure that their
employees, workers and their Sub-Agencies comply with DRAIPL EHS Procedure.
Site in-charge / Responsible Representative of the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service
provider is responsible and accountable for complying with the Environment, Health &
Safety aspects of their workforce, Tools, Plants & Machinery, material and vehicles.
Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider through their Site in-charge / Responsible

Representative shall ensure the following:
i. Accountability for Environment, Health & Safety and actively promote safe work
culture.
ii. Participate in and co-operate with all HSE program requirements to be implemented
in accordance with DRAIPL EHS Objectives and Targets.
iii. Ensure timely reporting of all incidents viz., First Aid, Near miss, unsafe acts &
condition as per DRAIPL incident reporting procedure.
iv. Identify the training needs of its employees and maintain all safety training
documents.
v. Provide safety performance report at an agreed frequency.
vi. Stop unsafe work immediately, until corrective actions have been taken.
vii. Accountability for identifying, analyzing and eliminating or controlling all hazards
through implementation of pro-active Environment, Health & Safety Programs.
viii. Ensure every member of their workforce to report for work with no influence of any
Drug / Alcohol.
ix. Ensure all employees report any unsafe act or conditions / practices / behaviors and
appropriate corrective actions are taken to ensure safe workplace.

Page 399
REV.NO: 00
x. Ensure compliance to all legal & other requirements of Local administration, State &
Central Govt., Client/ Customer requirement and EHS Standards.
xi. All workmen shall be suitably covered for Medical & Accident Insurance as per the
Statute viz., Employee State Insurance / Workmen Compensation Act, appropriately.
xii. Ensure all sub-contractor employees and workmen carry at all times valid ID
(Identification) card, Gate Pass and relevant licenses.
xiii. Updated list of Employees / Workmen inducted and exited shall be maintained and
submitted to DRAIPL on weekly basis.
xiv. Transportation of workmen in passenger vehicles only.
xv. Shall indemnify DRAIPL and its employees from any consequences arising out of their
employees, including those exited.
D. Clauses in General Conditions of Contract

1. The M/s Contractor/M/s Sub-Contractors shall not employ minors and adolescents
(workers below age of 18 years).M/s Contractor/M/s Sub-Contractors should not depute
any Labour who suffers from chronic disease which is prevailing for a long period. Also,
physically challenged persons or persons with contagious disease shall not be employed for
works.
2. Labour hutments are not allowed inside the work premises, unless approved by the CLIENT.
Hygienic living conditions to be ensured by the M/s Contractor/Sub-Contractors at all times.
3. All the CONTRACTOR’s workmen shall be covered under the Employees State Insurance
Scheme, Workmen Compensation Policy or any other scheme which may be specified by
the Statutory Authorities from time to time. (Cost towards the same shall be reimbursed
only if the same is received from DRAIPL’s Client.)
4. TOWARDS MEETING THE EHS REQUIREMENTS OF DRAIPL, THE SUB-CONTRACTOR /
SUPPLIER / SERVICE PROVIDER MUST COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
4.01 EMPLOYMENT OF COMPETENT PERSONS
For all activities and operations, Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider shall employ
only trained, experienced & competent persons.
In addition to maintaining the records of employment all employees / workmen, Sub-
contractor / Supplier / Service provider shall submits to DRAIPL, agency’s employment ID
Card, Address proof, Govt. ID proofs such as Aadhar Card, PAN (Permanent Account Number)
Card, contact/mobile no’s, details of contact person name in case emergency, date of issue
of license, validity period & issuing agency, length of service with the Sub-contractor /
Supplier / Service provider and years of experience (Police verification certificate, wherever

Page 400
REV.NO: 00
applicable). A worker feeling unwell on a particular day should not be deployed at work.
4.02 PRE-EMPLOYMENT MEDICAL CHECK-UP
Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider shall arrange for a pre-employment medical

checkup as per BOCW (The Building and Other Construction Workers) Act / DRAIPL’s
requirement, by a qualified Medical Doctor of all employees & workmen and shall ensure
that all persons are medically fit before their employment.
Eye-sight test for the following categories of workers shall be examined every six months.
• Crane operators
• LMV (Light Motor Vehicle) / HMV (Heavy Motor Vehicle) drivers
• Heavy earth moving equipment operators
Record of such medical checkup shall be maintained and submitted to DRAIPL from time to
time by Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider. (Please refer the format attached).

4.03 VERTIGO TEST FOR HEIGHT WORK
All workmen must go through Vertigo Test before they are deployed for work. Only the
Workmen who pass the Vertigo Test shall be allowed to work at height.
4.04 WORKMEN INDUCTION PROGRAM
All Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider employees and workmen must undergo EHS
(Environment, Health & Safety) Induction program before engaging them for any work. A
brief induction shall be given to all visitors and escorted at site with a person who is
acquainted with the site conditions.
4.05 PTW SYSTEM
Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider must strictly follow Client / DRAIPL Permit-To-
Work (PTW) (along with Safety Checklist and TBT (Tool Box Talk) system before
commencement of any work. These documents shall be handed over at Project Site /
Location when the Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider reports for work.
4.06 ENGAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES, PLANTS, TOOLS & TACKLES

Page 401
REV.NO: 00
1. All the equipment / plants deployed should comply with DRAIPL Equipment Ageing norms,
should be fitted with prescribed safety features and conforming to the Emission Standards.
First and Third-party insurances should also be maintained at all times for appropriate
coverage limits. No deviations in this regard are acceptable. In exceptional cases where
equipment is beyond Ageing Norms, thorough inspection will be carried out to assess aspects
of Safety, Fuel consumption & Productivity and if found satisfactory, appropriate certificate
will be issued by DRAIPL, valid for 6 months.
2. For all the Tyre Mounted Crane / Crawler crane of 25 T & above capacity, it is mandatory that
this equipment is to be inspected by Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) every 6
months and only upon the certification of fitness, such equipment shall be allowed to
operate at site. In case of deployment of new equipment, OEM’s certification is required
once equipment reaches site. If OEM certificate is not submitted by Sub-contractor, the
crane / equipment will not be allowed to operate. Crane age should not more than
15(fifteen) years from the date of registration.
3. In order to ensure that the Equipment deployed by the Sub-contractor are safe to use at all
times, DRAIPL shall verify the Equipment’s fitness and issues “Safe to Use” Green Tag, valid
for one month. The fitness will also be assessed before re-deployment if the
vehicle/equipment meets an accident. Wherever the standards are found to be not meeting
the requirements, DRAIPL issues “Unfit for Use” Red Tag, restricting further usage of the
equipment. The sub-contractor may get the required repair / rectifications carried out and
offer for further inspection to obtain the Green Tag. During the suspension of equipment’s
operation, DRAIPL will not pay for such equipment.
Log books shall be maintained for each equipment for their daily operation and also the
details of their scheduled / periodic / break-down maintenance. DRAIPL team may inspect as
& when required. Based on number of equipment deployed, sub-contractor is required to
deploy maintenance crew and have minimum inventory of spares/consumables. The same
shall be subject to audit by DRAIPL.
a. Sub-contractor shall maintain Statutory documents viz.,

I. RC (Registration Certificate) Book (Photo Copy)
II. Fitness Certificate (Photo Copy)
III. Insurance Policy (Photo Copy)
IV. Road Tax Paid (Photo Copy)
V. Pollution Under-control Certificate-Original
VI. Third Party Inspection (TPI) Certificate for Lifting Equipment and Tools & Tackles and
Compressors etc. -Original (Third Party Inspection to be done in the presence of
DRAIPL Representative) Validity period of such certificate should be clearly and
visibly displayed on the Equipment/Tool at all times.
VII. Operator Valid License (Original)

Page 402
REV.NO: 00
VIII. No Objection Certificate (Photo Copy)

b. In compliance to HSE norms, Operator / Maintenance Crew needs to check and sign Daily
Safety and Weekly Technical Check List.
c. Operator competency certificate will be issued by DRAIPL (Minimum 5 Years’ experience is
required). Sub-contractor / Equipment Hiring Agency shall not change the Operators once
deployed. However, in exceptional cases, prior permission shall be obtained from DRAIPL
and such replacement shall be done without work interruption. Complete details
including contact numbers of the changed Operator shall be submitted to DRAIPL,
promptly.
d. All the dumpers need to have the limit switch to ensure that after tipping, dumper cannot
move with the dump body in raised condition. If Limit Switch is not available, DRAIPL will
install the same and cost debited to sub-contractor with 10% additional overhead charge.
e. Any Vehicle should not generally be reversed at project site (without a signalman).
However, all lifting and moving equipment should necessarily have:
• Auto Reverse Horn, reverse gear connected
• Rear View camera, reverse gear connected
• Proximity Sensors
If the above are not available, DRAIPL will install the same and cost debited to sub-
contractor with 10% additional overhead charge.
In addition to the above, all moving vehicles shall mandatorily be accompanied with
Trained Signalman.
f. Only new generation Hydras shall be deployed with all safety features (Safe Load
Indicator (SLI), Over Load Tripping Switch, Safety Latches in all Lifting Hook, Front & Rear
Wheel Guard and reverse camera) and used only for Lifting and not marching. The crane
should not have been manufactured before the year 2018 (check).
g. Sling joints/hooks/D-shackles should only be used after satisfactory test reports and
should carry marking for load capacity. Any damaged sling/D-shackles/hooks should be
removed from the site.
DRAIPL discourages any unsafe acts and will not tolerate any non-compliance to
Safety Norms by Equipment Operators. Operators must not use
headphones/phones/alcohol during operation. Such non-compliances.
4. or repeat unsafe acts / Behaviour by the Operators will attract penal actions including
termination of services.
Details of penalties for non-compliance by sub-contractor are appended in Annexure-1.
5. Documents to be submitted along with Running Account (RA) Bill: Monthly RA Bill must be
submitted along with all statutory document copies of the equipment like Roads and Traffic
Authority (RTA) documents, valid insurance copy, PUC, fitness certificate / temporary

Page 403
REV.NO: 00
certificate and Operator/driver license copy. Based on the changes in statutory requirements
and project specific requirements, the list of documents to be submitted along with the
invoice will be communicated from time to time and sub-contractor shall comply with the
same.
6. Daily Certification of Log Book: It will be the responsibility of the Operator/s to get the log
sheets certified by the concerned section in charge / Site in charge of DRAIPL on the same
day. The bill will not be processed without the signatures.
7. Sub-contractor shall not add or remove any equipment / asset from site without express
permission of DRAIPL.
4.07 HOT WORK
Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider shall follow general caution and following guidelines
for hot works:
The contractor shall organise the qualifying test at site for his welders & gas cutters. The CLIENT
shall approve welders & gas cutters. All Gas cutters and welders must undergo qualifying test
before being deployed on work at site.
Compressed gas cylinders in storage shall be shut off and torches, hose and manifolds removed
and capped. Cylinders shall be periodically checked for leakages. Compressed gas storages shall
be provided with safety relief valves, Safety valves and rupture disc to protect them from
overpressure.
The Gas cylinders used in the site shall be held in an upright position by straps, collars, or chains
preferably kept in trolley such that the cylinders can be rapidly removed from the place in an
emergency. The gas cylinders will never be rolled on ground and must be transported in upright
condition while transporting at sites. Gas conducting pipes should be in good condition and
should not show sign of cracking when folded.
All fuel gas cylinders shall be provided with flash back arrestors at torch and cylinder ends. No
LPG gas cylinders shall be permitted at Project.
Welding machines shall be in working condition and shall be connected to power supply through
RCCB‘s and Voltage Reduction Device (VDR) Welding cables used shall conform to appropriate
rating requirements. Calibration of machines at suitable durations must be ensured.
For all welding works at site, generator sets shall be used instead of AC transformer sets. AC
transformer sets are banned for welding jobs inside vessels (both open and closed top type).

Page 404
REV.NO: 00
The CONTRACTOR shall get welding sets certified by the CLIENT before starting work. These
certificates shall have to be renewed every two months (frequency to be decided by DRAIPL
Safety I/c. A copy of the certificates/labels shall be displayed on respective welding sets.
Cables in good condition and insulated holders only shall be used. The length of supply /input
cable to welding machine shall not exceed 8 metres and the welding set body shall be properly
earthed.
Crocodile or `C` clamps shall be used as weld earthing clamps.
Cables must be joined together with rated lugs/clamps only. No other method of cable joining is
accepted. Cable joints should be held above the ground to avoid contact with water during
waterlogging. All cables must be connected to power supply only using appropriate plug-tops, if
a plug top is to be issued by DRAIPL, recovery of cost along with 20% overheads will be made.
The welder shall not use a building structure, pipeline or railway track etc. as a return path of
the current. Adequately rated circuit breaker shall be provided in the power circuit for human
protection on all power supply points. The welder should ware appropriate safety gloves,
Electrical safety shoes and reflective screen for protection of their eyes. Fire blanket should be
available wherever hot work is carried at height.
A charged fire extinguisher of CO2 type shall be carried with each welding set. Contractor shall
keep appropriate fire extinguishers near hot work areas.
4.01 HOUSEKEEPING
Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider shall follow Regular Housekeeping Practices on daily
basis, before and after completion of work. All the materials, T&Ps, vehicles & Equipment, PPE
should be kept in order and in designated area with a valid tag system. All unwanted material,
scrap & debris should be cleared from their respective work area and stacked in the designated
place at the end of every shift / day and shall be disposed off regularly. While closing a work-day
at height, any loose material/tool/planks etc must be securely tied with wires/ropes. Loose tin
sheets/cladding sheets must never be left unattended at any platform at height.
4.02 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT & SAFETY APPLIANCES
Sub-contractor / Supplier / Service provider shall provide all PPE (Personal Protective
Equipment) and safety appliances required to carry out the job to all the workmen deployed by
them and ensure their usage. Minimum of 10% (of Manpower) buffer stock of PPE shall always
be maintained. No workmen shall be allowed to work at site without Mandatory PPE (Safety
Helmet, Safety Shoes, Safety gloves wherever required, Reflective Jacket and Goggles as per the
DRAIPL/Client recommended IS/CE standard), Job specific PPEs and deviations of non-
compliance shall be viewed seriously. Contractor must ensure that work and movement areas
should be properly lit for safety of workmen. Escape routes should be defined and should always

Page 405
REV.NO: 00
be kept free from hindrances/debris/construction-material. Wherever required safety

barricades/ safe ladders/alternate access will be provided by the contractor for safe movement
of workers or other staff at site.
Job Specific PPE:
Full Face Shield Required For
a. Grinding
b. Gas Cutting
c. While using pressurised Air System / Compressor
d. Spraying of Abrasive / Paint
e. Handling / Using / Mixing of Corrosive Substances
Respiratory Protective Equipment Required For
a. Grit or Abrasive Blasting Operation
b. Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester (GRP) Pipe Line Lamination where dust/fumes are emitted
during Grinding
c. Handling Chemical & Hazardous Materials d. Special hand gloves, Disposable cover all, Boots
& Mask
Hot Work (Welding, Gas Cutting &Grinding)
a. Goggles/full Face shield, Visors (Suitable to the condition)
b. Special Leather Gloves c. Aprons d. Leather Hand & Leg shields
Work in Cold Weather
a. Appropriate Warm Clothing
b. Insulated Gloves - water-resistant (if necessary).
c. Appropriate Footwear – Waterproof, Slip-resistant footwear
d. Head Cover - A Helmet covering head and ears. Use a mask to cover the face, mouth, or neck,
as required.
Working at height (more than 1.8 Mtr.)
a. Belt with tool pouch
b. Double Lanyard Full Body Harness
c. Retractable fall arrestor
d. Lifeline (Vertical & Horizontal) along with fall arrestor
Confined Space
a. Full body Harness and Specific PPEs for the specified task is required.
b. Tripod arrangement with lifeline connected to full body harness (If Required)
Arrangement for measuring Toxic Gas concentration.
c. Breathing Apparatus as per requirement
Page 406
REV.NO: 00
Work in Operation & Maintenance Work

a. Boiler Suit / Jeans Jacket
b. Safety Goggles
c. Dust Musk
d. Hand Gloves
Work at Offshore
a. Life Jacket
b. Inflatable Jacket (as per SOLAS – 1974)
Electrical Works
a. Voltage Induction Helmet
b. Electrical Hand gloves (11KV / 33KV as required)
In case Sub-contractor fails to provide PPE to their workmen, TPL will provide the same and cost
debited to sub-contractor with 10% additional overhead charge.
4.10 Handling of Hazardous Chemicals & Radiography

The Contractor will notify in advance to DRAIPL of his intention to bring hazardous chemicals.
(Container filled with liquid or gaseous fuel or explosive or petroleum substance or such
chemicals which may involve hazards.)
DRAIPL has the right to prescribe the conditions, under which containers are to be stored,
handled and used. During job performance, Contractor shall strictly adhere to DRAIPL safety
instructions and comply.
DRAIPL Engineer I/c has the right at his sole discretion to inspect such container or such
construction plant / equipment for which material in the container is required to be used. If
found unsuitable to use or unsafe; he may forbid its use.
No claim due to such prohibition shall be entertained by DRAIPL. DRAIPL will not entertain any
claim of the Contractor towards additional safety provisions / conditions to be provided for
construction.
Such decision of the Engineer I/c shall not, in any way, absolve the Contractor of his
responsibilities and in case, use of such a container or entry thereof into the Site area is
forbidden by DRAIPL, the Contractor shall use alternative methods with the approval of the
DRAIPL without further cost implication to the DRAIPL or extension of work schedule.
Where it is necessary to provide and / or store petroleum products or petroleum mixtures and
explosives, the Contractor shall be responsible for carrying-out such provision and / or storage in

Page 407
REV.NO: 00
accordance with the rules and regulations laid down in Petroleum Act 1934, Explosives Act 1948,
and Petroleum and Carbide of Calcium Manual published by the Chief Inspector of Explosives of
India.
All such storages shall have prior approval from Engineer I/c. In case any approvals are
necessary from the Chief Inspector (Explosives) or other statutory authorities, the Contractor
shall be responsible to obtain.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the safe storage of self and his Sub-contractor’s
radio-active sources in accordance with AERB (Atomic Energy Regulatory Board, Govt. of India)
Rules and other applicable provisions.
All precautionary measures stipulated by BARC/DAE in connection with use, the contractor
would take storage, handling and disposal of such material.
Contractors must provide suitable PPE’s to the workers those who handle hazardous and
corrosive substances including alkalis and acids.
4.11 Vehicular Traffic
The contractor should employ vehicle drivers who hold a valid driving license under the Motor
Vehicles Act, 1988.
Contractors shall ensure that every Vehicle and Mobile Equipment viz crane and hydra equipped
with reverse alarm, tail light, power and hand brake, silencer, search light for forward and
backward movement.
Contractors, who are in possession of above vehicles, shall ensure that, all such Vehicles are
inspected every fortnight by a competent/authorised person. Only qualified and authorised
drivers must operate all equipment. Relevant documents/certificates should be maintained as
mentioned earlier in the CSA.
The Contractor/Executor must submit the list of personnel authorized to operate these
equipment’s and the objective evidence for their authorization to operate to the CLIENT.
Operators must be in position of heavy vehicle driving license.
Vehicle gate pass to be pasted on it.
4.12 Deployment of HSE Staff
The Contractor should deploy a HSE Supervisor/ officer in case of total workers are 45-50/
Contract value is Rs. 1.5 Crores. The number of staff will be increased subsequently with the

Page 408
REV.NO: 00
increase of manpower/ contract value. The Supervisor should be graduate engineer and one
year safety diploma with minimum 4 years of relevant experience. Contractor will take approval
on qualification of HSE staff from DRAIPL HSE head at site before deployment.
Environmental Aspects:
1. Contractor and their workers/employees should not cause harm to

the environment.
2. Wood, tyres or any other hazardous smoke causing substance
shouldn’t be burned at site or labour camps. Wood should also not
be used as cooking fuel.
3. Oil, grease or process effluents should not be allowed to flow in
water streams.
4. Storage, handling and disposal of hazardous substance should be
ensured as per environmental laws of the place.
5. Electronic waste should be disposed as per norms.
6. Collection and disposal of solid waste of contractor’s office and
labour camp should be managed as per environmental norms.
7. Open defecation by workers must be discouraged.
8. Contractor should maintain a hygienic, green and clean environment
in and around their office/labour-camps.
E. Roles of DRAIPL Security Team
DRAIPL Management will engage their own Security Team. All Contract workmen are
instructed to obey the rules and regulations stipulated by them. Security personnel
are authorised to check workforce in the project premises, for valid gate passes.
Security personnel shall do all that is reasonably practicable to ensure the safety of
workmen and property of the company in the face of accidents by fighting fires and
containing losses due to pilferage, theft, vandalism and industrial espionage both by
contactor’s workforce and external elements.
Security personnel shall routinely report on a standardised basis on aspects such as
violation of fire-protection rules, use of alcohol and narcotic drugs, condition of
security fencing, floodlighting and storages etc.
F. Reporting of Accident and Investigation
In case any accident occurs during the construction / erection or other associated
activities undertaken by the Contractor thereby causing near miss, minor/ major or
fatal injury to his employees due to any reason, whatsoever, it shall be the
responsibility of Contractor, and promptly inform the same to the Section I/C, DRAIPL

Page 409
REV.NO: 00
Safety Officer with a copy to DRAIPL Project Head in the prescribed form and also to
all the Statutory authorities envisaged under the applicable state laws.(Victim
Information details attached ) (‘Accident’ for the purpose of this Para is defined as
‘Undesired Event Giving Rise to Death, Ill-health, Injury, Damage or other Loss’ and
‘Incident’ is defined as ‘Event that gave rise to an Accident or had the Potential to lead
to an Accident’. An accident where no ill health, injury, damage or other loss occurs is
also referred to as ‘Near-Miss’.)
Contractors shall detail in the ‘Accident/Incident Report’, the particulars of the
dangerous occurrence leading to the accident, lost time of absence due to accident,
root cause analysis and the corrective and preventive actions to avoid recurrence. The
contractor must also extend their full co-operation in investigation undertaken by
DRAIPL/Client.
In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall include his estimate the impact of accident on
project schedule. Incidents shall also be reported in the same manner identifying root
cause/s to eliminate such potential occurrence or risks.
G. Right to stop Work
DRAIPL EHS Department shall have the right, at its sole discretion to stop the work, if
in its opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents
and endanger the safety of the persons and / or property, and / or equipment.
In such cases, the contractor Project Head/Package I/c shall be informed in writing
about the nature of hazards and possible injury / accident and he shall comply to
remove shortcomings promptly.
The order for stoppage of work will be circulated by DRAIPL/Project Manager/head to the
concerned contractor Project Head/Package I/c for rectification of the issue.
The Contractor after stopping the specific work will rectify and close-out the Safety issue raised
and proceed to work after clearance circulated by DRAIPL Project Manager/head.
The Contractor shall not be entitled for any damages / compensation for stoppage of work, due
to safety reasons and the period of such stoppage of work shall not be taken as an extension of
time for Completion of the facilities and will not be the ground for waiver of levy of liquidated
damages. The contractor shall be held responsible and accountable for any unsafe condition or
act caused by any of their worker, employee, sub-vendor or visitor.
G. Penalty System
DRAIPL Management has the right and will exercise this right to remove persons from the
Project for condoning, supporting or instructing employee to commit an unsafe act, work in
unsafe condition or unhealthy atmosphere, which endangers the environment, health of others,
or work with unsafe equipment.

Page 410
REV.NO: 00
All DRAIPL Employees, members of the safety committee and Heads of department/section are
empowered to initiate disciplinary action against any employee/Contractor found violating the
Company’s safety rules and procedures.
When an unsafe act or ARB (At Risk Behaviour) is spotted by any of the DRAIPL Employees,
members of the safety committee and Heads of department/section, a verbal / written report
shall be given to the DRAIPL EHS Officer for further investigation.
The DRAIPL EHS Officer on considering the report shall recommend appropriate penalty not
exceeding the guideline to the Project In-charge/manager or Management in the case of
subcontractor employees for necessary action.
If noticed by DRAIPL EHS officer, An Infringement notice or Non-Conformance Report (NCR) will
be given on the spot to the concerned employee stating details of violation. Both DRAIPL Safety
officer and concerned employee will duly sign the memo and a copy of it will be forwarded to
the Project In-charge/Manager/Contractor of the concerned employee for further proceedings
and finalizing the penalty amount and imposing the same.
The penalty shall be deposited either cash in Accounts Department or debited from the
respective contractor while settling their running bills.
The contractors are responsible for supervising their employees working at project sites.
Contractors must establish a discipline program and consistently enforce rules to ensure a safe
working environment. The contractor’s program must address the steps and actions taken for
both serious and non-serious safety violations. Project safety rules must be enforced.
Contractors/Sub-Contractors that ignore or disregard the EHS requirements and Safety
Regulations as per DRAIPL Corporate and Project site Safety Manual/SOP’s/SWM will be
disciplined in the following manner:
On imposition of penalty by the client:
If the unsafe act/accident caused by the contractor attracts a penalty from the client, DRAIPL
will recover the penalty amount with additional 5 % amount as penal recovery which shall only
be released if the contractor makes good the damages and the amount is released back to
DRAIPL by the client. In such a case where DRAIPL has to make good the damages, the cost
towards such damages shall also be recovered from the contractor.
On Unsafe Acts & Conditions:

❖ Blatant Disregard for Working at Heights in project site with safety practice
❖ Unauthorized Removal of a Danger Tag or Lock

Page 411
REV.NO: 00
❖ Horse Play/Smoking/ Consuming or Bringing Alcohol or mind-altering Drugs on the site in

the hazardous area on DRAIPL Property
1. First Offense – Seize pass and send him out of the gate for that Day
2. Second Offense – written warning with Penalty
❖ Non-Compliance with Personal Protective Equipment
1. First Offense – Verbal warning
2. Second Offense - Seize pass and send him out of the gate for that Day with
Penalty.
❖ Non-Compliance with Project EHS Work Practices
1. First Offense - Verbal Warning
2. Second Offense -Written Warning with Penalty
If the Contractor fails in providing safe working environment as per the above-mentioned
clauses from (4.1 to 4.11) in the document or continues the work even after being instructed to
stop the work by the Safety/Engineer I/C, the Contractor shall be penalized at the rate of Rs.
25,000/- per day or part thereof till the instructions are complied with and so certified by the
Safety/Engineer I/C. However, in case of accident, the provisions contained in this below section
shall also apply in addition to the penalties mentioned in the clause.
If the Contractor does not take all safety precautions and / or fails to comply with the Safety
Rules as prescribed by the Employer or under the applicable law for the safety of the plant and
equipment and for the safety of personnel and the contractor does not prevent hazardous
conditions which cause injury to this own employees or employees of other contractors, or
DRAIPL employees or any other person who are at the Site or adjacent thereto, the Contractor
shall be responsible for payment of penalty to DRAIPL as per the following schedule:-

Page 412
REV.NO: 00
• Fatal injury or accident-causing death-

Penalty @1% of contract value or Rs. 2, 00,000/- per person, whichever is less. These are
applicable for death to any Contract person whosoever.
• Major injuries or accident causing- 25% or more permanent disablement to workmen or

employees
Penalty @2% of contract value or Rs. 1, 00,000/- per person whichever is less
The penalty amount collected will be spent on Safety Promotional activities and to eliminate
unsafe conditions of the Location.
Permanent disablement shall have the same meaning as indicated in The Workmen’s
Compensation Act’ 1923. The penalty mentioned above shall be in addition to the compensation
payable to the workmen / employees under the relevant provisions of the Workmen’s
Compensation Act’ 1923 and rules framed there under or any other applicable laws as
applicable from time to time.
If two or more fatal accidents occur at same DRAIPL site under the control of same contractor
during the period of contract and he has
➢ NOT COMPLIED with keeping adequate PPEs in stock or defaulted to providing PPEs to
workforce.
➢ REPEATEDLY NOT FOLLOWED statutory requirements / DRAIPL safety rules.
➢ Not provided safety training to all his workmen,
➢ BEEN issued warning notice/work stoppage notice by DRAIPL head of the project on
non-observance of safety norms
At the discretion of top management, the contractor may be debarred from getting
tender documents in DRAIPL for two years from the date of last accident and lead to
blacklisting from the vendor source list.
Pre-Qualification of Contractors:
The safety performance will also be one of the overriding criteria for evaluation of overall
performance of the contractors by DRAIPL. The contractor shall submit the accident data
including fatal / non-fatal accidents for the last 3 years where he has undertaken the
construction activities Projects-wise along with the tender documents. This will also be
considered for evaluation of tender documents. If the information given by the contractor
found incorrect, his bid/contract will be liable to be terminated.

Page 413

Safety Manual - DRAIPL-16!12!23.

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Safety Manual - DRAIPL-16!12!23.

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DINESHCHANDRA R. AGRAWAL INFRACON PVT. LTD.

Environment, Health & Safety (EHS)

Revision No: Date:

Prepared By: Signature:

Reviewed By: Signature:

Approved & Issued By: Signature:

Serial Number of the manual issued under controlled / uncontrolled condition

Approved & Issued by-

2. Index page for Manual

13 System procedure – (SP) 5.1 – Leadership & commitment 23-26

24 System procedure (SP) 8.1.3 – Change of management 97-99

52 Inspection checklist of Earth pit 11.20 170

CAPA Corrective Action & Preventive Action

CPM Chief Project Manager

EHS Environment, Health & Safety

EHSD Environment, Health & Safety Department

EHSM Environment, Health & Safety Management

EHSMS Environment, Health & Safety Management System

EHSO EHS Manager / EHS Engineer / EHS Officer

EMS Environmental Management System

HOD Head of Department

ISO International Organization for Standardization

KPI Key Performance Indicator on EHS

LTI Lost Time Injury

OHSAS Occupational Health & Safety Assessment Series

P&M Plant & Machinery

PM Project Manager (Head of the Project)

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

WPS Work Permit System

ACE Accepted cost estimate

CMPC Construction Method and Planning Cell

SAP Safety Aware Performer

5. Terms and Definitions

• NOTE 1 there can be more than one cause for nonconformity.

Information and its supporting medium

Correction & Corrective action

• Note 3: An emergency situation is a particular type of incident.

NOTE: nonconformity can be any deviation from:

• Relevant work standards, practices, procedures, legal requirements, etc.

• EHS management system requirements.

Occupational health and safety (OH&S)

EHS management system

First Aid Case (FAC)

Restricted Work Case (RWC):

Medical Treatment Case (MTC)

Lost Time Injury (LTI)

Objective and Action Plan

An action plan to achieve the objective

Measurable results of an organization’s management of its EHS risks

• NOTE 1 OH&S performance measurement includes measuring the effectiveness of the

Specified way to carry out an activity or a process

• NOTE Procedures can be documented or not.

Document stating results achieved or providing evidence of activities performed

Combination of the likelihood of an occurrence of a hazardous event or exposure(s) and theseverity of

6. Quality, Environment, Health & Safety Policy

7. Structure and issue control of the manual

8. Correspondence between ISO 14001:2004, ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018

ISO 14001:2004 ISO 14001:2015 ISO 45001:2018

General Determining the scope of Determining the scope

Leadership and Leadership and

4.2 Environmental policy 5.2 Environmental policy 5.2 OHS Policy

Resources, role, Organizational roles,

ISO 14001:2004 ISO 14001:2015 ISO 45001:2018

Actions to address risks